As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
October 26, 2007
Registration No. 333-145185
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 3
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
American Public Education,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8221
|
|
01-0724376
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
111 W. Congress Street
Charles Town, WV 25414
(304) 724-3700
(Address, including zip code and
telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s
principal executive offices)
Harry T. Wilkins
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
American Public Education, Inc.
111 W. Congress Street
Charles Town, WV 25414
(304) 724-3700
(Name, address, including zip
code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Michael J. Silver
Thene M. Martin
William I. Intner
Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
111 South Calvert Street, Suite 1600
Baltimore, MD 21202
Telephone: (410) 659-2700
|
|
Larry A. Barden
Robert L. Verigan
Sidley Austin LLP
One South Dearborn Street
Chicago, IL 60603
Telephone: (312) 853-7000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as
the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
The information in
this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not
sell these securities until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not
soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where
the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
OCTOBER 25, 2007
PROSPECTUS
4,687,500 Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Public Education,
Inc.
|
|
|
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are
selling 4,687,500 shares of our common stock in this offering.
Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our shares.
The initial public offering price of our common stock is
expected to be between $15.00 and $17.00. We will apply to list
our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol
“APEI.”
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this
prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to the Company (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of
30 days to purchase up to 703,125 additional shares of
our common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth
above to cover over-allotments, if any.
We will pay a special distribution to stockholders who own
shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering in an
amount equal to the gross proceeds from the sale of common stock
in this offering, before the underwriting discount and expenses,
not including any proceeds from the underwriters’ exercise
of their over-allotment option. Purchasers of our common stock
in this offering will not receive this special distribution on
those shares.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on
or
about ,
2007.
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Piper
Jaffray |
Stifel
Nicolaus
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2007
Table
of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
document or to which we have referred you. We have not
authorized anyone to provide you with information that is
different. This document may only be used where it is legal to
sell these securities. The information in this document may only
be accurate on the date of this document.
This summary highlights information contained in other parts
of this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, especially the matters discussed under “Risk
Factors” and the financial statements and related notes
included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in shares
of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, the
terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer
to American Public Education, Inc. and its wholly owned
subsidiary, American Public University System, Inc.
We are a provider of exclusively online postsecondary education
directed at the needs of the military and public service
communities. We operate through two universities, American
Military University, or AMU, and American Public University, or
APU, which together constitute the American Public University
System. Our universities share a common faculty and curriculum
that includes 57 degree programs and 49 certificate programs in
disciplines related to national security, military studies,
intelligence, homeland security, criminal justice, technology,
business administration and liberal arts. We currently serve
approximately 25,000 part-time adult students living in all
50 states and more than 130 foreign countries. Our
university system is regionally and nationally accredited.
From 2002 to 2006, our total revenue increased from
$10.7 million to $40.0 million, a compound annual
growth rate (CAGR) of 39%, while our total revenue increased 78%
to $30.3 million for the first six months of 2007 from
$17.0 million for the corresponding period in 2006. We believe
the recent acceleration in our growth is attributable
to: (i) high student satisfaction and referral rates;
(ii) achieving regional accreditation in May 2006;
(iii) increasing acceptance of distance learning within our
targeted markets; and (iv) achieving certification to
participate in federal student aid programs under Title IV
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 beginning with classes
starting in November 2006. Net income attributable to common
stockholders improved to $3.6 million for the first six
months of 2007 from $933,000 for the corresponding period in
2006 and improved to $1.8 million in 2006 from a loss of
$473,000 in 2002.
Over 80% of our students currently serve in the United States
military on active duty, in the reserves, or in the National
Guard or are veterans. Most of our other students are public
service professionals including federal, national and local law
enforcement personnel or other first responders. Our programs
are designed to help these working adult students advance in
their current professions or prepare for their next career. Our
online method of instruction is well-suited to these students,
many of whom serve in positions requiring extended and irregular
schedules, are on-call for rapid response missions, participate
in extended deployments and exercises, travel or relocate
frequently and have limited financial resources. Our satisfied
students have been a significant source of referrals for us,
reducing our marketing costs per new student. Over 50% of our
new students in 2007 who responded to our surveys tell us they
inquired about enrolling in either AMU or APU as the result of a
personal referral.
As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately 95 full-time
and over 300 adjunct faculty, virtually all of whom have
advanced degrees and many of whom are former or current leading
practitioners in their fields. Our adjunct faculty also includes
professors who teach at leading national and state universities.
We believe quality faculty members are attracted to us because
of the high percentage of military and public service
professionals in our student body who can immediately apply
lessons learned in our classroom to their daily work. In
addition, our faculty members are attracted to the flexible
nature of teaching online, the numerous support services we
provide them, and our per student pay structure for our adjunct
faculty.
We have invested significant amounts of capital and resources on
developing proprietary information systems and processes to
support what we refer to as Partnership At a Distance, or PAD.
PAD is our approach to how we interact with our students, and at
its center is the PAD system. The PAD system allows prospective
and current students to interact with us exclusively online, on
their schedule. The PAD system also allows us to manage on an
automated and cost-effective basis the complex administrative
tasks resulting from offering monthly semester starts for over
600 classes in over 350 unique courses to our approximately
25,000 students taught by over 400 faculty members. Our systems
and processes also help us measure and manage the activities of
our faculty, student support personnel, and prospective and
active students, allowing us to
1
continuously improve our academic quality, student support
services and marketing efficiency. We believe these proprietary
systems and processes will support a much larger institution and
provide us important competitive and cost advantages.
Our university system achieved regional accreditation in May
2006 with The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools, or The Higher Learning
Commission. Our university system has been nationally accredited
by the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education and
Training Council, or DETC, since 1995. In September 2007, we
received approval from the Higher Learning Commission and DETC
to offer seven new degree programs in Education and Information
Technology. We also became provisionally certified to
participate in federal student aid programs under Title IV of
the Higher Education Act of 1965, or Title IV programs, in 2006.
Provisional certification allows us to participate in Title IV
programs but with certain limitations. We do not believe that
these limitations have a material effect on our current
operations. See “Regulation of Our Business” for
additional information regarding our provisional certification.
Market
Overview
Within the postsecondary education market, we believe that there
is significant opportunity for growth in online programs. In
2006, Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research
firm, estimated that there would be 1.5 million students
enrolled in online programs at the end of 2006, representing
approximately 8.6% of all students enrolled at
U.S. degree-granting, Title IV eligible institutions.
In December 2006, Eduventures estimated that by the end of 2008
online students will number around 2.1 million and that
based on middle projections for higher education enrollments as
a whole by the National Center for Education Statistics, online
students will account for approximately 11.5% of all students in
degree-granting institutions by 2008. In 2006, Eduventures also
projected that annual revenues generated from students enrolled
in fully-online programs at Title IV eligible,
degree-granting institutions would increase by more than 30% to
reach approximately $8.1 billion in that year.
There are more than 2.1 million active and reserve military
professionals in the United States Armed Forces. Each year,
approximately 300,000 new service members are enlisted or
commissioned to replace retiring and separating members. We
believe that the unpredictable and demanding work schedules of
military personnel and their geographic distribution make online
learning and asynchronous teaching particularly attractive to
them. Active duty and reserve component military personnel are
eligible for tuition assistance through the Uniform Tuition
Assistance Program of the Department of Defense, or DoD.
We believe that national security, homeland security, and public
safety professionals also represent a large and growing market
for online education. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics estimated that at the end of 2004 over
750,000 persons were employed in law enforcement at the
state and local levels, and in 2004 they estimated that through
2014 the number of persons employed would continue to increase
between 9% and 17%. Based on estimates of the National Fire
Protection Association and the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics, we estimate that at the end of 2005 there were over
1.3 million fire, rescue and emergency management services
personnel.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:
Exclusively Online Education — We have designed
our courses and programs specifically for online delivery, and
we recruit and train faculty exclusively for online instruction.
Because our students are located around the globe, we focus our
instruction on asynchronous, interactive instruction that
provides students the flexibility to study and interact during
the hours of the day or days of the week that suit their terms
and schedules.
Emphasis on Military and Public Services
Communities — Since our founding, our culture has
reflected our devotion to our mission of Educating Those Who
Servetm.
We have designed our academic programs, policies, marketing
strategies and tuition specifically to meet the needs of the
military and public service
2
communities. These communities tend to be tightly knit, which
greatly facilitates personal testimonials from active to
prospective students.
Affordable Tuition — Our tuition is generally
consistent with less expensive in-state tuition at state
universities and is designed so that DoD tuition assistance
programs fully cover the cost of undergraduate courses and over
90% of the cost of graduate courses. We have not increased our
undergraduate tuition of $250 per credit hour since 2000 and
have no current intention to do so.
Commitment to Academic Excellence — Our
academic programs are overseen by our Board of Trustees, which
counts as members two former college presidents, four active
accreditation peer evaluators, a former Commandant of the Marine
Corps, and a former Department of the Army Inspector General. We
are committed to continuously improving our academic programs
and services, as evidenced by the level of attention and
resources we apply to Instruction and Educational support.
Proprietary Information Systems and Processes —
Through the PAD system, students may access our services online
24/7, such as admission, orientation, course registrations,
tuition payments, book requests, grades, transcripts and degree
progress, and various other inquiries. We also have created
management tools based on the data from the PAD system that help
us to improve continuously our academic quality, student support
services and marketing efficiency. A key benefit to our
proprietary systems and processes is that they allow us to
manage the complexities involved in starting over 600 classes in
over 350 unique courses monthly. We believe our proprietary
systems and processes will support a much larger student body
and provide us important competitive and cost advantages.
Highly Scalable and Profitable Business Model —
We believe our exclusively online education model, our
proprietary management information systems, our relatively low
student acquisition costs, and our variable faculty cost model
have enabled us to expand our operating margins. Our operating
margins grew to 19.8% for the first six months of 2007 from
11.0% for the corresponding period in 2006, on revenue that
increased to $30.3 million from $17.0 million over the
same period.
Experienced and Accomplished Management Team —
Our management team represents a diverse blend of higher
education, military, public service and business professionals.
Our CEO, Wallace E. Boston, Jr., was previously a senior
executive officer of several publicly-traded companies. Our
Provost, Dr. Frank B. McCluskey, led successful distance
learning programs at Mercy College in New York and has more than
18 years of higher education distance learning experience.
Our CFO, Harry T. Wilkins, served previously as the chief
financial officer for Strayer Education, Inc. from 1992 until
2001, leading Strayer through its IPO in 1996. Four members of
our senior management are retired military officers who served
in the U.S. Army or Air Force for a combined period of over
100 years.
Growth
Strategies
We believe our growth in student enrollment and revenue has
consistently been driven by high student satisfaction and
referral rates and increasing acceptance of distance learning
within our targeted markets. Between 2002 and 2005, we grew our
revenue at a CAGR of 38% from $10.7 million to
$28.2 million. We believe achieving regional accreditation
in May 2006 and gaining access to Title IV programs
beginning with classes that started in November 2006 have been
additional factors driving our recent acceleration in growth.
Our revenues increased by 78% to $30.3 million in the first
six months of 2007 from $17.0 million in the first six
months of 2006. We plan to grow our business by employing the
following primary strategies:
Expand in Our Core Military Market — We have
focused on the needs of the military community since our
founding and this community has been responsible for the vast
majority of our growth to date. The combination of our online
model, focused curriculum and outreach to the military has
enabled us to gain share from more established schools that have
served this market for longer periods, many of which are
traditional brick and mortar schools. In 2006, we increased our
revenues from military tuition assistance programs by 41% over
the prior year.
Capitalize on Title IV Availability to Penetrate the
Public Service and Civilian Markets — We believe
our curriculum is directly relevant to federal, state and local
law enforcement and other first responders, but
3
historically this market was limited to us because, outside the
federal government, only a few agencies or departments have the
tuition reimbursement plans critical to fund continuing adult
education. Now that our students can obtain grants or low cost
student loans through Title IV programs, we have begun to
increase our focus on these markets.
Focus on Improving Student Retention — Through
June 30, 2007, over 80% of the students who have completed
three classes with us remain as active students or have
graduated from our university system. However, because our
academics are rigorous, and because we are an open enrollment
university system, accepting into our undergraduate programs all
applicants with a high school diploma or equivalent, many of our
new students have difficulty continuing with our program and
drop after only one or two courses.
Add New Degree Programs — We plan to continue
to expand our degree offerings to meet our students’ needs.
For example, we recently received approval from The Higher
Learning Commission and DETC to offer seven new degree programs
in Education and Information Technology.
Recent
Developments
We estimate that our total revenue for the nine months ended
September 30, 2007 will be between $47.5 million and
$47.8 million. We estimate that net course registrations
for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 increased 77%
over the corresponding period in 2006 to approximately 67,000
from 37,756. Our revenue and net course registration estimates
are based upon our preliminary analysis of anticipated results
and actual results may be significantly different. See
“Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”
below for a discussion cautioning against reliance on
forward-looking information.
Corporate
Information
We were organized as a Virginia corporation in 1991, and we
reorganized in Delaware in 2002 into our current holding company
structure. As part of our 2002 reorganization, our corporate
name was changed from American Military University, Inc. to
American Public Education, Inc. Our principal executive offices
are located at 111 W. Congress Street, Charles Town,
West Virginia 25414, and our main telephone number at that
address is
(304) 724-3700.
The website of the American Public University System is
www.apus.edu. After the completion of this offering, our
corporate website address will be
www.AmericanPublicEducation.com. The contents of these websites
are not a part of this prospectus.
4
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
4,687,500 Shares |
|
|
|
Common stock outstanding after the offering |
|
17,048,772 Shares |
|
|
|
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol |
|
“APEI” |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $68.0 million, or approximately
$78.4 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, based on the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. |
|
|
|
As described in “Use of Proceeds” and “Special
Distribution,” we intend to use the proceeds of this
offering to pay a special distribution to stockholders who own
shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering, in an
amount equal to the gross proceeds from the sale of stock in
this offering, before the underwriting discount and before
expenses, not including any proceeds received from the
underwriters exercise of their over-allotment option. We intend
to use the proceeds, if any, we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option to pay the amount by
which the special distribution exceeds our proceeds prior to
that option exercise, the expenses of this offering and for
general corporate purposes. We anticipate that the special
distribution will exceed our net proceeds from this offering by
$7.0 million, and, to the extent that the underwriters do
not exercise their over-allotment option, we will pay this
excess amount from our cash on hand. |
|
|
|
|
|
The payment of the special distribution in an amount equal to
the gross proceeds of this offering permits a return of capital
to all of our existing stockholders, and does so without
significantly decreasing our capital resources or requiring
these stockholders to sell their shares. The aggregate amount of
the special distribution will be $75.0 million, or
approximately $6.10 per share of common stock, of which
$62.4 million will be paid in respect of shares of our
capital stock as to which our directors and executive officers
as a group may be deemed to have beneficial ownership, assuming
the sale of shares of common stock in the offering at an initial
public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. In particular, the special distribution to be paid
in respect of shares of capital stock as to which our directors
may be deemed to have beneficial ownership includes
$2.1 million to be distributed in respect of shares
for which Wallace E. Boston, Jr., our chief executive officer,
may be deemed to have beneficial ownership,
$43.4 million to be distributed in respect of shares
held by funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners, for which
Phillip A. Clough and Timothy T. Weglicki may be deemed to have
beneficial ownership, $10.7 million to be distributed
in respect of shares held by funds affiliated with Camden
Partners, for which David L. Warnock may be deemed to have
beneficial ownership and |
5
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $20,000 to be distributed in respect of shares
held by Jean C. Halle. |
|
|
|
|
|
The special distribution to be paid in respect of shares of
capital stock as to which our executive officers, other than our
chief executive officer who is addressed above, may be deemed to
have beneficial ownership will be: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
$
|
1,218,614
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
$
|
3,021,858
|
|
Executive Vice President, Institutional Advancement
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Executive Vice President, Provost
|
|
|
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
$
|
214,888
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
$
|
201,457
|
|
Senior Vice President, Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
$
|
107,444
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the terms of our equity incentive arrangements, the
special distribution will also cause a proportionate adjustment
to the stock options held by our optionees, including our
executive officers and directors who hold options. |
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows the options held by our directors and
executive officers as of September 30, 2007, the aggregate
exercise price for all shares subject to an option as of that
date, and the total number of shares for which the options will
be exercisable as a result of the adjustment in connection with
the special distribution, assuming that the offering price is
$16.00 per share, which is the mid point of the price range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Options as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
for the Special
|
|
Name of Optionee
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston,
Jr.(1)
|
|
|
88,000
|
|
|
$
|
125,920
|
|
|
|
121,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
166,220
|
|
|
|
33,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
265,550
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
$
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
227,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
|
19,800
|
|
|
$
|
27,588
|
|
|
|
27,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,480
|
|
|
|
30,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
75,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
$
|
376,200
|
|
|
|
151,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
$
|
92,064
|
|
|
|
36,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Mr. Boston is our chief executive officer and a
member of our board of directors.
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
See “Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions — Special Distribution” for
additional information regarding the beneficiaries of the
special distribution and the effect of the adjustment to our
outstanding option awards. |
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
See “Risk Factors” and other information included in
this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully
consider before deciding whether to invest in shares of our
common stock. |
The share information above is based on 12,129,674 shares
of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007 and
excludes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
1,100,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
under our new 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, 259,050 of which are
the subject of stock option awards to be granted to employees at
the time of the pricing of this offering with an exercise price
equal to the initial public offering price, which includes
126,390 options to be granted to Mr. Boston,
56,880 options to be granted to Mr. Wilkins,
1,875 options to be granted to Mr. Herhusky,
8,610 options to be granted to Mr. McCluskey,
5,475 options to be granted to Mr. Gibbons, and
5,475 options to be granted to Ms. Gilbert;
|
|
|
•
|
917,774 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise
of outstanding stock options issued under prior plans, which
number will be increased to 1,267,949 shares (assuming an
offering price equal to the midpoint of the price range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus) of common stock as a
result of the antidilution adjustment necessitated by the
special distribution; and
|
|
|
•
|
100,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under
our new Employee Stock Purchase Plan;
|
but includes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
72,093 shares of the common stock reserved under our new
2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are to be issued as restricted
stock awards to employees and directors at the time of the
closing of this offering, which includes 32,265 shares
underlying restricted stock awards to be granted to
Mr. Boston, 14,520 shares underlying restricted stock
awards to be granted to Mr. Wilkins, 480 shares
underlying restricted stock awards to be granted to
Mr. Herhusky, 2,100 shares underlying restricted stock
awards to be granted to Mr. McCluskey, 1,200 shares
underlying restricted stock awards to be granted to
Mr. Gibbons, 1,200 shares underlying restricted stock
awards to be granted to Ms. Gilbert, 1,200 shares
underlying restricted stock awards to be granted to
Mr. Leuba and 6,888 shares underlying restricted stock
awards of 1,148 shares to be granted to each of our
non-employee directors;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
3,690 shares that are to be issued at the time of the
closing of this offering, as a result of the issuance at that
time of 10 shares to each of our full-time employees below the
level of vice-president, assuming our employee count is the same
as it was on September 30, 2007; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
155,815 shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of
a warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2007, which
warrant was exercised in October 2007.
|
Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
•
|
reflects an 11- for -1 split of our outstanding common stock and
Class A common stock that occurred on September 19,
2007;
|
|
|
•
|
reflects the conversion of all of the shares of our outstanding
Class A common stock into an equal number of shares of
common stock immediately before the completion of this offering;
|
|
|
•
|
assumes that the initial public offering price of the common
stock will be $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of
the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
•
|
assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option.
|
7
Summary
Consolidated Financial and Operating Data
The following table shows our summary consolidated statements of
operations data and other financial and operating data for each
of the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the
six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and our summary
balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007. The summary
consolidated statements of operations data and the other
financial data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005
and 2006 are derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States, which appear elsewhere
in this prospectus. The summary statement of operations data for
the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and the summary
consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007, have
been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which are
presented elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in the
opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal,
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such
data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of
our results for any future period.
This information should be read in conjunction with
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
23,119
|
|
|
$
|
28,178
|
|
|
$
|
40,045
|
|
|
$
|
16,961
|
|
|
$
|
30,262
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
10,944
|
|
|
|
13,247
|
|
|
|
17,959
|
|
|
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
12,990
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
4,043
|
|
|
|
4,895
|
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,737
|
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
9,150
|
|
|
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
7,074
|
|
Write-off of software development
project(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
19,561
|
|
|
|
25,954
|
|
|
|
37,105
|
|
|
|
15,116
|
|
|
|
24,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before interest income and
income taxes
|
|
|
3,558
|
|
|
|
2,224
|
|
|
|
2,940
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
5,987
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
2,449
|
|
|
|
3,229
|
|
|
|
1,971
|
|
|
|
6,325
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
2,287
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(1,085
|
)
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,202
|
|
|
$
|
404
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
|
$
|
933
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
5,386,392
|
|
|
|
8,055,300
|
|
|
|
11,741,191
|
|
|
|
11,702,042
|
|
|
|
11,931,001
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
5,407,050
|
|
|
|
8,463,653
|
|
|
|
12,177,693
|
|
|
|
12,152,008
|
|
|
|
12,492,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
OTHER DATA (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing
operations
|
|
$
|
4,546
|
|
|
$
|
3,971
|
|
|
$
|
9,011
|
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
$
|
9,928
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
2,613
|
|
|
$
|
4,613
|
|
|
$
|
4,475
|
|
|
$
|
2,582
|
|
|
$
|
1,770
|
|
Stock-based compensation
expense(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
284
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
618
|
|
EBITDA from continuing
operations(3)
|
|
$
|
4,232
|
|
|
$
|
3,524
|
|
|
$
|
4,893
|
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
Net course
registrations(4)
|
|
|
32,558
|
|
|
|
37,506
|
|
|
|
54,828
|
|
|
|
22,962
|
|
|
|
41,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As
Adjusted(6)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
|
$
|
11,141
|
|
Working
capital(5)
|
|
$
|
12,641
|
|
|
$
|
5,628
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
33,993
|
|
|
$
|
26,980
|
|
Stockholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
21,625
|
|
|
$
|
14,612
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2006, $3.1 million of capitalized software
development costs were written off when management determined
that the asset related to these costs was impaired because we
are no longer pursuing the related project. |
9
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)-Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS 123R, which requires companies to expense
share-based compensation based on fair value. Prior to
January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based payment in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25-Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and provided the disclosure
required in
SFAS 123-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148-Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-An Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 123. Stock-based compensation expense for the
year ended December 31, 2005 resulted from the repurchase
of shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of employee
stock options. |
|
(3) |
|
EBITDA from continuing operations consists of income from
continuing operations minus interest income, net, plus income
tax expense and depreciation and amortization. Interest income,
net consists primarily of interest income earned on cash and
cash equivalents, net of any interest expense for notes payable.
We use EBITDA from continuing operations as a measure of
operating performance. |
|
|
|
However, EBITDA from continuing operations is not a recognized
measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating
performance, investors should use EBITDA from continuing
operations in addition to, and not as an alternative for, income
from continuing operations as determined in accordance with
GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of EBITDA from continuing operations may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and
is therefore limited as a comparative measure. Furthermore, as
an analytical tool, EBITDA from continuing operations has
additional limitations, including that (a) it is not
intended to be a measure of free cash flow, as it does not
consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments,
(b) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements
for, our working capital needs; and (c) although
depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets
being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced
in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements
for such replacements, or future requirements for capital
expenditures or contractual commitments. To compensate for these
limitations, we evaluate our profitability by considering the
economic effect of the excluded expense items independently as
well as in connection with our analysis of cash flows from
operations and through the use of other financial measures. |
|
|
|
We believe EBITDA from continuing operations is useful to an
investor in evaluating our operating performance and liquidity
because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating
performance without regard to certain non-cash expenses (such as
depreciation and amortization) and expenses that are not
reflective of our core operating results over time. We believe
EBITDA from continuing operations presents a meaningful measure
of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure, the
method by which assets were acquired and non-cash charges, and
provides us with additional useful information to measure our
performance on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to
changes in performance from period to period. |
|
|
|
Our management uses EBITDA from continuing operations: |
|
|
|
• In developing our internal budgets and strategic
plan;
|
|
|
|
• As a measurement of operating performance, because
it assists us in comparing our performance on a consistent
basis, as it removes depreciation, amortization, interest and
taxes;
|
|
|
|
• As a factor in evaluating the performance of our
management for purposes of compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
|
• In presentations to members of our board of
directors to enable our board to have the same measurement basis
of operating performance as is used by management to compare our
current operating results with corresponding prior periods and
with the results of other companies in our industry.
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a reconciliation of income from
continuing operations to EBITDA from continuing operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
2,287
|
|
|
$
|
1,388
|
|
|
$
|
2,458
|
|
|
$
|
1,028
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(338
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
4,232
|
|
|
$
|
3,524
|
|
|
$
|
4,893
|
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2006 is reduced by a write-off of
$3.1 million of capitalized software development costs.
EBITDA from continuing operations is also reduced by stock-based
compensation expense of $1.2 million, $284,000, $192,000
and $618,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, the year
ended December 31, 2006, the six months ended June 30,
2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
Net course registrations represent the total number of course
registrations for students that have attended a portion of a
course. |
|
(5) |
|
Working capital is calculated by subtracting total current
liabilities from total current assets. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
As adjusted to give effect to our sale of common stock in this
offering at an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the range we show on the cover page of
this prospectus, and the receipt and application of the net
proceeds thereof as described under “Use of Proceeds.” |
11
Investing in our common stock has a high degree of risk.
Before making an investment in our common stock, you should
carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other
information contained in this prospectus, including our
consolidated financial statements and related notes and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.” The risks described
below are those that we believe are the material risks we face.
Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition
and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our
common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we are unable to continue our recent revenue growth,
our stock price may decline and we may not have adequate
financial resources to execute our business plan.
Our revenue increased 73% from $23.1 million in 2004 to
$40.0 million in 2006, and it increased 78% from
$17.0 million in the first six months of 2006 to
$30.3 million in the first six months of 2007, primarily
due to strong referrals from current students, new student
marketing, and the receipt of regional accreditation in May
2006. We may not be able to achieve similar growth rates in
future periods. You should not rely on the results of any prior
periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If
we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, our stock
price may decline, and we may not have adequate financial
resources to execute our business plan.
Our growth may place a strain on our resources that could
adversely affect our systems, controls and operating
efficiency.
The growth that we have experienced in the past, as well as any
future growth that we experience, may place a significant strain
on our resources and increase demands on our management
information and reporting systems and financial management
controls. We do not have experience scheduling courses and
administering programs for more students than our current
enrollment, and if growth negatively impacts our ability to do
so, the learning experience for our students could be adversely
affected, resulting in a higher rate of student attrition and
fewer student referrals. Future growth will also require
continued improvement of our internal controls and systems,
particularly those related to complying with federal regulations
under the Higher Education Act of 1965, or the Higher Education
Act, as administered by the U.S. Department of Education,
including as a result of our participation in federal student
financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher
Education Act, which we refer to in this prospectus as
Title IV programs. We have described some of the most
significant regulatory risks that apply to us, including those
related to Title IV programs, under the heading “Risks
Related to the Regulation of our Industry” below. If we are
unable to manage our growth, we may also experience operating
inefficiencies that could increase our costs and adversely
affect our profitability and results of operations.
Tuition assistance programs offered to United States Armed
Forces personnel constituted 67% of our revenues for 2006, and
our revenues and number of students would decrease if we are no
longer able to receive funds under these tuition assistance
programs or tuition assistance is reduced or eliminated.
Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible
to receive tuition assistance from their branch of the armed
forces that they may use to pursue postsecondary degrees.
Service members of the United States Armed Forces can use
tuition assistance at postsecondary schools that are accredited
by accrediting agencies recognized by the U.S. Secretary of
Education. Our tuition is currently structured so that tuition
assistance payments for service members fully cover the service
member’s per course tuition cost of our undergraduate
courses and cover more than 90% of the per course tuition cost
of our graduate courses. For 2006 and the six months ended
June 30, 2007, tuition assistance payments represented
approximately 67% of our revenues. If we are no longer able to
receive tuition assistance payments or the tuition assistance
program is reduced or eliminated, our enrollments and revenues
would be significantly reduced resulting in a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
12
Strong competition in the postsecondary education market,
especially in the online education market, could decrease our
market share and increase our cost of acquiring students.
Postsecondary education is highly fragmented and competitive. We
compete with traditional public and private two-year and
four-year colleges as well as other for-profit schools,
particularly those that offer online learning programs. Public
and private colleges and universities, as well as other
for-profit schools, offer programs similar to those we offer.
Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies,
and public and private institutions have access to government
and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other
financial resources generally not available to for-profit
schools. Accordingly, public and private institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those
in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors,
including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition
and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable
them to compete more effectively for potential students,
particularly in the non-military sector of the market. We also
expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants
to the online education market, including established colleges
and universities that have not previously offered online
education programs.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could
adversely affect our business or results of operations. We may
also face increased competition if our competitors pursue
relationships with the military and governmental educational
programs with which we already have relationships. These
competitive factors could cause our enrollments, revenues and
profitability to decrease significantly.
If we are unable to update and expand the content of
existing programs and develop new programs and specializations
on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our future
growth may be impaired.
The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the
development of new programs and specializations may not be
accepted by existing or prospective students or employers. If we
cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business
may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to develop
acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these
new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as our
competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new
academic program, we may be required to obtain appropriate
federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be
conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly
affect our growth plans. In addition, we have been advised by
the Department of Education that because we are provisionally
certified due to being a new Title IV program participant,
we may not add new degree or non-degree programs for
Title IV program purposes, except under limited
circumstances and only if the Department of Education so
approves, until the Department of Education reviews a compliance
audit that covers one complete fiscal year of Title IV
program participation. Even after our initial certification
period ends, to be eligible for Title IV programs, a new
academic program may need to be approved by the Department of
Education. If we are unable to respond adequately to changes in
market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory
limitations or other factors, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our financial results could
suffer.
Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing
programs requires us to make investments in management, incur
marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. We may have
limited experience with the courses in new areas and may need to
modify our systems and strategy or enter into arrangements with
other institutions to provide new programs effectively and
profitably. If we are unable to increase the number of students,
or offer new programs in a cost-effective manner, or are
otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly
established academic programs, our results of operations and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
If we do not have adequate continued personal referrals
and marketing and advertising programs that are effective in
developing awareness among, attracting and retaining new
students, our financial performance in the future would
suffer.
Building awareness of AMU and APU and the programs we offer
among potential students is critical to our ability to attract
new students. In order to maintain and increase our revenues and
profits, we must continue to attract new students in a
cost-effective manner and these students must remain active in
our
13
programs. Over the last fiscal year, we have increased the
amounts spent on marketing and advertising, and we anticipate
this trend to continue, particularly as a result of our attempts
to attract and retain students from non-military market sectors.
We use marketing tools such as the Internet, exhibits at
conferences, and print media advertising to promote our schools
and programs. Additionally, we rely on the general reputation of
AMU and APU and referrals from current students, alumni and
educational service officers in the United States Armed Forces
as a source of new students. Some of the factors that could
prevent us from successfully advertising and marketing our
programs and from successfully enrolling and retaining students
in our programs include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the emergence of more successful competitors;
|
|
|
•
|
factors related to our marketing, including the costs of
Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;
|
|
|
•
|
performance problems with our online systems;
|
|
|
•
|
failure to maintain accreditation;
|
|
|
•
|
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
|
|
|
•
|
failure to develop a message or image that resonates well within
non-military sectors of the market;
|
|
|
•
|
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors or online or
for-profit education generally;
|
|
|
•
|
adverse developments in our relationship with military
educational service officers;
|
|
|
•
|
a decline in the acceptance of online education; and
|
|
|
•
|
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that
students derive from our programs.
|
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of AMU and APU
and the programs we offer, and to enroll and retain students in
both military and non-military market sectors, our enrollments
would suffer and our ability to increase revenues and maintain
profitability would be significantly impaired.
System disruptions and security breaches to our online
computer networks could negatively impact our ability to
generate revenue and damage our reputation, limiting our ability
to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure
is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain
students. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and
significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the
unavailability of our online classroom, damaging our ability to
generate revenue. Our technology infrastructure could be
vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond
our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities
and telecommunications failures.
Our systems, particularly those related to our
Partnership-At-a-Distance,
or PAD, system, have been predominantly developed in-house, with
limited support from outside vendors. We are continuously
working on upgrades to the PAD system, and our employees
continue to devote substantial time to its development. To the
extent that we face problems with the PAD system, we may not
have the capacity to address the problems with our internal
capability, and we may not be able to identify outside
contractors with expertise relevant to our custom system.
Any failure of our online classroom system could also prevent
students from accessing their courses. Any interruption to our
technology infrastructure could have a material adverse effect
on our ability to attract and retain students and could require
us to incur additional expenses to correct or mitigate the
interruption.
Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized
access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security
problems. A user who circumvents security measures could
misappropriate proprietary information, personal information
about our students or cause interruptions or malfunctions in
operations. As a result, we may be required to expend
significant resources to protect against the threat of these
security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these
breaches. We engage multiple security assessment providers on a
periodic basis to review and assess our security. We utilize
this information to audit ourselves to ensure that we are
continually monitoring the security of our technology
infrastructure. However,
14
we cannot assure you that these security assessments and audits
will protect our computer networks against the threat of
security breaches.
We use third party software for our online classroom, and
if the provider of that software were to cease to do business or
was acquired by a competitor, we may have difficulty maintaining
the software required for our online classroom or updating it
for future technological changes, which could adversely affect
our performance.
Our online classroom employs the
Educatortm
learning management system pursuant to a license from
Ucompass.com, Inc. The Educator system is a web-based portal
that stores and delivers course content, provides interactive
communication between students and faculty, and supplies online
evaluation tools. We rely on Ucompass for ongoing support and
customization and integration of the Educator system with the
rest of our technology infrastructure. If Ucompass ceased to
operate or was unable or unwilling to continue to provide us
with service, we may have difficulty maintaining the software
required for our online classroom or updating it for future
technological changes. Any failure to maintain our online
classroom would have an adverse impact on our operations, damage
our reputation and limit our ability to attract and retain
students.
Future growth or increased technology demands will require
continued investment of capital, time and resources to develop
and update our technology and if we are unable to increase the
capacity of our resources appropriately, our ability to handle
growth, our ability to attract or retain students and our
financial condition and results of operations could be adversely
affected.
We believe that continued growth will require us to increase the
capacity and capabilities of our technology infrastructure,
including our PAD system. Increasing the capacity and
capabilities of our technology infrastructure will require us to
invest capital, time and resources, and there is no assurance
that even with sufficient investment our systems will be
scalable to accommodate future growth. We may also need to
invest capital, time and resources to update our technology in
response to competitive pressures in the marketplace. If we are
unable to increase the capacity of our resources or update our
resources appropriately, our ability to handle growth, our
ability to attract or retain students, and our financial
condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
The loss of any key member of our management team may
impair our ability to operate effectively and may harm our
business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our
executive officers and other key management and technical
personnel. The loss of one or more members of our management
team could harm our business. Except for the employment
agreements we have with Mr. Boston, Dr. McCluskey,
Mr. Wilkins and Mr. Herhusky, we do not have
employment agreements with any of our other executive officers
or key personnel. We do not maintain key person life insurance
policies on any of our employees.
If we are unable to attract and retain faculty,
administrators, management and skilled personnel, our business
and growth prospects could be severely harmed.
To execute our growth strategy, we must attract and retain
highly qualified faculty, administrators, management and skilled
personnel. Competition for hiring these individuals is intense,
especially with regard to faculty in specialized areas. If we
fail to attract new skilled personnel or faculty or fail to
retain and motivate our existing faculty, administrators,
management and skilled personnel, our business and growth
prospects could be severely harmed.
The protection of our operations through exclusive
proprietary rights and intellectual property is limited, and we
encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of
intellectual property of third parties, any of which could harm
our operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of our business, we develop intellectual
property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of
copyright, trademark, service mark, patent, trade secret or
other protections. This intellectual property includes but is
not limited to courseware materials and business know-how and
internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the
requirements of operating and various education regulatory
agencies. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks,
service marks, trade secrets, domain names, agreements
15
and registrations to protect our intellectual property. We rely
on service mark and trademark protection in the United States
and select foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to the
marks “AMERICAN MILITARY UNIVERSITY,” “AMERICAN
PUBLIC UNIVERSITY,” “AMERICAN PUBLIC UNIVERSITY
SYSTEM” and “EDUCATING THOSE WHO SERVE,” as well
as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our
services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to
use course content developed by faculty members and other third
party content experts. We cannot assure you that the measures
that we take will be adequate or that we have secured, or will
be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our
proprietary rights in the United States or select foreign
jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or
violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect
these rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to
duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula,
online resource material and other content, and offer competing
programs to ours.
In particular, third parties may attempt to develop competing
programs or duplicate or copy aspects of our curriculum, online
resource material, quality management and other proprietary
content. Any such attempt, if successful, could adversely affect
our business. Protecting these types of intellectual property
rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the
development by our competitors of competing courses and programs.
We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and
obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not
prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim
against us alleging an infringement or violation of the
intellectual property of that third party. In July 2006, we
settled a dispute with another institution regarding the use of
certain marks that allowed us to continue to use the marks at
issue, but we may not be able to favorably resolve future
disputes. Some third party intellectual property rights may be
extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct
our operations in such a way as to avoid those intellectual
property rights. Any such intellectual property claim could
subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain
on our financial resources and management personnel regardless
of whether such claim has merit. Our general liability and cyber
liability insurance may not cover potential claims of this type
adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter the
content of our classes or pay monetary damages, which may be
significant.
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or
distribution of class materials posted online for class
discussions.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post
various articles or other third party content on class
discussion boards. We may incur liability for the unauthorized
duplication or distribution of this material posted online for
class discussions. Third parties may raise claims against us for
the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims
could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant
strain on our financial resources and management personnel
regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our faculty members
or students could also post classified material on class
discussion boards, which could expose us to civil and criminal
liability and harm our reputation and relationships with members
of the military and government. Our general liability insurance
may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at
all, and we may be required to alter the content of our courses
or pay monetary damages.
Because we are an exclusively online provider of
education, we are entirely dependent on continued growth and
acceptance of exclusively online education and, if the
recognition by students and employers of the value of online
education does not continue to grow, our ability to grow our
business could be adversely impacted.
We believe that continued growth in online education will be
largely dependent on additional students and employers
recognizing the value of degrees from online institutions. If
students and employers are not convinced that online schools are
an acceptable alternative to traditional schools or that an
online education provides value, or if growth in the market
penetration of exclusively online education slows, growth in the
industry and our business could be adversely affected. Because
our business model is based on online education, if the
acceptance of online education does not grow, our ability to
continue to grow our business and our financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
16
If we do not maintain continued strong relationships with
various military bases and educational service officers, and if
we are unable to expand our use of articulation agreements, our
future growth may be impaired.
We have non-exclusive articulation agreements or memoranda of
understanding with various educational institutions of the
United States Armed Forces and other governmental education
programs. Articulation agreements and memoranda of understanding
are agreements pursuant to which we agree to award academic
credits toward our degrees for learning in educational programs
offered by others. Additionally, we rely on relationships with
educational service offices on military bases and base education
counselors to distribute our information to interested service
members. If our relationships with educational service offices
or base education counselors deteriorate or end, our efforts to
recruit students from that base will be impaired. If our
articulation agreements and memoranda of understanding are
eliminated, or if our relationships with educational service
offices or base education counselors deteriorate, this could
materially and adversely affect our revenues and results of
operations.
The United States Armed Forces has in the past and may in the
future approve programs and initiatives to provide additional
educational opportunities to service members, and these programs
and initiatives may not include participation by us. We cannot
predict the impact of these announcements, programs or
initiatives on us, but given our dependence on students from the
armed forces, our net course registrations and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected by such
announcements, programs and initiatives.
Government regulations relating to the Internet could
increase our cost of doing business, affect our ability to grow
or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our
business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services have led and may lead to the adoption of new
laws and regulatory practices in the United States or foreign
countries and to new interpretations of existing laws and
regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to
issues such as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and
service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the
requirement that online education institutions qualify to do
business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to
doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and
materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and
results of operations.
Risks
Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for our business, we could face penalties and
significant restrictions on our operations, including loss of
access to federal tuition assistance programs for members of the
United States Armed Forces and federal loans and grants for our
students.
We are subject to extensive regulation by (1) the federal
government through the U.S. Department of Education and
under the Higher Education Act, (2) state regulatory bodies
and (3) accrediting agencies recognized by the
U.S. Secretary of Education. The regulations, standards and
policies of these agencies cover the vast majority of our
operations, including our educational programs, facilities,
instructional and administrative staff, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and
financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also
affect our ability to add new or expand existing educational
programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.
Institutions of higher education that grant degrees, diplomas or
certificates must be authorized by an appropriate state
education agency or agencies. In addition, in certain states as
a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees and in
order to participate in various federal programs, including
tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, a
school must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by
the Secretary of Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental
process through which an institution submits to qualitative
review by an organization of peer institutions, based on the
standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and
purposes of the institution. The Higher Education Act requires
accrediting agencies recognized by the Department of Education
to review and monitor many aspects of an institution’s
operations and to take appropriate action when the institution
fails to comply with the accrediting agency’s standards.
17
Our operations are also subject to regulation due to our
participation in Title IV programs. Title IV programs,
which are administered by the Department of Education, include
educational loans with below-market interest rates that are
guaranteed by the federal government in the event of default.
Title IV programs also include several grant programs for
students with economic need as determined in accordance with the
Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations. To
participate in Title IV programs, a school must receive and
maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by
the Secretary of Education and be certified as an eligible
institution by the Department of Education. Following our
implementation of Title IV programs for classes beginning
in November 2006, for the six months ended June 30, 2007,
9% of our net course registrations were from students using
financial aid under Title IV programs. Our growth strategy
is partly dependent on enrolling more students who are attracted
to us because of our continued participation in these programs.
The regulations, standards and policies of the Department of
Education, state education agencies and our accrediting agencies
change frequently, and changes in, or new interpretations of,
applicable laws, regulations or standards, or our noncompliance
with any applicable regulations, standards and policies, could
have a material adverse effect on our accreditation,
authorization to operate in various states, activities, receipt
of funds under tuition assistance programs of the United States
Armed Forces, our ability to participate in Title IV
programs, or costs of doing business. Furthermore, findings of
noncompliance with these regulations, standards and policies
also could result in our being required to pay monetary damages,
or being subjected to fines, penalties, injunctions, limitations
on our operations, termination of our ability to grant degrees,
revocation of our accreditation, restrictions on our access to
Title IV program funds or other censure that could have a
material adverse effect on our business.
If we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation, we
would lose our ability to participate in the tuition assistance
programs of the United States Armed Forces and also to
participate in Title IV programs.
American Public University System is accredited by The Higher
Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools, one of six regional accrediting agencies recognized
by the Secretary of Education, and by the Accrediting Commission
of the Distance Education and Training Council, or DETC, which
is a national accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of
Education. Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is
recognized by the Secretary of Education is required for
participation in the tuition assistance programs of the United
States Armed Forces. In 2006, we derived approximately 67% of
our revenues from these tuition assistance programs.
Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the
Secretary of Education for Title IV purposes is also
required for an institution to become and remain eligible to
participate in Title IV programs. American Public
University System recently achieved regional accreditation from
The Higher Learning Commission in 2006 and has had national
accreditation from the Distance Education and Training Council
since 1995. We have identified the Higher Learning Commission as
our primary accreditor for Title IV purposes. Either The
Higher Learning Commission or DETC may impose restrictions on
accreditation or may terminate accreditation. To remain
accredited American Public University System must continuously
meet certain criteria and standards relating to, among other
things, performance, governance, institutional integrity,
educational quality, faculty, administrative capability,
resources and financial stability. Failure to meet any of these
criteria or standards could result in the loss of accreditation
at the discretion of the accrediting agencies. Furthermore, many
prospective students may view accreditation by a regional
accrediting agency to be more prestigious than accreditation by
a national accrediting agency, and we believe that loss of
regional accreditation may reduce the marketability of American
Public University System even if national accreditation was
maintained. The complete loss of accreditation would, among
other things, render our students and us ineligible to
participate in the tuition assistance programs of the United
States Armed Forces or Title IV programs and have a
material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results
of operations.
We have only recently begun to participate in
Title IV programs, and our failure to comply with the
complex regulations associated with Title IV programs would
have a significant adverse effect on our operations and
prospects for growth.
We first became certified to participate in Title IV
programs for classes beginning in November 2006. For the
six months ended June 30, 2007, 9% of our total net
course registrations were attributable to students utilizing
Title IV programs. We expect a significant portion of our
growth in enrollments and revenues to come
18
from students who are utilizing funds from Title IV
programs. However, compliance with the requirements of the
Higher Education Act and Title IV programs is highly
complex and imposes significant additional regulatory
requirements on our operations, which require additional staff,
contractual arrangements, systems and regulatory costs. We have
limited to no demonstrated history of compliance with these
additional regulatory requirements. If we fail to comply with
any of these additional regulatory requirements, the Department
of Education could, among other things, impose monetary
penalties, place limitations on our operations,
and/or
condition or terminate our eligibility to receive Title IV
program funds, which would limit our potential for growth
outside the military sector and adversely affect our enrollment,
revenues and results of operations.
If American Public University System does not maintain its
authorization in West Virginia, our operations would be
curtailed and we may not grant degrees.
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state or
states in which it is located. State authorization is also
required for an institution to be eligible to participate in
Title IV programs. American Public University System is
headquartered in the State of West Virginia and is authorized by
the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission. If we
maintain our regional accreditation, we will likely remain in
good standing with the West Virginia Higher Education Policy
Commission. However, the West Virginia Higher Education Policy
Commission may also take disciplinary action or revoke
authorization if an institution’s bond is cancelled, if the
institution fails to take corrective action to bring it into
compliance with West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission
policies, or if the owner is convicted for a felony or crime
involving institution administration of Title IV programs.
If we do not maintain regional accreditation, our state
authorization may be continued based on our national accrediting
agency, DETC, if the West Virginia Higher Education Policy
Commission finds that it is an acceptable alternative
accrediting agency. If we lose accreditation from both
accrediting agencies, or accreditation by DETC is not an
acceptable alternative accrediting agency in case of loss of
Higher Learning Commission accreditation, the West Virginia
Higher Education Policy Commission may suspend, withdraw, or
revoke our authorization. In addition, in order to maintain our
eligibility for accreditation by The Higher Learning Commission,
we must remain headquartered in one of the states in its region,
which includes West Virginia. If we were to lose our
authorization from the West Virginia Higher Education Policy
Commission we would be unable to provide educational services,
and we would lose our regional accreditation.
Our failure to comply with regulations of various states
could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments,
revenues and results of operations.
Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational
institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states
have sought to assert jurisdiction over online educational
institutions that have no physical location or other presence in
the state but offer educational services to students who reside
in the state, or that advertise to or recruit prospective
students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online
education are inconsistent among states and not well developed
in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change
frequently and, in some instances, are not clear or are left to
the discretion of state regulators. Our changing business and
the constantly changing regulatory environment require us to
evaluate continually our state regulatory compliance activities.
In the event we are found not to be in compliance, and a state
seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within
its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit students from that
state and may have to cease providing service to students in
that state.
American Public University System has a physical presence in the
Commonwealth of Virginia based on administrative offices in that
state, and it is authorized by the State Council of Higher
Education for Virginia. We are currently reviewing the licensure
requirements of other states to determine whether our activities
in these states constitute a presence or otherwise require
licensure or authorization by the respective state educational
agencies, and we expect to seek licensure or authorization in
additional states. State laws typically establish standards for
instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and
other operational matters. To the extent that we obtain
additional authorizations or licensure, state laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial
regulations that are different from those of the Department of
Education, the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission,
The Higher Learning Commission or DETC. If we obtain additional
licensure or
19
authorization and fail to comply with state licensing or
authorization requirements, we may be subject to the loss of
state licensure or authorization. If we fail to comply with
state requirements to obtain licensure or authorization, we may
be the subject of injunctive actions or penalties. Although we
believe that the only state licensure or authorization that is
necessary for American Public University System to participate
in the tuition assistance programs for the United States Armed
Forces and in Title IV programs is our authorization from
the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, loss of
licensure or authorization in other states or the failure to
obtain required licensures or authorizations could prohibit us
from recruiting or enrolling students in those states, reduce
significantly our enrollments and revenues and have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations.
We must periodically seek recertification to participate
in Title IV programs, and may, in certain circumstances, be
subject to review by the Department of Education prior to
seeking recertification, and our future success may be adversely
affected if we are unable to successfully maintain certification
or obtain recertification.
An institution that applies to participate in Title IV
programs for the first time, if approved, will be certified for
no more than one complete award year. In addition, it will be
provisionally, not fully, certified. A provisionally certified
institution must apply for and receive Department of Education
approval of substantial changes and must comply with any
additional conditions included in its program participation
agreement. If the Department of Education determines that a
provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to
participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process
protections for the institution than if it were fully certified.
In 2006 we applied to participate in Title IV programs for
the first time and were provisionally certified for a period
through June 30, 2007. We timely submitted our application
for recertification, and the Department of Education granted us
provisional certification through June 30, 2008. The
Department of Education considers us to be in our initial period
of certification, which requires us to remain provisionally
certified, because we have not yet submitted, and it has not yet
reviewed, a compliance audit that covers one complete fiscal
year of Title IV program participation. The Department of
Education has advised us that we may not add new degree or
non-degree programs for Title IV program purposes, except
under limited circumstances and only if the Department of
Education approves, until the Department of Education reviews a
compliance audit that covers one complete fiscal year of
Title IV program participation. After an initial
certification period, an institution that is certified to
participate in Title IV programs must seek recertification
from the Department of Education at least every six years and
possibly more frequently depending on various factors, such as
whether it is provisionally certified for reasons other than
initial certification. The Department of Education may also
review our continued eligibility and certification to
participate in Title IV programs, or scope of eligibility
and certification in the event we undergo a change in ownership
resulting in a change of control or expand our activities in
certain ways, such as the addition of certain types of new
programs, or, in certain cases, if we modify the academic
credentials that we offer. In addition, the Department of
Education may withdraw our certification if it determines that
we are not fulfilling material requirements for continued
participation in Title IV programs. If the Department of
Education does not renew or withdraws our certification to
participate in Title IV programs, our students would no
longer be able to receive Title IV program funds, which
would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments,
revenues and results of operations. In addition, regulatory
restraints related to the addition of new programs could impair
our ability to attract and retain students and could negatively
affect our financial results.
Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may
conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation
against us, any of which could disrupt our operations and
adversely affect our performance.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and
lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of
the federal government. For example, the Department of Education
regularly conducts program reviews of educational institutions
that are participating in the Title IV programs and the
Office of Inspector General of the Department of Education
regularly conducts audits and investigations of such
institutions. If the results of compliance reviews or other
proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend
successfully against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to
pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss
of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties,
including the requirement to make refunds. Even if we adequately
address issues raised by an agency review or
20
successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert
significant financial and management resources from our ongoing
business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or
to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits
brought against us may damage our reputation, even if such
claims and lawsuits are without merit.
Our regulatory environment and our reputation may be
negatively influenced by the actions of other
for-profit
institutions.
We are one of a number of for-profit institutions serving the
postsecondary education market. In recent years, regulatory
investigations and civil litigation have been commenced against
several companies that own for-profit educational institutions.
These investigations and lawsuits have alleged, among other
things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with
Department of Education regulations. These allegations have
attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of
federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media,
regulatory and legislative focus has been primarily on the
allegations made against these specific companies, broader
allegations against the overall for-profit school sector may
negatively affect public perceptions of other for-profit
educational institutions, including American Public University
System. In addition, recent reports on student lending practices
of various lending institutions and schools, including
for-profit schools, and investigations by a number of state
attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies have led
to adverse media coverage of postsecondary education. Adverse
media coverage regarding other companies in the for-profit
school sector or regarding us directly could damage our
reputation, could result in lower enrollments, revenues and
operating profit, and could have a negative impact on our stock
price. Such allegations could also result in increased scrutiny
and regulation by the Department of Education, Congress,
accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental
authorities with respect to all for-profit institutions,
including us.
Congress may change the law or reduce funding for
Title IV programs, which could reduce our student
population, revenues and profit margin.
The Higher Education Act comes up for reauthorization by
Congress approximately every five to six years. However, when
Congress does not act on complete reauthorization, there are
typically amendments and extensions of authorization. The last
reauthorization of the Higher Education Act was completed in
1998, and since that time there have been a number of amendments
and extensions. Additionally, Congress reviews and determines
appropriations for Title IV programs on an annual basis
through the budget and appropriations process. There is no
assurance that reauthorization of the Higher Education Act will
happen, or that Congress will not enact changes that decrease
Title IV program funds available to students, including
students who attend our institution. A failure by Congress to
reauthorize or otherwise extend the provisions of the Higher
Education Act, or any action by Congress that significantly
reduces funding for Title IV programs or the ability of our
school or students to participate in these programs, would
require us to arrange for other sources of financial aid and
would materially decrease our enrollment. Such a decrease in
enrollment would have a material adverse effect on our revenues
and results of operations. Congressional action may also require
us to modify our practices in ways that could result in
increased administrative and regulatory costs and decreased
profit margin. Further, Congress recently passed, and President
Bush signed into law, legislation that will reduce interest
rates on certain federal student loans and will reduce
government subsidies to lenders that participate in federal
student loan programs. Congress is currently considering
additional legislation that may result in significant changes to
Title IV programs, which may include changes to the amount
of funding for Title IV programs and the allocation of
funding among Title IV programs. We are not in position to
predict with certainty whether any legislation will be passed by
Congress or signed into law. The reallocation of funding among
Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for
participation in such programs, or the substitution of
materially different Title IV programs could reduce the
ability of certain students to finance their education at our
institution and adversely affect our revenues and results of
operations.
Investigations by state attorneys general, Congress and
governmental agencies regarding relationships between loan
providers and educational institutions and their financial aid
officers may result in increased regulatory burdens and
costs.
The student lending practices of postsecondary educational
institutions, financial aid officers and student loan providers
are currently subject to several investigations being conducted
by state attorneys general,
21
Congress and governmental agencies. These investigations
concern, among other things, possible deceptive practices in the
marketing of private student loans and loans provided by lenders
pursuant to Title IV programs. Congress may enact new
requirements pertinent to relationships between lenders and
institutions. In addition, the Department of Education has
proposed regulations that in part would address
institutions’ student loan activity. State legislators have
also passed or are considering legislation related to
relationships between lenders and institutions. Because of the
evolving nature of these legislative efforts and various
inquiries and developments, we can neither know nor predict with
certainty their outcome, or the potential remedial actions that
might result from these or other potential inquiries.
Governmental action may impose increased administrative and
regulatory costs and decreased profit margins.
We are subject to sanctions that could be material to our
results and damage our reputation if we fail to calculate
correctly and return timely Title IV program funds for
students who withdraw before completing their educational
program.
A school participating in Title IV programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds
that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completion and must return those
unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days
after the date the school determines that the student has
withdrawn. Because we only began to participate in Title IV
programs in 2006, we have limited experience complying with
these provisions. Under Department of Education regulations,
late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of
students sampled in connection with the institution’s
annual compliance audit constitutes material non-compliance. If
unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned,
we may have to repay Title IV funds, post a letter of
credit in favor of the Department of Education or otherwise be
sanctioned by the Department of Education, which could increase
our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our
results of operations.
A failure to demonstrate “financial
responsibility” may result in the loss of eligibility by
American Public University System to participate in
Title IV programs or require the posting of a letter of
credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs.
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible
institution must satisfy specific measures of financial
responsibility prescribed by the Department of Education, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the Department of Education
and possibly accept other conditions, such as provisional
certification, additional reporting requirements or regulatory
oversight, on its participation in Title IV programs. The
Department of Education may also apply such measures of
financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership
entities of an eligible institution and, if such measures are
not satisfied by the operating company or ownership entities,
require the institution to post a letter of credit in favor of
the Department of Education and possibly accept other conditions
on its participation in Title IV programs. Any obligation
to post a letter of credit could increase our costs of
regulatory compliance. If we were unable to secure a letter of
credit, we would lose our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs. In addition to the obligation to post a
letter of credit under certain circumstances, an institution
that is determined by the Department of Education not to be
financially responsible may be transferred from the
“advance” system of payment of Title IV funds,
which allows the institution to obtain Title IV program
funds from the Department of Education prior to making
disbursements to students, to cash monitoring status or to the
“reimbursement” system of payment, which requires the
institution to make Title IV disbursements to students and
seek reimbursement from the Department of Education. A change in
our system of payment could increase our costs of regulatory
compliance. If we fail to demonstrate financial responsibility
and thus lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, our students would lose access to Title IV
program funds for use in our institution, which would limit our
potential for growth outside the military community and
adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of
operations.
A failure to demonstrate “administrative
capability” may result in the loss of American Public
University System’s eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs.
Department of Education regulations specify extensive criteria
an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the
requisite “administrative capability” to participate
in Title IV programs. See “Regulation of our
Business” in this prospectus for more information on the
Department of Education’s regulations on administrative
capability.
22
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or
comply with any other Department of Education regulations, the
Department of Education may require the repayment of
Title IV funds, transfer the institution from the
“advance” system of payment of Title IV funds to
cash monitoring status or to the “reimbursement”
system of payment, place the institution on provisional
certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine
or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the
institution in Title IV programs. If we are found not to
have satisfied the Department of Education’s
“administrative capability” requirements we could be
limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program
funding, which would limit our potential for growth outside the
military sector and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues
and results of operations.
We rely on a third party to administer our participation
in Title IV programs and its failure to comply with
applicable regulations could cause us to lose our eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs.
We only recently became eligible to participate in Title IV
programs, and we have not developed the internal capacity to
handle without third-party assistance the complex administration
of participation in Title IV programs. Global Financial Aid
Services, Inc. assists us with administration of our
participation in Title IV programs, and if it does not
comply with applicable regulations, we may be liable for its
actions and we could lose our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs. In addition, if it is no longer able to
provide the services to us, we may not be able to replace it in
a timely or cost-efficient manner, or at all, and we could lose
our ability to comply with the requirements of Title IV
programs, which would limit our potential for growth and
adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of
operation.
We are subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible
commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals
involved in recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly
or indirectly on success in enrolling students or securing
financial aid to any person involved in student recruiting or
admission activities or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV program funds. The law and regulations
governing this requirement do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances. If we violate this law, we
could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the Department of
Education, or we could face litigation brought under the
whistleblower provisions of the Federal False Claims Act. Any
such fines or sanctions could harm our reputation, impose
significant costs on us, and have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations.
If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company, our
ability to operate could be impaired.
If we or American Public University System experience a change
of control under the standards of applicable state education
agencies, the Department of Education, DETC, The Higher Learning
Commission, or other regulators, we must notify or seek the
approval of each relevant regulatory agency. Transactions or
events that constitute a change of control include significant
acquisitions or dispositions of an institution’s common
stock and significant changes in the composition of an
institution’s board of directors. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. We have sought
confirmation from applicable regulators, including state
educational agencies that authorize or license American Public
University System, the Department of Education, DETC and The
Higher Learning Commission, that this offering will not require
us to notify them or obtain their approval under their
respective standards, and we have received that confirmation
from the Department of Education, DETC, the West Virginia Higher
Education Policy Commission and the State Council for Higher
Education for Virginia. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in
receiving, approval of any change of control from the West
Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, the Department of
Education, DETC or The Higher Learning Commission could have a
material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any
change of control from other states in which we are currently
licensed or authorized could require us to suspend our
activities in that state or otherwise impair our operations. The
potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In
addition, the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a
change of control also could have an adverse effect on the
market price of your shares.
23
We may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs if our student loan default rates are too high, and if
we lose that eligibility our future growth could be
impaired.
An educational institution may lose its eligibility to
participate in some or all Title IV programs if, for three
consecutive federal fiscal years, 25% or more of its students
who were required to begin repaying their student loans in the
relevant fiscal year default on their payment by the end of the
next federal fiscal year. In addition, an institution may lose
its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV
programs if its default rate exceeds 40% in the most recent
federal fiscal year for which default rates have been calculated
by the Department of Education. Because we have just begun to
enroll students who are participating in these programs, we have
no historical cohort default rates. Relatively few students are
expected to enter the repayment phase in the near term, which
could result in defaults by a few students having a relatively
large impact on our cohort default rate. If American Public
University System loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs because of high student loan default
rates, our students would no longer be eligible to use
Title IV program funds in our institution, which would
significantly reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Risks
Related to this Offering
We do not know whether a market will develop for our
common stock or what the market price of our common stock will
be and, as a result, we cannot assure you that an investment in
our common stock will be as liquid as alternative
investments.
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our
common stock. If a market does not develop or is not sustained,
it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock
at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices
at which our common stock will trade. The initial public
offering price for our common stock will be determined through
negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any
relationship to the market price at which the common stock will
trade after this offering or to any other established criteria
of our value. It is possible that in one or more future periods
our operating results may be below the expectations of public
market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and
other factors, the price of our common stock may decline.
The price of our common stock may be volatile, and as a
result returns on an investment in our common stock may be
volatile.
The trading price of our common stock following this offering
may fluctuate substantially. The price of the common stock that
will prevail in the market after this offering may be lower than
the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are
beyond our control and may not be related to our operating
performance. The price of the common stock may fluctuate as a
result of:
|
|
|
|
•
|
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from
time to time;
|
|
|
•
|
significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of
comparable companies;
|
|
|
•
|
actual or anticipated changes in our earnings, enrollments or
net course registrations, or fluctuations in our operating
results or in the expectations of securities analysts;
|
|
|
•
|
the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;
|
|
|
•
|
general economic conditions and trends;
|
|
|
•
|
catastrophic events;
|
|
|
•
|
sales of large blocks of our stock; or
|
|
|
•
|
recruitment or departure of key personnel.
|
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price
of a company’s securities, securities class action
litigation has often been brought against that company. Because
of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become
the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities
litigation could result in substantial costs and divert
management’s attention and resources from our business.
24
We have never operated as a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules
subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market
have imposed various requirements on public companies, including
public disclosure, internal control, changes in corporate
governance practices and other matters. Our management and other
personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to
comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and
regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and
costly.
Our principal stockholders may be able to exercise
significant influence over matters requiring stockholder
approval.
After completion of this offering, ABS Capital Partners will
beneficially own approximately 41.7% of our outstanding common
stock, and Camden Partners will beneficially own approximately
10.3%. As a result, ABS Capital Partners and Camden Partners may
be able to exercise significant influence over matters requiring
stockholder approval, including the election of directors,
equity compensation plans and significant corporate
transactions. For example, ABS Capital Partners and Camden
Partners may vote against a transaction involving an actual or
potential change of control of our company or other transaction
that you may deem to be in the stockholders’ best
interests. In addition, ABS Capital Partners was entitled to
designate three of our directors for appointment to our board of
directors, two of whom are general partners of ABS Capital
Partners, and Camden Partners was entitled to designate one of
our directors for appointment to our board of directors, and
that director is a general partner of Camden Partners. Following
the offering, neither ABS Capital Partners nor Camden Partners
will be entitled to designate new directors to our board but
their representatives will continue to serve on our board and
can exercise substantial influence over us.
Seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of
operations could adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock.
Our results in any quarter may not indicate the results we may
achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full year. Our
revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of
seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes
in enrollment. Student population varies as a result of new
enrollments, graduations and student attrition. While our number
of enrolled students has grown in each sequential quarter over
the past three years, the number of enrolled students has been
proportionally greatest in the fourth quarter of each respective
year. A significant portion of our general and administrative
expenses do not vary proportionately with fluctuations in
revenues. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating results
to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such
patterns may change, however, as a result of new program
introductions and increased enrollments of students. These
fluctuations may result in volatility in our results of
operations
and/or have
an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective disclosure
controls and procedures and internal controls over financial
reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements
could be impaired, which could adversely affect our stock price,
our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of
us.
Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and
procedures, including internal controls over financial
reporting, in place so that we can produce accurate financial
statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming
effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the
process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving
our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of being a
public company and eventually being subject to the requirements
of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will
require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of
our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by
our independent auditors addressing these assessments. We will
be required to comply with the internal controls evaluation and
certification requirements of Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act by no later than the end of our 2008 fiscal
year.
25
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports
about our business or if they downgrade their evaluations of our
stock, the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on
the research and reports that industry or financial analysts
publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts
covering us downgrade their estimates or evaluations of our
stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of
these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose
visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could
cause our stock price to decline.
Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or
the perception that such sales could occur, could lower our
stock price and impair our ability to raise funds in new stock
offerings.
Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common
stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales
could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price
of our common stock and could make it more difficult for us to
raise funds through future public offerings of our equity
securities. Beginning approximately 180 days after
completion of this offering, approximately 11.7 million
shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the
public market, of which the sale of approximately
10.2 million shares will be subject to volume, manner of
sale and other limitations contained in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In
addition, approximately 430,000 shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2007 that were acquired on the exercise of
stock options and approximately 918,000 shares underlying stock
options outstanding as of September 30, 2007, if exercised,
will be eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 701 under the
Securities Act. In addition, we have granted holders of
approximately 9.4 million shares of our outstanding common
stock rights to require us, subject to conditions, to register
the public sale of their shares under the Securities Act. See
“Shares Eligible for Future Sale” elsewhere in this
prospectus.
We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to pay a
special distribution to our existing stockholders. As a result,
we do not expect to retain proceeds from this offering and our
cash on hand may decrease.
We intend to use the proceeds that we receive from the sale of
stock in this offering and $7.0 million of our existing cash
(based on an assumed offering price equal to the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
if the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option)
to pay the special distribution payable to our existing
stockholders. As a result of our application of the proceeds of
this offering, we do not expect to retain any of the proceeds,
and payment of the distribution in an amount greater than the
net proceeds to us (if the underwriters do not exercise their
over-allotment option), the expenses of the offering and those
expenses related to beginning to operate as a public company
will cause our cash on hand to decrease.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in
your investment.
The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher
than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock,
which was $1.80 as of June 30, 2007. As a result, you will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible
book value when you buy shares of common stock in the offering.
This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the
amount of our total assets, minus our total liabilities, divided
by the number of outstanding shares. Holders of the common stock
will experience further dilution if options, warrants or other
rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that
we may issue in the future are exercised or converted, or if we
issue additional shares of our common stock, at prices lower
than our net tangible book value at such time.
Provisions in our organizational documents and in the
Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts
that could be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions in our charter and bylaws and in the Delaware General
Corporation Law may make it difficult and expensive for a third
party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in
control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of
our stockholders. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the ability of our board of directors to issue up to
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series
and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series
without stockholder approval, which
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
may discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more
difficult for a third party to gain control of our company;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
a requirement that stockholders provide advance notice of their
intention to nominate a director or to propose any other
business at an annual meeting of stockholders;
|
|
|
•
|
a prohibition against stockholder action by means of written
consent unless otherwise approved by our board of directors in
advance; and
|
|
|
•
|
the application of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which generally prohibits us from engaging in
mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that
beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their
affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the
business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because
funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners acquired their shares
prior to this offering, Section 203 is currently
inapplicable to any business combination or transaction with it
or its affiliates.
|
27
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
“Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,”
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” and
“Business,” contains forward-looking statements. We
may, in some cases, use words such as “project,”
“believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,”
“expect,” “estimate,” “intend,”
“should,” “would,” “could,”
“potentially,” “will,” or “may,”
or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or
outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements
about:
|
|
|
|
•
|
our ability to comply with the extensive regulatory framework
applicable to our industry, including Title IV of the
Higher Education Act and the regulations thereunder, state laws
and regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency requirements;
|
|
|
•
|
the pace of growth of our enrollment;
|
|
|
•
|
our conversion of prospective students to enrolled students and
our retention of active students;
|
|
|
•
|
our ability to update and expand the content of existing
programs and the development of new programs in a cost-effective
manner or on a timely basis;
|
|
|
•
|
our maintenance and expansion of our relationships with the
United States Armed Forces and various organizations and the
development of new relationships;
|
|
|
•
|
the competitive environment in which we operate;
|
|
|
•
|
our spending of the proceeds from this offering;
|
|
|
•
|
our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from
operations;
|
|
|
•
|
our ability to manage and grow our business and execution of our
business and growth strategies;
|
|
|
•
|
our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2007;
and
|
|
|
•
|
our financial performance.
|
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the
forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee
future results, levels of activity, performance, or
achievements. There are a number of important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the results
anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which apply
only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors
include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the
caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. You should read
these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this
prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or
more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or
achievements may vary materially from any future results,
performance or achievements expressed or implied by these
forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to
publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as
required by law.
28
We estimate that we will receive $68.0 million in net
proceeds from our sale of the 4,687,500 shares of common
stock sold by us in the offering (or approximately
$78.4 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full). Our estimated net proceeds from
the offering represent the amount we expect to receive after the
underwriting discount and our payment of the other expenses of
the offering payable by us. For purposes of estimating our net
proceeds, we have assumed that the initial public offering price
of the common stock will be $16.00, which is the midpoint of the
price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We
intend to use all of the proceeds we receive from this offering
to pay the special distribution discussed below. We intend to
use the proceeds, if any, we receive from the underwriters
exercise of their over-allotment option to pay the amount of the
distribution in excess of the proceeds and any fees and expenses
of this offering instead of using our cash on hand, and for
general corporate purposes. We anticipate that the special
distribution will exceed our net proceeds from this offering by
$7.0 million, and, to the extent that the underwriters do
not exercise their over-allotment option, we will pay this
excess amount from our cash on hand.
We will declare a special distribution that will be payable
promptly after the completion of this offering to our
stockholders of record immediately prior to the completion of
this offering. The aggregate amount of the special distribution
will be equal to the gross proceeds from the sale of stock in
this offering before the underwriting discount and before
expenses, excluding any proceeds received by us in the event the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. Based on the
initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, the amount of the special distribution will be
$75.0 million, or approximately $6.10 per common share on
an as if converted basis. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the
assumed initial public offering price per share would increase
or decrease the amount of the special distribution by
approximately $4.7 million. If the underwriters do not
exercise their over-allotment option and we are required to pay
a portion of the special distribution with cash on hand, a $1.00
increase in the assumed initial public offering price per share
would cause our cash on hand to decrease by $328,125 and a $1.00
decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share
would result in our using $328,125 less of our cash on hand. The
payment of the special distribution with the estimated proceeds
of this offering to us permits a return of capital to all of our
existing stockholders, and does so without significantly
decreasing our capital resources or requiring these stockholders
to sell their shares.
We will declare a special distribution that will be payable
promptly after the completion of this offering to our
stockholders of record immediately prior to the completion of
this offering. The payment of the special distribution in an
amount equal to the gross proceeds from the sale of stock in
this offering before the underwriting discount and before
expenses, permits a return of capital to all of our existing
stockholders, and does so without significantly decreasing our
capital resources or requiring these stockholders to sell their
shares. Each of our stockholders will be entitled to receive
their pro-rata share of the special distribution based on their
holdings of our capital stock on an “as if converted to
common stock” basis as of the record date. Based on the
assumed offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the
midpoint of the range we show on the cover page of this
prospectus, the amount of the special distribution will be
$75.0 million, or approximately $6.10 per common share on
an as if converted basis.
Approximately $62.4 million of the special distribution
will be paid in respect of shares of our capital stock as to
which our directors and executive officers as a group may be
deemed to exercise sole or shared voting or investment power. In
particular, the special distribution to be paid in respect of
shares of capital stock as to which our directors may be deemed
to have beneficial ownership, other than our chief executive
officer, who is in the table below with our executives officers,
includes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
$32.7 million to be distributed in respect of shares held
by funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners, of which Phillip
A. Clough and Timothy T. Weglicki may be deemed to have
beneficial ownership, that were acquired on August 30, 2002
for an original investment of $10.0 million, and
$10.7 million to
|
29
be distributed in respect of shares held by funds affiliated
with ABS Capital Partners that were acquired on August 2,
2005 for an original investment of $8.0 million;
|
|
|
|
•
|
$10.7 million to be distributed in respect of shares held
by funds affiliated with Camden Partners, of which David L.
Warnock may be deemed to have beneficial ownership, that were
acquired on August 2, 2005 for an original investment of
$8.0 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
approximately $20,000 to be distributed in respect of shares
held by Jean C. Halle that were acquired for an aggregate
exercise price of $15,000 upon exercise of stock options that
were granted on May 19, 2006.
|
The following table shows the special distribution to be paid in
respect of outstanding shares of capital stock as to which our
executive officers may be deemed to have beneficial ownership,
as well as the date those shares were acquired and the original
purchase price for the acquisition of the shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Acquisition
|
|
|
Acquisition Cost of
|
|
|
|
Special
|
|
|
of Shares to which
|
|
|
Shares to which
|
|
|
|
Distribution Amount
|
|
|
Special
|
|
|
Special
|
|
|
|
for Shares
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Relates(1)
|
|
|
Relates
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
1,343,048
|
|
|
|
December 30, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
290,000
|
|
|
|
|
805,829
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
188,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,148,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
478,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
278,447
|
|
|
|
November 28, 2001
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
50,007
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
604,372
|
(2)
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
|
|
335,762
|
|
|
|
February 28, 2007
|
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,218,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
462,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
1,007,286
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2001
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
April 14, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
June 14, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
145,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,021,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
$
|
161,166
|
|
|
|
October 16, 2003
|
|
|
$
|
41,096
|
|
|
|
$
|
53,722
|
|
|
|
January 14, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
6,296
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
214,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
201,465
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
47,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
$
|
80,583
|
|
|
|
January 24, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
18,888
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,861
|
|
|
|
May 4, 2007
|
|
|
$
|
42,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
107,444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,376
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents the date on which either the option to acquire the
related shares was granted or when the shares were acquired. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Shares are owned by WLM Investments, LLC. Mr. Wilkins is a
member of WLM Investments, LLC and disclaims beneficial
ownership of those shares except to the extent of his pecuniary
benefit. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Shares were initially acquired from us for an original
investment of $50,007 on November 28, 2001 by a different
stockholder and subsequently acquired by Mr. Wilkins on
August 31, 2004. |
30
Pursuant to the terms of our equity incentive arrangements, the
special distribution will also cause a proportionate adjustment
to the stock options held by our optionees, including our
executive officers and directors who hold stock options. This
adjustment will cause the total number of shares subject to
options held by our optionees to increase while the aggregate
exercise price will remain the same. Effectively, as a result of
the special distribution, our optionees will be entitled to
receive more shares for the same aggregate exercise price for
each option held. The following table shows the options held by
our directors and executive officers as of September 30,
2007, the aggregate exercise price for all shares subject to an
option as of that date, and the total number of shares for which
the options will be exercisable as a result of the adjustment in
connection with the special distribution, assuming that the
offering price is $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject
|
|
|
to Options
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
to Options as
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Adjusted for the
|
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
Price
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
88,000
|
|
|
$
|
125,920
|
|
|
|
121,576
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
$
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
227,955
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
75,985
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
$
|
376,200
|
|
|
|
151,970
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
|
19,800
|
|
|
$
|
27,588
|
|
|
|
27,355
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,480
|
|
|
|
30,394
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
$
|
92,064
|
|
|
|
36,473
|
|
Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
265,550
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
166,220
|
|
|
|
36,473
|
|
See “Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions — Special Distribution” for
additional information regarding the beneficiaries of the
special distribution.
Except as described under Special Distribution above, we do not
anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common
stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of any dividends in
the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors
and will depend upon our financial condition, results of
operations, earnings, capital requirements, contractual
restrictions, outstanding indebtedness and other factors deemed
relevant by our board. As a result, you will likely need to sell
your shares of common stock to realize a return on your
investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or
above the price you paid for them.
31
The following table shows our capitalization as of June 30,
2007:
|
|
|
|
•
|
on an as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the sale of
4,687,500 shares of common stock in this offering by us at
an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share,
which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting
discount and other estimated offering expenses, (ii) the
conversion of our Class A Common Stock into
9,256,258 shares of our common stock, (iii) the
payment of a special distribution to our existing stockholders
in the amount of the anticipated gross proceeds from the sale of
common stock in this offering before the underwriting discount
and before expenses (not including any proceeds received by us
from the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment
option), which is expected to occur promptly upon the
consummation of this offering, and (iv) the amendment and
restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection
with the closing of this offering, which will increase our
authorized capital stock.
|
You should read this table together with the sections of this
prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” as well as our
financial statements and related notes and the other financial
information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited, in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
|
$
|
11,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt, including current portion
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 shares of preferred stock authorized, actual
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized as
adjusted, and no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as
adjusted
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,412,073 shares of Class A common stock authorized,
actual and no shares authorized as adjusted,
9,256,258 shares issued and outstanding, actual and no
shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock $0.01 par value per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000,000 shares authorized, actual and 100,000,000 shares
authorized as adjusted, 2,777,742 issued and outstanding, actual
and 16,721,500 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
15,305
|
|
|
|
83,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
6,199
|
|
|
|
(68,801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
21,625
|
|
|
|
14,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
21,625
|
|
|
$
|
14,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price per share would decrease or increase cash and
cash equivalents by $328,125, would increase or decrease
additional paid-in capital by $328,125 and would decrease or
increase total stockholders’ equity and total
capitalization by $328,125, after deducting the underwriting
discount, the payment of a special distribution to our existing
stockholders in the amount of the aggregate proceeds from the
sale of common stock by us in this offering (not including any
proceeds received by us from the underwriters’ exercise of
their over-allotment option) and the estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
The outstanding share information as of June 30, 2007 shown
in the table above excludes 1,013,474 shares of common
stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and
155,815 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon
the exercise of a warrant outstanding as of June 30, 2007,
which was subsequently exercised in October 2007. The number
also excludes 1,100,000 shares of our common stock reserved
for issuance under our new 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan and
100,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
under our new Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
32
Purchasers of the common stock in the offering will suffer an
immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value
per share. Dilution is the amount by which the initial public
offering price paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock
exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common
stock after the offering. Net tangible book value represents the
amount of our total tangible assets reduced by our total
liabilities. Tangible assets equal our total assets less
goodwill and intangible assets. Net tangible book value per
share represents our net tangible book value divided by the
number of shares of common stock outstanding. As of
June 30, 2007, our net tangible book value was
$21.6 million and our net tangible book value per share was
$1.80.
After giving effect to the sale of 4,687,500 shares of
common stock in the offering at an initial public offering price
of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the payment
of the estimated amount of the special distribution to our
existing stockholders, our adjusted net tangible book value as
of June 30, 2007 would have been $14.6 million, or
$0.87 per share. This represents an immediate decrease in net
tangible book value of $0.93 per share to existing stockholders
and an immediate dilution of $15.13 per share to new investors
purchasing shares in the offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.00
|
|
Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
1.80
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
new investors
|
|
|
3.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in net tangible book value per share after payment of
special distribution to our existing stockholders
|
|
|
(4.49
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our adjusted net tangible book value after the offering, and the
dilution to new investors in the offering, will change from the
amounts shown above if the underwriters’ over-allotment
option is exercised.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price per share would decrease or increase our adjusted
net tangible book value per share after the offering by
approximately $0.02, and increase or decrease dilution per share
to new investors by approximately $1.02, after deducting the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by
us.
The following table illustrates, on the as adjusted basis
described above as of June 30, 2007, the total number of
shares held, total consideration paid and average price per
share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors for the
shares of common stock, assuming the sale of shares of common
stock in the offering at an initial public offering price of
$16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
12,034,000
|
|
|
|
72.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
15,426
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
82.9
|
|
|
|
16.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
16,721,500
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
90,426
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
12,034,000
|
|
|
|
69.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
15,426
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
5,390,625
|
|
|
|
30.9
|
|
|
|
86,250
|
|
|
|
84.8
|
|
|
|
16.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17,424,625
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
101,676
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
5.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The data in the tables above assume that outstanding options to
purchase common stock are not exercised and do not give effect
to the issuance of 155,815 shares of Class A common
stock upon the exercise of a warrant in October 2007, the
issuance of options to purchase 259,050 shares of common
stock at the time of the pricing of this offering and the
issuance of 72,093 shares of restricted common stock at the
time of the closing of this offering. As of June 30, 2007,
options to purchase 1,013,474 shares of common stock at a
weighted average exercise price of $4.04 per share and a warrant
to purchase 155,815 shares of Class A common stock at
an exercise price of $4.62 per share were outstanding, which
warrant was exercised in October 2007. If all those options had
been exercised and assuming the exercise of the warrant, the
exercise of the options to purchase 259,050 shares that are
to be issued at the time of the pricing of this offering and the
issuance of 72,093 shares of restricted common stock to be
issued at the time of the closing of this offering, the dilution
to new investors purchasing shares in the offering as of
June 30, 2007 would have decreased by $0.48 per share to
$14.65 per share. To the extent that any options or warrants are
granted in the future and are exercised, new investors will
experience further dilution.
34
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table shows our consolidated statements of
operations, balance sheet and other financial and operating data
as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The
selected consolidated statements of operations and the other
financial data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005
and 2006 and the selected balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
GAAP, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated statements of operations and the other financial
data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31,
2002, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, which are
not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not
necessarily indicative of our results for any future period.
The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the
six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and the selected
consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007 have
been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In
our opinion, the unaudited consolidated financial statements
have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated
financial statements, except we adopted FAS 123(R) as of
January 1, 2006, and include all adjustments, consisting of
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
statement of our financial position and operating results for
the unaudited periods. The selected consolidated financial and
operating data as of and for the six months ended June 30,
2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
obtained for a full year.
35
You should read this data together with “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and the financial statements and related notes
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
10,655
|
|
|
$
|
17,758
|
|
|
$
|
23,119
|
|
|
$
|
28,178
|
|
|
$
|
40,045
|
|
|
$
|
16,961
|
|
|
$
|
30,262
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
5,507
|
|
|
|
8,603
|
|
|
|
10,944
|
|
|
|
13,247
|
|
|
|
17,959
|
|
|
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
12,990
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
2,817
|
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
4,043
|
|
|
|
4,895
|
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,862
|
|
|
|
4,274
|
|
|
|
5,737
|
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
9,150
|
|
|
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
7,074
|
|
Write-off of software development
project(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
10,871
|
|
|
|
15,910
|
|
|
|
19,561
|
|
|
|
25,954
|
|
|
|
37,105
|
|
|
|
15,116
|
|
|
|
24,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest income
and income taxes
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
1,848
|
|
|
|
3,558
|
|
|
|
2,224
|
|
|
|
2,940
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
5,987
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
(253
|
)
|
|
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
2,449
|
|
|
|
3,229
|
|
|
|
1,971
|
|
|
|
6,325
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
2,287
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
(1,002
|
)
|
|
|
(1,085
|
)
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(473
|
)
|
|
$
|
217
|
|
|
$
|
1,202
|
|
|
$
|
404
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
|
$
|
933
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.08
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
5,800,113
|
|
|
|
5,400,461
|
|
|
|
5,386,392
|
|
|
|
8,055,300
|
|
|
|
11,741,191
|
|
|
|
11,702,042
|
|
|
|
11,931,001
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
5,800,113
|
|
|
|
5,400,461
|
|
|
|
5,407,050
|
|
|
|
8,463,653
|
|
|
|
12,177,693
|
|
|
|
12,152,008
|
|
|
|
12,492,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
OTHER DATA (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from
continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(596
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,280
|
|
|
$
|
4,546
|
|
|
$
|
3,971
|
|
|
$
|
9,011
|
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
$
|
9,928
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
|
$
|
4,124
|
|
|
$
|
2,613
|
|
|
$
|
4,613
|
|
|
$
|
4,475
|
|
|
$
|
2,582
|
|
|
$
|
1,770
|
|
Stock-based compensation
expense(2)
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
284
|
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
618
|
|
EBITDA from continuing
operations(3)
|
|
$
|
(120
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
$
|
4,232
|
|
|
$
|
3,524
|
|
|
$
|
4,893
|
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
Net course
registrations(4)
|
|
|
18,991
|
|
|
|
25,567
|
|
|
|
32,558
|
|
|
|
37,506
|
|
|
|
54,828
|
|
|
|
22,962
|
|
|
|
41,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,224
|
|
|
$
|
5,148
|
|
|
$
|
7,250
|
|
|
$
|
5,511
|
|
|
$
|
11,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
Working
capital(5)
|
|
$
|
8,136
|
|
|
$
|
5,398
|
|
|
$
|
7,197
|
|
|
$
|
5,741
|
|
|
$
|
10,445
|
|
|
$
|
12,641
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
10,683
|
|
|
$
|
12,345
|
|
|
$
|
18,223
|
|
|
$
|
22,444
|
|
|
$
|
28,750
|
|
|
$
|
33,993
|
|
Total redeemable preferred stock
|
|
$
|
9,314
|
|
|
$
|
10,254
|
|
|
$
|
11,339
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(835
|
)
|
|
$
|
(721
|
)
|
|
$
|
738
|
|
|
$
|
14,539
|
|
|
$
|
16,821
|
|
|
$
|
21,625
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2006, $3.1 million of capitalized software
development costs were written off when management determined
that the asset related to these costs was impaired because we
are no longer pursuing the related project. |
37
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)-Share-Based
Payment, or SFAS 123R, which requires companies to expense
share-based compensation based on fair value. Prior to
January 1, 2006, we accounted for share-based payment in
accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25-Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and provided the disclosure
required in
SFAS 123-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148-Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-An Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 123. Stock-based compensation expense for the
year ended December 31, 2005 resulted from the repurchase
of shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of employee
stock options. |
|
(3) |
|
EBITDA from continuing operations consists of income from
continuing operations minus interest income, net, plus income
tax expense and depreciation and amortization. Interest income,
net consists primarily of interest income earned on cash and
cash equivalents, net of any interest expense for notes payable.
We use EBITDA from continuing operations as a measure of
operating performance. |
However, EBITDA from continuing operations is not a recognized
measurement under U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles, or GAAP, and when analyzing our operating
performance, investors should use EBITDA from continuing
operations in addition to, and not as an alternative for, income
from continuing operations as determined in accordance with
GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our
presentation of EBITDA from continuing operations may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and
is therefore limited as a comparative measure. Furthermore, as
an analytical tool EBITDA from continuing operations has
additional limitations, including that (a) it is not
intended to be a measure of free cash flow, as it does not
consider certain cash requirements such as tax payments,
(b) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements
for, our working capital needs; and (c) although
depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets
being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced
in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements
for such replacements, or future requirements for capital
expenditures or contractual commitments. To compensate for these
limitations, we evaluate our profitability by considering the
economic effect of the excluded expense items independently as
well as in connection with our analysis of cash flows from
operations and through the use of other financial measures.
We believe EBITDA from continuing operations is useful to an
investor in evaluating our operating performance and liquidity
because it is widely used to measure a company’s operating
performance without regard to certain non-cash expenses (such as
depreciation and amortization) and expenses that are not
reflective of our core operating results over time. We believe
EBITDA from continuing operations presents a meaningful measure
of corporate performance exclusive of our capital structure, the
method by which assets were acquired and non-cash charges, and
provides us with additional useful information to measure our
performance on a consistent basis, particularly with respect to
changes in performance from period to period.
Our management uses EBITDA from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
•
|
In developing our internal budgets and strategic plan;
|
|
|
•
|
As a measurement of operating performance, because it assists us
in comparing our performance on a consistent basis, as it
removes depreciation, amortization, interest and taxes;
|
|
|
•
|
As a factor in evaluating the performance of our management for
purposes of compensation purposes; and
|
|
|
•
|
In presentations to members of our board of directors to enable
our board to have the same measurement basis of operating
performance as is used by management to compare our current
operating results with corresponding prior periods and with the
results of other companies in our industry.
|
38
The following table provides a reconciliation of income (loss)
from continuing operations to EBITDA from continuing operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(160
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,219
|
|
|
$
|
2,287
|
|
|
$
|
1,388
|
|
|
$
|
2,458
|
|
|
$
|
1,028
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
Interest expense (income), net
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
(338
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(93
|
)
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(120
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,064
|
|
|
$
|
4,232
|
|
|
$
|
3,524
|
|
|
$
|
4,893
|
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
|
$
|
7,310
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA from continuing operations for the year ended
December 31, 2006 is reduced by a write-off of
$3.1 million of capitalized software development costs.
EBITDA from continuing operations is also reduced by stock-based
compensation expense of $1.2 million, $284,000, $192,000
and $618,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005, the year
ended December 31, 2006, the six months ended June 30,
2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively. |
|
(4) |
|
Net course registrations represent the total number of course
registrations for students that have attended a portion of a
course. |
|
(5) |
|
Working capital is calculated by subtracting total current
liabilities from total current assets. |
39
MANAGEMENT’S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
the prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that are based on management’s current
expectations, estimates and projections about our business and
operations, and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk
Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
American Public Education, Inc. is a provider of exclusively
online postsecondary education directed at the needs of the
military and public service communities. We operate through two
universities, American Military University, or AMU, and American
Public University, or APU, which together constitute the
American Public University System.
In recent years, we have experienced substantial growth. Our
course enrollments, or net course registrations, representing
the aggregate number of classes in which students remain
enrolled after the date by which they may drop the course
without financial penalty, increased at a compound annual growth
rate (CAGR) of 30% from 2002 to 2006. Over that same time, total
revenue increased at a CAGR of 39%, from $10.7 million in
2002 to $40.0 million in 2006. We believe achieving
regional accreditation in May 2006 and gaining access to
Title IV programs beginning with classes that started in
November 2006 have been additional factors driving our recent
acceleration in growth. Net course registrations increased 82%
in the six months ended June 30, 2007 over the six months
ended June 30, 2006, our revenue increased from
$17.0 million to $30.3 million, or by 78%, over the
same time period and operating margins increased to 19.8% from
11.0% over the same time period. While we have experienced
substantial growth in recent periods, you should not rely on the
results of any prior periods as an indication of our future
growth in net course registrations or revenue as our historical
growth rates may not be sustainable. Similarly, you should not
rely on the improvement in our operating margins in any prior
periods as an indication of our future operating margins. Our
difficulty in forecasting future growth rates and operating
margins is in part due to our inability to fully estimate the
actual impact of gaining access to Title IV programs. Following
our implementation of Title IV programs for classes beginning in
November 2006, for the six months ended June 30, 2007, 9% of our
net course registrations were from students using financial aid
under Title IV programs. Because of our limited history with
Title IV programs and because we cannot estimate the growth of
new students that may result from our participation in Title IV
programs, we cannot estimate the costs and expenses associated
with administering Title IV programs and complying with the
associated regulations.
We were founded as American Military University, Inc. in 1991
and began offering graduate courses in January 1993. Following
initial national accreditation by the Accrediting Commission of
the Distance Education and Training Council, or DETC, in 1995,
American Military University began offering undergraduate
programs primarily directed to members of the armed forces. Over
time, American Military University diversified its educational
offerings in response to demand by military students for
post-military career preparation. With its expanded program
offerings, American Military University extended its outreach to
the greater public service community, primarily police, fire,
emergency management personnel and national security
professionals. In 2002, we reorganized into a holding company
structure, with American Public Education, Inc. serving as the
holding company of American Public University System, Inc.,
which operates our two universities, AMU and APU. Our university
system achieved regional accreditation in May 2006 with the
Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools and became eligible for federal student aid
programs under Title IV for classes beginning in November
2006. In September 2007, we received approval from the Higher
Learning Commission to offer seven new degree programs in
Education and Information Technology.
40
Our key
financial results metrics:
Revenues
In reviewing our revenues we consider the following components:
net course registrations; tuition we charge; tuition net of
scholarships; and other fees.
Net course registrations. For financial
reporting and analysis purposes, we measure our student body in
terms of aggregate course enrollments, or net course
registrations. Net course registrations represent the aggregate
number of classes in which students remain enrolled after the
date by which they may drop the course without financial
penalty. Because we recognize revenues over the length of a
course, net course registrations in a period do not correlate
directly with revenues for that period because revenues
recognized from courses are not necessarily recognized in the
period in which the course registrations occur. For example,
revenues in a quarter reflect a portion of the revenue from
courses that began in a prior period and continued into the
quarter, all revenue from courses that began and ended in the
quarter, and a portion of the revenue from courses that began
but did not end in the quarter.
We believe our curriculum is directly relevant to federal, state
and local law enforcement and other first responders, but
historically this market was limited to us because, outside the
federal government, only a few agencies or departments have the
tuition reimbursement plans critical to fund continuing adult
education. Now that our students can obtain low cost student
loans or grants through Title IV programs, we have begun to
increase our focus on these markets. Title IV programs
require participating students to take more courses per semester
than students participating in DoD tuition assistance programs.
As a result, we expect that our increased focus on markets that
utilize Title IV programs may cause the average number of
courses per student to increase.
Tuition. Providing affordable programs is an
important element of our strategy for growth. Other than a
modest increase in 2007 for graduate tuition, we have not raised
tuition since 2000. We set our tuition costs so that our
undergraduate military students may take courses without
incurring out-of-pocket costs because our tuition is within the
Department of Defense, or DoD, tuition ceilings. Using the DoD
tuition ceiling as a benchmark keeps our tuition in line with
four-year public university, in-state rates.
Net tuition. Tuition revenues vary from period
to period based on the aggregate number of students attending
classes and the number of classes they are attending during the
period. Tuition revenue is reduced to reflect amounts refunded
to students who withdraw from a course in the month the
withdrawal occurs. We also provide scholarships to certain
students to assist them financially and to promote their
registration. The cost of these scholarships is netted against
tuition revenue in the period incurred for purposes of
establishing net tuition revenue and typically represents less
than 1% of revenues.
Other fees. Other fees include charges for
transcript credit evaluation, which includes assistance in
securing official transcripts on behalf of the student in
addition to evaluating transcripts for transfer credit. Students
also are charged withdrawal, graduation, late registration,
transcript request and comprehensive examination fees, when
applicable. In accordance with Emerging Issues Tasks Force Issue
No. 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for
Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (EITF 02-16), other
fees also includes book purchase commissions we receive for
graduate student book purchases and ancillary supply purchases
students make directly from our preferred book vendor.
Costs
and Expenses
We categorize our costs and expenses as (i) instructional
costs and services, (ii) selling and promotional,
(iii) general and administrative, (iv) depreciation
and amortization, and (v) stock-based compensation.
Instructional costs and
services. Instructional costs and services are
expenses directly attributable to the educational services we
provide our students. This expense category includes salaries
and benefits for full-time faculty, administrators and academic
advisors, and costs associated with adjunct faculty.
Instructional pay for adjunct faculty is primarily dependent on
the number of students taught. Instructional costs and services
41
expenses also include costs for educational supplies such as
books, costs associated with academic records and graduation,
and other university services such as evaluating transcripts.
Substantially all undergraduate students receive their textbooks
through our book grant program. Over the course of a complete
bachelor’s degree program, this represents a potential
average student savings of approximately $3,600 when compared to
a 2005 estimate by the General Accounting Office of average
textbook costs for a first-time, full-time student at four-year
public universities for the
2003-2004
academic year. In connection with our book grant program, we
have been working to reduce the overall cost of books per
course. Graduate students may order and pay for their books
through the contracted vendor from which we purchase the
undergraduate book grant program books or they can purchase
books from a vendor of their choice.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel
engaged in recruitment and promotion, as well as costs
associated with advertising and the production of marketing
materials related to new enrollments and current students. Our
selling and promotional expenses are generally affected by the
cost of advertising media, the efficiency of our selling
efforts, salaries and benefits for our selling and admissions
personnel, and the number of advertising initiatives for new and
existing academic programs. We believe that the availability of
federal student aid programs to our students should increase our
marketability in non-military markets, but we anticipate that
the more competitive nature of these markets may cause our
student acquisition costs to increase in the future.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
employees engaged in corporate management, finance, information
technology, human resources, facilities, compliance and other
corporate functions. In addition, the cost of renting and
maintaining our facilities, technology expenses and costs for
professional services are included in general and administrative
costs. General and administrative expenses also include bad debt
expense.
Depreciation and amortization. We incur
depreciation and amortization expenses for costs related to the
capitalization of property, equipment, software and program
development on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets.
Stock-based compensation. On January 1,
2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123(R), Share-based Payment (FAS 123(R)), which
requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense
for stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors,
including employee stock options. FAS 123(R) eliminates the
ability to account for stock-based compensation transactions
using the footnote disclosure-only provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees (APB 25), and instead requires that such
transactions be recognized and reflected in our financial
statements using a fair-value-based method. In March 2005, the
Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107), relating to
FAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107
in our adoption of FAS 123(R).
We have adopted FAS 123(R) using the modified prospective
method, which requires the application of the accounting
standard as of January 1, 2006. Our financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the impact of
FAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective
transition method, our consolidated financial statements for the
years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 have not been
restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of
FAS 123(R).
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), we accounted for
stock-based awards to employees and directors using the
intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed
under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (FAS 123). Under
the intrinsic value method, no stock-based compensation expense
had been recognized in our consolidated statement of income
because the exercise price of stock options granted to employees
and directors equaled the fair market value of the underlying
stock at the date of grant. See Note 9 to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for
pro forma information had compensation expense been determined
based on the fair value of options at grant dates computed in
accordance with FAS 123.
42
As a result of adopting FAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006,
our income before income taxes and net income for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was approximately $284,000 and $227,000
lower, respectively, than if we had continued to account for
stock-based compensation under APB 25.
For stock option awards subsequent to our adoption of
FAS 123(R), we have selected the Black-Scholes option
pricing model to estimate the fair value of the stock option
awards on the date of grant. Our determination of the fair value
of these stock option awards was affected by the estimated fair
value of our common stock on the date of grant, which we discuss
in detail below, as well as assumptions regarding a number of
highly complex and subjective variables. We calculate the
expected term of stock option awards using the “simplified
method” as defined by Staff Accounting Bulleting
No. 107 because we lack historical data and are unable to
make reasonable expectations regarding the future. We also
estimate forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant
and revise such estimates in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from original projections. We make
assumptions with respect to expected stock price volatility
based on the average historical volatility of peers with similar
attributes. In addition, we determine the risk free interest
rate by selecting the U.S. Treasury five-year constant
maturity, quoted on an investment basis in effect at the time of
grant for that business day. Estimates of fair value are
subjective and are not intended to predict actual future events,
and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness
of the original estimates of fair value made under
FAS 123(R).
The table below reflects our stock-based compensation expense
recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the year
ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended
June 30, 2007 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating income
|
|
$
|
284
|
|
|
$
|
618
|
|
Tax benefit
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123(R), we presented all tax
benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock
options as operating cash flows in our consolidated statement of
cash flows. FAS 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting
from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of
the compensation cost recognized for those stock options (excess
tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.
We grant our employees options to purchase our common stock at
exercise prices at least equal to the fair market value of the
underlying common stock at the date of each grant, as determined
by our board of directors at the time. Determining the fair
market value of our common stock requires making complex and
subjective judgments because there is no public trading market
for our common stock. While we have obtained contemporaneous
valuations by an independent valuation specialist in connection
with option grants on several occasions, we have not done so at
all times because our board of directors, which includes
representatives of the third-party investors in our equity
financings, determined that it had the relevant expertise to
reasonably estimate the fair market value of our common stock
with the information available to it. These estimates were based
on several factors, including the fair market value of preferred
stock we issued from time to time with superior rights and
preferences to our common stock, sales of our Class A
common stock, repurchases of our common stock, current market
conditions, and our financial and operating performance.
Based on this analysis, our board of directors estimated that
the per share fair market value of the common stock underlying
stock options granted throughout 2006 was $4.55 per share. In
2006, our board of directors considered numerous objective and
subjective factors to determine the fair market value at each
option grant date during this period, including the following:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the repurchase of a majority of our outstanding common stock
from our former majority stockholder at $4.55 per share in
August 2005;
|
43
|
|
|
|
•
|
the sale of our Class A common stock at $4.55 per share in
a private placement in August 2005 to venture capital investors;
|
|
|
•
|
our financial and operating performance in 2006;
|
|
|
•
|
our stage of development and business strategy in 2006; and
|
|
|
•
|
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of
common stock underlying the stock options granted in 2006.
|
In particular, we considered that with the exception of one
stock option grant for 33,000 shares in July 2006, all of
the stock options were granted prior to our receipt of regional
accreditation from The Higher Learning Commission in May 2006,
and the grant in July 2006 was before we had revised our
projections as a result of the receipt of that accreditation. We
also considered that all grants in 2006 were made prior to our
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, which
occurred for classes beginning in November 2006. We believe that
regional accreditation, and the more recent eligibility for
Title IV program participation, have contributed to our
recent acceleration in growth and were the most significant
factors in an increase in value of our common stock.
In light of our receipt of regional accreditation, our
eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, our
growth, and the passage of time since a third-party transaction
involving our capital stock, in January 2007 we engaged The
Baker-Meekins Company, Inc., an independent valuation specialist
that had provided us with several valuations in prior years, to
prepare a valuation of our common stock as of November 30,
2006. The valuation specialist considered several methodologies
in its analysis, including an analysis of guideline public
companies and a discounted cash flow analysis. The results of
the public company analysis vary not only with factors such as
our revenue, EBITDA, and income levels, but also with the
performance of the public market valuation of the companies at
the time. The final valuation conclusion was more heavily
weighted toward the results of the market-based analysis. The
discounted cash flow analysis, an income-based approach,
involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated future
free cash flows, which were based on management’s forecasts
of revenue and costs at the time. As with any valuation based on
the discounted cash flow method, the underlying assumptions
involve a significant degree of complexity and judgment. Once
our enterprise value was determined, the result was reconciled
to equity value after the consideration of interest-bearing
debt, excess cash and cash to be received upon the exercise of
stock options. To determine the market value of a share of
common stock, the independent valuation specialist divided the
equity value by the number of common stock equivalents. The
independent valuation specialist then applied a discount of 20%
for the lack of marketability. The analysis resulted in an
estimated fair market value of our common stock on a
nonmarketable minority basis as of November 30, 2006 of
$4.92 per share. We believe that this valuation supports our
determination of value for the grants made in 2006 prior to the
receipt of the report, and we have subsequently determined that
no reassessment of this estimate is appropriate.
The valuation report was used as an aid to the board of
directors in determining the fair market value of the common
stock underlying options granted in February 2007. Our board of
directors considered our improving operating performance,
results and projections at the time of the grants in February
2007 and determined that an increase to the price provided in
the valuation report was appropriate. The board of directors
determined at that time that the fair market value per share of
our common stock was $5.45 per share during that period. As
described below, this determination was subsequently reassessed.
In May 2007, the same independent valuation specialist was
engaged to perform a valuation of our common stock as of
May 4, 2007. The valuation specialist used substantially
the same analysis and methodologies as it had for the previous
valuation, except that the independent valuation specialist also
took into account the prospect of this offering, which had
become more likely after management met with representatives of
the underwriters in the spring of 2007. The valuation specialist
also observed that the discount rate that it applied in the May
valuation for the discounted cash flow analysis differed from
the November valuation as a result of increases to interest
rates on government bonds and an increase in the calculation of
business risk, which was calculated as the median of the
guideline companies’ beta using a regression of those
companies’ stock returns against the S&P 500. In May
2007, the valuation specialist
44
reduced the discount to 15% for lack of marketability that it
applied to our per share valuation because it determined that it
was likely that we would pursue an initial public offering in
less than 12 months. The valuation specialist selected 15%
in part because in its estimation this approximates the median
discount for illiquidity in studies of restricted stock of
publicly traded corporations that have a one-year holding
period. The valuation specialist determined that the fair market
value of our common stock was $9.66 per share on a
non-marketable minority interest basis as of May 4, 2007.
As a result of reviews of our stock option grants, we determined
that a reassessment of the fair market value estimate for grants
made during the six months ended June 30, 2007 was
appropriate. As an initial matter, we concluded that, because
(i) our business had demonstrated continued growth and
improvement during the six months ended June 30, 2007;
(ii) our internal projections of our results were
increasing during the period; and (iii) the fair market
value of our common stock was in a period of sequential
increases, a valuation report that estimated the fair market
value of our common stock nearer to the end of the period,
rather than the beginning of the period, would provide a more
reliable and conservative estimate of the fair market value of
our common stock. In conducting the reassessment we also took
into account that the likelihood that we would conduct an
initial public offering in 2007 continued to increase throughout
2007, from an initial expectation in the first quarter of the
year that it would not occur in 2007, and that in May 2007 we
had received initial indications of values from the
representatives of several underwriters that were conditioned on
an initial public offering in the fourth quarter of 2007 and
continued growth in our business. As a result of this
reassessment, we have retrospectively estimated that the fair
market value of our common stock for purposes of determining the
appropriate compensation expense for our options granted in the
six months ended June 30, 2007 was $8.00 per share for
options granted in February 2007 and $11.20 for options granted
in May 2007, which is a blended rate between the results of the
valuation report from the independent valuation expert and the
estimates provided by the representatives of potential
underwriters with whom we met in May 2007.
As a result of the reassessment of the fair market value of our
common stock underlying stock option grants to employees, we
have recorded additional stock-based compensation for each stock
option granted during the six months ended June 30, 2007
based upon the difference between the retrospectively determined
fair market value of our common stock at the relevant
measurement date of the stock option grant and the exercise
price of the stock option. We amortize the unearned stock-based
compensation and record stock-based compensation expense ratably
over the vesting periods of these stock options. For the six
months ended June 30, 2007, we recorded $618,000 of
stock-based compensation expense.
The table below is a summary of the intrinsic value of options
outstanding at June 30, 2007, using an estimated offering
price equal to the mid-point of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.32
|
|
|
117,700
|
|
|
|
5.90 years
|
|
|
|
69,300
|
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
$1.43
|
|
|
234,300
|
|
|
|
7.46 years
|
|
|
|
68,200
|
|
|
$
|
1.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
$2.29
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
7.78 years
|
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
$4.55
|
|
|
307,274
|
|
|
|
8.51 years
|
|
|
|
97,526
|
|
|
$
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
$5.45
|
|
|
192,500
|
|
|
|
9.62 years
|
|
|
|
66,000
|
|
|
$
|
5.45
|
|
|
|
|
|
$9.66
|
|
|
106,700
|
|
|
|
9.85 years
|
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate intrinsic value at June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
7,257,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,609,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
Interest
Income, Net
Interest income, net consists primarily of interest income
earned on cash and cash equivalents, net of any interest expense.
Changes
in Connection with Becoming a Public Company
As a public company, we expect that we will incur significant
additional costs and expenses such as increased legal and audit
fees, professional fees, directors’ and officers’
insurance costs and expenses related to compliance with
Sarbanes-Oxley Act regulations and other annual costs of doing
business as a public company including hiring additional
personnel and expanding our administrative functions. We expect
these additional expenses to range from $1.5 million to
$2.0 million per year and anticipate funding costs relating
to being a public company with cash provided by operating
activities and cash on hand.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
The discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles, or GAAP. During the preparation of these
financial statements, we are required to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related
disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and
assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition,
accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts,
valuation of long-lived assets, contingencies, income taxes and
stock-based compensation expense. We base our estimates on
historical experience and on various other assumptions that we
believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of
our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from
these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and
the impact of such differences may be material to our
consolidated financial statements.
A summary of our critical accounting policies follows:
Revenue recognition. We record all tuition as
deferred revenue when students begin a class. At the beginning
of each class, revenue is recognized on a pro rata basis over
the period of each class, which is either eight or sixteen
weeks. This results in our balance sheet including future
revenues that have not yet been earned as deferred revenue for
courses that are in progress.
Accounts receivable. Course registrations are
recorded as deferred revenue and accounts receivable at the time
students begin a course. Students may remit tuition payments
through the online registration process at any time or they may
elect various payment options, which can delay the receipt of
payment up until the class starts or longer. These other payment
options include payments by sponsors, alternative loans,
financial aid, or a tuition assistance program that remits
payments directly to us. When a student remits payment after a
class has begun, accounts receivable is reduced. If payment is
made prior to the start of class, the payment is recorded as a
student deposit and the student is provided access to the
classroom when classes start. If one of the various other
payment options are confirmed as secured, the student is
provided access to the classroom. If no receipt is confirmed or
payment option secured, the student will be dropped from the
class. Therefore, billed amounts represent invoices that have
been prepared and sent to students or their sponsor, lender,
financial aid, or tuition assistance program according to the
billing terms agreed upon in advance. The DoD tuition assistance
program is billed on a
course-by-course
basis when a student starts class, whereas federal financial aid
programs are billed based on the classes included in a
student’s semester. Billed accounts receivable are
considered past due if the invoice has been outstanding more
than 30 days. The provision for doubtful accounts is based
on management’s evaluation of the status of existing
accounts receivable. Recoveries of receivables previously
written off are recorded when received.
Property and equipment. Property and equipment
are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Assets
acquired under capital leases are recorded at the lesser of the
present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair market
value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease.
Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. In 2004, we
46
placed in operation our Partnership At a Distance, or PAD,
system, which is a customized student information and services
system, that manages admissions, online orientation, course
registrations, tuition payments, grade reporting, progress
toward degrees, and various other functions. Costs associated
with the project have been capitalized in accordance with
Statement of Position (SOP)
98-1,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use, and classified as property and
equipment. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful
life of five years.
Valuation of long-lived assets. We account for
the valuation of long-lived assets under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable intangible assets be reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future
undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair
value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reportable at
the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to
sell.
Income taxes. Deferred taxes are determined
using the liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are
recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax
liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. As those
differences reverse, they will enter into the determination of
future taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is
more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws
and rates on the date of enactment.
Stock-based compensation. Effective
January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R)-Share-Based Payment which
requires companies to expense share-based compensation based on
fair value. Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for
share-based payment in accordance with Accounting Principles
Board Opinion
No. 25-Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and provided the disclosure
required in
SFAS 123-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-An
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123.
Goodwill. We record as goodwill the excess of
purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net
assets acquired. Statements of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, prescribes a
two-step process for the impairment testing of goodwill, which
is performed annually, as well as when an event triggering
impairment may have occurred. The first step tests for
impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures the
impairment. As of August 31, 2006, goodwill was fully
impaired and written off in the amount of $735,000 upon the
decision to discontinue operations of our subsidiary Rockwell
Education, Inc., or Rockwell. We had formed Rockwell for the
February 2005 acquisition of all of the assets of Pinnacle
Software Solutions, Inc., a school that provided various
software and programming training sessions to students and
companies. As a result of our determination in the Spring of
2006 to discontinue the operations of Rockwell after completing
a teach-out of existing students in August 2006, the activities
of Rockwell are included in our financial statements as
discontinued operations.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
(SFAS 154). This statement replaces APB Opinion
No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.
SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for
and reporting of a change in accounting principle. For us,
SFAS 154 was effective at the beginning of fiscal year
2007. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements.
47
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board Issued
Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes. This interpretation applies to all
tax positions accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 109 by defining the criteria that an
individual tax position must meet in order for the position to
be recognized within the financial statements and provides
guidance on measurement, de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods,
disclosure and transition for tax positions. This interpretation
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006, with earlier adoption permitted. We adopted FIN 48
effective January 1, 2007. There was no material financial
impact to us as a result of adopting this standard.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements
(SFAS 157). SFAS 157 defines and establishes a
framework for measuring fair value. In addition, SFAS 157
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157
will be effective for us beginning in fiscal year 2009. We do
not expect that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of operations data as
a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
47.3
|
%
|
|
|
47.0
|
%
|
|
|
44.9
|
%
|
|
|
46.7
|
%
|
|
|
42.9
|
%
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.5
|
%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
24.8
|
%
|
|
|
26.1
|
%
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
23.7
|
%
|
|
|
23.4
|
%
|
Write-off of software development project
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
84.5
|
%
|
|
|
92.1
|
%
|
|
|
92.8
|
%
|
|
|
89.1
|
%
|
|
|
80.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before interest income and
income taxes
|
|
|
15.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
19.8
|
%
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
20.9
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.9
|
%
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six
Months Ended June 30, 2007 Compared to Six Months Ended
June 30, 2006
Revenues
Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2007 were
$30.3 million, an increase of 78% from $17.0 million
for the six months ended June 30, 2006. The increase was a
result of an increase in the number of net course registrations,
as well as a 10% increase in graduate tuition in 2007 that we
announced in the summer of 2006. Net course registrations
increased 82% to 41,721 for the six months ended June 30,
2007
48
from 22,962 for the six months ended June 30, 2006. The
increase in net course registrations was primarily attributable
to increased student referrals, the achievement of regional
accreditation in May 2006, and our participation in the
Title IV program for classes starting in November 2006.
Costs
and Expenses
Costs and expenses were $24.3 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2007, an increase of $9.2 million, or
61%, compared to $15.1 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2006. This increase was due to the specific
factors discussed below. Costs and expenses as a percentage of
revenues decreased to 80.2% for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 from 89.1% for the six months ended
June 30, 2006. Similarly, our income from continuing
operations before interest income and income taxes, or our
operating margin, increased to 19.8% from 10.9% over that same
period. This decrease in costs and expenses as a percentage of
revenues and increase in operating margins resulted from the
factors described below.
Instructional costs and
services. Instructional costs and services
expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2007 were
$13.0 million, representing an increase of 64% from
$7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006.
This increase was directly related to an increase in the number
of classes offered due to the increase in net course
registrations. Instructional costs and services expense as a
percentage of revenues decreased to 42.9% for the six months
ended June 30, 2007 from 46.7% for the six months ended
June 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to an
increase in the average class size, which provided for a more
efficient use of our full-time faculty. Full-time faculty
increased to approximately 95 at June 30, 2007 from 38 at
June 30, 2006.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2007
were $2.9 million, representing an increase of 21% from
$2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2006.
This increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of
personnel in our admissions department required to support
higher student enrollments. Selling and promotional expenses as
a percentage of revenues decreased to 9.5% for the six months
ended June 30, 2007 from 14.0% for the six months ended
June 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to our
ability to realize advertising efficiencies as a result of
strong lead generations from personal referrals.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30,
2007 were $7.1 million, representing an increase of 78%
from $4.0 million for the six months ended June 30,
2006. The increase in expense was a result of the need for
additional technology, financial positions, professional
services, management and administrative facilities required to
support a larger student body, participation in federal student
aid and preparations for going public and an increase in
stock-based compensation expense. General and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 23.4% for the
six months ended June 30, 2007 from 23.7% for the six
months ended June 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily due
to efficiencies realized through a higher volume of students and
the number of staff and expenses increasing at a slower rate
than revenue.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expenses were $1.3 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2007, compared with $793,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2006. This represents an increase
of 67%. This increase resulted from greater capital expenditures
and higher depreciation and amortization on a larger fixed asset
base.
Stock-based compensation. Stock-based
compensation included in instructional costs and services,
selling and promotional and general and administrative expense
for the six months ended June 30, 2007 was $618,000 in the
aggregate, representing an increase of 222% from $192,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 2006. The increase in
stock-based compensation expense is primarily attributable to an
increase in new stock option grants.
49
The table below reflects our stock-based compensation expense
recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the six
months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
192
|
|
|
$
|
618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
Income, Net
Interest income, net was $338,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 2007, representing an increase of 168% from
$126,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2006. This is
attributable to increased cash flow from operations resulting in
investment income on higher cash balances.
Income
Tax Expense
We recognized tax expense from continuing operations for the six
months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 of $2.8 million
and $943,000, respectively, or effective tax rates of 43.6% and
47.8%, respectively. The increase in income tax expense was
directly attributable to higher pre-tax profits.
Net
Income
Net income was $3.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2007, compared to net income of $933,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 2006, an increase of
$2.6 million. This increase was related to the factors
discussed above and a reduction in our loss from discontinued
operations. Income from continuing operations was
$3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007,
compared to income from continuing operations of $933,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 2006. We incurred a net loss
of $95,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 related
to our discontinued Rockwell operations compared to $0 for the
six months ended June 30, 2007.
Year
Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Revenues
Revenues for 2006 were $40.0 million, representing an
increase of 42% from revenues of $28.2 million for 2005.
The increase was a result of an increase in the number of net
course registrations. Tuition did not increase in 2006 from the
2005 rates. Net course registrations increased 46% to 54,828 for
2006 from 37,506 for 2005. The increase in net course
registrations resulted primarily from strong student referrals
and the achievement of regional accreditation in May 2006.
Costs
and Expenses
Costs and expenses were $37.1 million for 2006, an increase
of $11.1 million, or 43%, compared to $26.0 million
for 2005. This increase was due to the specific factors
discussed below. Costs and expenses as a percentage of revenues
increased slightly to 92.7% for 2006 from 92.1% for 2005. This
increase resulted from the factors described below.
Instructional costs and
services. Instructional costs and services
expense for 2006 was $18.0 million, representing an
increase of 36% from $13.2 million for 2005. This increase
was directly related to an increase in the number of classes
offered due to the increase in enrollment. Instructional costs
and services expense as a percentage of revenue declined to
44.9% in 2006 from 47.0% in 2005. This decrease was primarily
due to an increase in the average class size, which provided for
a more efficient use of our full-time faculty.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses for 2006 were $4.9 million,
representing an increase of 21% from $4.0 million for 2005.
The increase in expense was primarily due to an increase in the
50
number of personnel in our admissions department required to
support the increase in student enrollment. Selling and
promotional expenses as a percentage of revenue declined to
12.2% in 2006 from 14.4% in 2005. This decrease primarily
resulted from gaining regional accreditation, which led to
increased enrollment of new students without significantly
increasing marketing costs.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses for 2006 were $9.2 million
representing an increase of 24% from $7.4 million for 2005.
General and administrative expenses in 2006 increased due to the
need for technology and finance positions and additional
administrative facilities to support a larger student body and
expenses in connection with Title IV administration.
General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue
decreased to 22.9% in 2006 from 26.1% in 2005.
Write-off of software development project. We
recognized an expense of $3.1 million in 2006 for a
discontinued software development project not related to the
discontinuation of Rockwell. In the summer of 2005, we initiated
a project to integrate our PAD system with a third-party system
to accommodate the addition of federal student aid programs.
Over time we determined that given the complexity of joining the
two systems and our expertise we would be better served by
developing a different system to accommodate federal student aid
programs. Capitalized software development costs for the portion
of the project not involving the PAD system were written off
when management determined that the asset related to these costs
was impaired. We did not record any comparable expense in 2005.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expenses were $2.0 million for 2006, which
represents an increase of 50% from $1.3 million for 2005.
This increase resulted from greater capital expenditures and
higher depreciation and amortization on a larger fixed asset
base.
Stock-based compensation. Stock-based
compensation included in instructional costs and services,
selling and promotional and general and administrative expense
for 2006 was $284,000 in the aggregate, representing a decrease
of 76% from $1.2 million for 2005. The decrease in
stock-based compensation expense is primarily attributable to
the $1.2 million payment made to a former employee and
major stockholder to settle stock option rights.
The table below reflects our stock-based compensation expense
recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
Income, Net
Interest income, net increased by $64,000, or 28%, to $289,000
for 2006 from $225,000 for 2005. The increase in other income,
net is attributable to increased cash flow from operations,
which resulted in increased investment income on higher cash
balances.
Income
Tax Expense
We recognized tax expense from continuing operations for 2006 of
$771,000, or an effective tax rate of approximately 24%,
compared to tax expense of $1.1 million, or an effective
tax rate of approximately 43.4%, for 2005. The lower effective
tax rate in 2006 was primarily due to a tax credit related to
the historical renovation of one of our office buildings.
Net
Income
Net income was $1.8 million for 2006, compared to net
income of $404,000 for 2005. The increase in net income was the
result of factors previously mentioned and a reduction of
$681,000 in preferred stock
51
accretion, offset by an increase in the loss from discontinued
operations. For 2006, we sustained a net loss from discontinued
operations of $660,000 compared to $303,000 in 2005.
Year
Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2004
Revenues
Revenues for 2005 were $28.2 million, representing an
increase of 22% from $23.1 million for 2004. The increase
was a result of an increase in the number of net course
registrations, an increase in fees collected and revenue for net
course registrations being recognized on a faster basis due to
course scheduling. Tuition did not increase in 2005 from the
2004 rates. Net course registrations increased 15% to 37,506 in
2005 from 32,558 in 2004. The increase in net course
registrations resulted primarily from strong student referrals
and increased marketing to promote our programs. In addition to
timing differences, the increase in revenue in excess of the
growth in net course registrations was due to the decision to
begin charging students a $75 transcript evaluation fee to
obtain their transcripts from previously attended schools (in
2004 the students were responsible for obtaining their own
transcripts), and the shift to begin offering more 8-week rather
than 16-week courses, which had the effect of shortening the
period during which we recognized tuition revenue for those
courses.
Costs
and Expenses
Costs and expenses were $26.0 million for 2005, an increase
of $6.4 million, or 33%, compared to $19.6 million for
2004. This increase was due to the specific factors discussed
below. Costs and expenses as a percentage of revenues increased
to 92.1% for 2005 from 84.6% for 2004. This increase is due to
the factors described below.
Instructional costs and
services. Instructional costs and services
expense for 2005 was $13.2 million, representing an
increase of 21% from $10.9 million for 2004. This increase
resulted from higher faculty costs directly related to an
increase in the number of classes offered due to the increase in
enrollment and an increase in student services personnel.
Instructional and education support expenses as a percentage of
revenue were roughly comparable in 2005 and 2004.
Selling and promotional. Selling and
promotional expenses for 2005 were $4.0 million,
representing an increase of 83% from $2.2 million for 2004.
The increase in expense was primarily due to an increase in the
number of personnel in our admissions department required to
support the increase in student enrollment and an increase in
marketing costs to promote our programs. Selling and promotional
expense increased as a percentage of revenue to 14.3% in 2005
from 9.5% in 2004. The increase was primarily attributable to an
increase in marketing costs to promote our programs.
General and administrative. General and
administrative expenses for 2005 were $7.4 million
representing an increase of 30% from $5.7 million for 2004.
General and administrative expenses increased due to the need
for additional administrative facilities and technology and
finance positions to support a larger student body as well as a
result of $1.2 million in stock-based compensation expense
related to the purchase of shares held by a former major
stockholder. General and administrative expenses increased as a
percentage of revenue to 26.1% in 2005 from 24.8% in 2004. This
decrease resulted from operating efficiencies.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation
and amortization expenses were $1.3 million for 2005. This
represents an increase of 93% from $674,000 for 2004. This
increase resulted from greater capital expenditures and higher
depreciation and amortization on a larger fixed asset base.
Interest
Income, Net
Interest income, net increased 302%, to $225,000 for 2005 from
$56,000 for 2004. This increase in other income, net is
attributable to increased cash flow from operations, which
resulted in increased investment income on higher cash balances.
52
Income
Tax Expense
We recognized tax expense from continuing operations for 2005 of
$1.1 million, or an effective tax rate of approximately
43.4%. For 2004, we recognized tax expense of $1.3 million,
or an effective tax rate of approximately 36.7%. The increase in
the effective tax rate and corresponding increase in income tax
expense resulted from the decrease in the size of research and
development tax credits relating to the development of our PAD
system used in 2004 compared to 2005.
Net
Income
Net income was $404,000 for 2005, compared to net income of
$1.2 million for 2004. The decrease in net income was the
result of discontinued operations for 2005 and the factors
mentioned above, offset by a decrease of $404,000 of preferred
stock accretion. For 2005, we sustained a net loss from
discontinued operations of $303,000 compared to $0 in 2004.
53
Quarterly
Results
The following table presents our unaudited quarterly results of
operations for each of our ten last quarters ended June 30,
2007. You should read the following table in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and related notes
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the
unaudited information on the same basis as our audited
consolidated financial statements. Results of operations for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future
quarters or for a full year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
6,604
|
|
|
$
|
6,629
|
|
|
$
|
7,046
|
|
|
$
|
7,899
|
|
|
|
$8,206
|
|
|
|
$8,755
|
|
|
$
|
10,188
|
|
|
$
|
12,896
|
|
|
$
|
14,089
|
|
|
$
|
16,173
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
3,061
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
3,307
|
|
|
|
3,509
|
|
|
|
3,762
|
|
|
|
4,161
|
|
|
|
4,635
|
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
|
|
6,105
|
|
|
|
6,886
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
1,386
|
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
|
|
1,249
|
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
1,362
|
|
|
|
1,439
|
|
|
|
1,449
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,522
|
|
|
|
1,750
|
|
|
|
1,361
|
|
|
|
2,731
|
|
|
|
1,906
|
|
|
|
2,119
|
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
2,689
|
|
|
|
3,236
|
|
|
|
3,837
|
|
Write-off of software development project
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
5,738
|
|
|
|
6,345
|
|
|
|
6,384
|
|
|
|
7,487
|
|
|
|
7,177
|
|
|
|
7,939
|
|
|
|
8,680
|
|
|
|
13,309
|
|
|
|
11,398
|
|
|
|
12,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before interest income,
net and income taxes
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
|
1,029
|
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
|
1,508
|
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
|
|
2,691
|
|
|
|
3,296
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
1,593
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
3,490
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
(382
|
)
|
|
|
1,301
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(285
|
)
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
(88
|
)
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
|
$
|
(175
|
)
|
|
$
|
287
|
|
|
$
|
191
|
|
|
$
|
533
|
|
|
$
|
400
|
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
1,534
|
|
|
$
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
502
|
|
|
$
|
116
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
1,511
|
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
1,248
|
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
$
|
1,583
|
|
|
$
|
1,239
|
|
|
$
|
2,568
|
|
|
$
|
3,539
|
|
|
$
|
4,575
|
|
|
$
|
5,386
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
199
|
|
|
$
|
1,391
|
|
|
$
|
2,286
|
|
|
$
|
737
|
|
|
$
|
1,384
|
|
|
$
|
1,193
|
|
|
$
|
991
|
|
|
$
|
907
|
|
|
$
|
838
|
|
|
$
|
932
|
|
Net course registrations
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
8,785
|
|
|
|
9,346
|
|
|
|
9,924
|
|
|
|
11,851
|
|
|
|
11,111
|
|
|
|
14,794
|
|
|
|
17,072
|
|
|
|
20,798
|
|
|
|
20,923
|
|
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We have financed our operations since 2002 primarily with cash
from operations.
We financed our operating activities and capital expenditures
during the six months ended June 30, 2007 and 2006
primarily through cash provided by operating activities and long
term debt. Cash and cash equivalents were $18.2 million and
$11.7 million at June 30, 2007 and December 31,
2006, respectively.
54
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from tuition
assistance programs of the DoD. Generally, these funds are
received within 60 days of the start of the classes to
which they relate. A growing source of revenue is derived from
our participation in Title IV programs, for which
disbursements are governed by federal regulations. However, we
have typically received disbursements under this program within
30 days of the start of the applicable class.
These factors, together with the number of classes starting each
month, affect our operational cash flow. Our costs and expenses
will increase when we become a public company, and we expect to
fund these expenses through cash from operations.
We have available to us a line of credit with a maximum
borrowing amount of up to $5.0 million. The line bears
interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points (7.5% at
June 30, 2007). The line is secured by substantially all of
our assets. We have never borrowed under this line of credit
facility. After the completion of this offering, and on a
regular basis, we intend to review the terms of our credit
facilities.
In 2006, we borrowed $893,000 and $1.1 million under two
mortgage notes. Both notes bear interest at LIBOR plus
225 basis points (7.5% at December 31, 2006), and
were secured by real estate in Charles Town, West Virginia.
Payment was due in full on September 1, 2011. These notes
were subsequently paid off in April 2007.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth,
we believe that our cash flow from operations and other sources
of liquidity, including cash and cash equivalents, will provide
adequate funds for ongoing operations and planned capital
expenditures for the foreseeable future.
Operating
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $4.5 million,
$3.7 million and $8.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and
$2.8 million and $10.0 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively. As revenue and
profits have grown, cash has increased. Cash and cash
equivalents were $18.2 million and $11.7 million at
June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
Investing
Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $2.6 million,
$5.3 million and $4.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and
$2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
Cash used in investing activities is primarily for capital
expenditures, the majority of which was related to software
development and IT infrastructure costs.
Financing
Activities
On August 30, 2002, we entered into a Stock Purchase
Agreement with third party investors. Under the Stock Purchase
Agreement, we issued 236,082 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, or Series A preferred stock.
The Series A preferred stock was redeemable at the
holders’ option on or after August 30, 2007 at a value
of the greater of the fair value of shares at the time of
redemption or the liquidation preference, which was defined as
the sum of the original prices, any declared but unpaid
dividends and an additional amount of 8% per annum of the
original purchase price compounded annually. Proceeds from the
sale of the Series A preferred stock, less related issuance
costs of $1.1 million, were recorded outside of permanent
equity in the consolidated financial statements. The difference
between the initial carrying value of the Series A
preferred stock and the highest redemption value on
August 30, 2007 (the original purchase price plus 8% per
annum, compounded annually) was being accreted using the
effective interest method.
On August 2, 2005, we consummated the sale of Class A
common stock to third parties, and entered into related
agreements for the conversion of the Series A preferred
stock and warrants to purchase Series A preferred stock
into Class A common stock, and the purchase of shares of
common stock held by a major stockholder, including options
exercised in 2005. We converted 236,082 shares of
Series A preferred stock to Class A common stock at a
conversion rate of 2.060632 shares of Class A common
stock for each 1 share of Series A preferred stock.
55
The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of holders of
Class A common stock and common stock are identical and at
an equal rate with one another, except that no dividend will be
declared and paid on the common stock unless and until an equal
dividend has been declared and paid on the Class A common
stock and the consent of the holders of Class A Common
Stock is required to, among other things, consent to certain
fundamental transactions, the incurrence of indebtedness in
excess of $2.0 million in the aggregate, and acquiring
other entities.
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was
$169,000, (49,000), and $2.2 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $85,000
and $(1.4) million for the six months ended June 30, 2006
and 2007, respectively. Cash used in financing activities has
been for repurchase of capital stock, capital lease principal
payments and debt payments. Cash is provided from debt
financing, issuance of common stock and the exercise of stock
options.
Contractual
Commitments
We have various contractual obligations and commercial
commitments. The following table sets forth our future
contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of
December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1 to 3
|
|
|
3 to 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5+ Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt
obligations(1)
|
|
$
|
1,973
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
|
$
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,531
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,504
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
$
|
1,093
|
|
|
$
|
1,853
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2006 represented
notes payable that were paid off in April 2007. |
In August 2007, we entered into an agreement to purchase an
office building for $1.2 million. We used cash to purchase
the property and the transaction closed in October 2007.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have off-balance sheet financing arrangements,
including any relationships with unconsolidated entities or
financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as
structured finance or special purpose entities.
Impact
of Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2004, 2005 or 2006. There can be no assurance that future
inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating
results and financial condition. We do not generally increase
our tuition rates, however our costs do continually increase
with inflation.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures of Market Risk
We are subject to the impact of interest rate changes and may be
subject to changes in the market values of future investments.
We invest our excess cash in bank overnight deposits. We have no
material derivative financial instruments or derivative
commodity instruments as of June 30, 2007.
Market
Risk
We have no material derivative financial instruments or
derivative commodity instruments. We believe the risk related to
marketable securities is limited due to the adherence to our
investment policy that requires marketable securities to have a
minimum Standard & Poor’s rating of A minus (or
equivalent). All of our
56
marketable securities as of June 30, 2007 and as of
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 consisted of cash
equivalents.
Interest
Rate Risk
We manage interest rate risk by investing excess funds in cash
equivalents bearing variable interest rates, which are tied to
various market indices. Our future investment income may fall
short of expectations due to changes in interest rates. At
December 31, 2006, a 10% increase or decrease in interest
rates would not have a material impact on our future earnings,
fair values, or cash flows related to investments in cash
equivalents.
57
Company
Overview
We are a provider of exclusively online postsecondary education
directed at the needs of the military and public service
communities. We operate through two universities, American
Military University, or AMU, and American Public University, or
APU, which together constitute the American Public University
System. Our universities share a common faculty and curriculum,
which includes 57 degree programs and 49 certificate programs in
disciplines related to national security, military studies,
intelligence, homeland security, criminal justice, technology,
business administration and liberal arts. We currently serve
approximately 25,000 part-time adult students living in all
50 states and more than 130 foreign countries. Our
university system is regionally and nationally accredited.
From 2002 to 2006, our total revenue increased from
$10.7 million to $40.0 million, which represents a
compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 39%. Our net course
registrations increased 15% and 46% in 2005 and 2006,
respectively, over the prior periods. In the first six months of
2007 our total revenue was $30.3 million and our net course
registrations increased 82% over the corresponding period in
2006. We believe the recent acceleration in our growth is
attributable to: (i) high student satisfaction and referral
rates; (ii) regional accreditation in May 2006;
(iii) increasing acceptance of distance learning within our
targeted markets; and (iv) achieving certification to
participate in federal student aid programs under Title IV
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 beginning with classes
starting in November 2006. Net income attributable to common
stockholders improved to $3.6 million for the first six
months of 2007 from $933,000 for the corresponding period in
2006 and improved to $1.8 million in 2006 from a loss of
$473,000 in 2002.
Over 80% of our students serve in the United States military on
active duty, in the reserves, or in the National Guard or are
veterans. Most of our other students are public service
professionals including federal, national and local law
enforcement personnel or other first responders. Our programs
are designed to help these working adult students advance in
their current professions or prepare for their next career. Our
online method of instruction is well-suited to these students,
many of whom serve in positions requiring extended and irregular
schedules, are on-call for rapid response missions, participate
in extended deployments and exercises, travel or relocate
frequently and have limited financial resources. Our satisfied
students have been a significant source of referrals for us,
reducing our marketing costs per new student. Over 50% of our
new students in 2007 who responded to our surveys tell us they
inquired about enrolling in either AMU or APU as the result of a
personal referral.
As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately 95 full-time
and over 300 adjunct faculty, virtually all of whom have
advanced degrees and many of whom are former or current leading
practitioners in their fields. Our adjunct faculty also includes
professors who teach at leading national and state universities.
We believe quality faculty members are attracted to us because
of the high percentage of military and public service
professionals in our student body who can immediately apply
lessons learned in our classroom to their daily work. In
addition, our faculty members are attracted to the flexible
nature of teaching online, the numerous support services we
provide them, and our per student pay structure for adjunct
faculty. Our faculty is organized into several departments under
the leadership of a Provost who reports to our President and
under the supervision of a nine-member university Board of
Trustees.
We have invested significant amounts of capital and resources on
developing proprietary information systems and processes to
support what we refer to as Partnership At a Distance, or PAD.
PAD is our approach to how we interact with our students, and at
its center is the PAD system. The PAD system allows prospective
and current students to interact with us exclusively online, on
their schedule. The PAD system also allows us to manage on an
automated and cost-effective basis the complex administrative
tasks resulting from offering monthly starts for over 600
classes in over 350 unique courses to our approximately 25,000
students taught by over 400 faculty members. Our systems and
processes also help us measure and manage the activities of our
faculty, student support personnel, and prospective and active
students, allowing us to continuously improve our academic
quality, student support services and marketing efficiency. We
believe these proprietary systems and processes will support a
much larger institution and provide us important competitive and
cost advantages.
58
History
We were founded as American Military University in 1991 and
began offering courses in January 1993. Our founder, a retired
Marine officer, established American Military University as a
distance learning graduate-level institution, specializing in a
military studies curriculum for military officers seeking an
advanced degree relevant to their profession. While American
Military University began as a paper-based institution that
operated by mail, fax, phone and
e-mail, we
have always been an institution specializing in distributed,
distance delivery. Following initial national accreditation by
the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education and
Training Council, or DETC, in 1995, in January 1996 American
Military University began offering undergraduate programs
primarily directed to members of the armed forces. It gradually
broadened its military studies curriculum over the next three
years to include defense management, civil war studies,
intelligence, and unconventional warfare, and later expanded
into military-related disciplines such as criminal justice,
emergency management, national security, and homeland security.
Over time, American Military University diversified its
educational offerings into the liberal arts in response to
demand by military students for post-military career
preparation. With its expanded program offerings, American
Military University extended its outreach to the greater public
service community, primarily police, fire, emergency management
personnel and national security professionals. In 2002, we
reorganized the operations of American Military University into
our current university system and we began operating through two
brands, AMU and APU. The purpose of the reorganization was in
part to establish an institution brand, APU, that would appeal
to non-military markets, including public service professionals
such as teachers.
Our university system achieved regional accreditation in May
2006 with The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools. In September 2007, we
received approval from the Higher Learning Commission to offer
seven new degree programs in Education and Information
Technology.
Since the founding of American Military University, we have
gradually transitioned from a military focus to a more
broad-based focus on the military and public services
communities. Today, the split between students who are eligible
for tuition assistance programs of the DoD and those who are not
is approximately two-thirds to one-third. We expect the
percentage of our students that are not eligible for tuition
assistance programs of the DoD to continue to increase,
particularly as a result of our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs and with our new degree offerings in
Education and Information Technology.
Market
Overview
According to the U.S. Department of Education’s
National Center for Education Statistics, or NCES, total student
enrollment in degree-granting colleges and universities in 2005
was 17.4 million. The Chronicle of Higher Education has
reported that there remain significant opportunities for
increasing postsecondary enrollments, as approximately
two-thirds of American adults do not have at least an associate
degree.
Within the postsecondary education market, we believe that there
is significant opportunity for growth in online programs. In
2006, Eduventures, LLC, an education consulting and research
firm, estimated that there would be 1.5 million students
enrolled in online programs at the end of 2006, representing
approximately 8.6% of all students enrolled at
U.S. degree-granting, Title IV eligible institutions.
In December 2006, Eduventures estimated that by the end of 2008
online students will number around 2.1 million and that
based on middle projections for higher education enrollments as
a whole by the National Center for Education Statistics, online
students will account for approximately 11.5% of all students in
degree-granting institutions by 2008. In 2006, Eduventures also
projected that annual revenues generated from students enrolled
in fully-online programs at Title IV eligible,
degree-granting institutions would increase by more than 30% to
reach more than $8.1 billion in that year. We believe that
increasing requirements for workers to have job mobility,
combined with the growing acceptance of online learning from
employers, and the flexibility associated with online learning
should attract more students, both traditional and adult, to
distance learning. Of the schools that provide online learning,
in 2004 Eduventures estimated that for-profit schools account
for 37% of online enrollments (compared to only 5.1% of all
postsecondary students).
59
There are more than 2.1 million active and reserve military
professionals in the United States Armed Forces. Each year,
approximately 300,000 new service members are enlisted or
commissioned to replace retiring and separating members. We
believe that the unpredictable and demanding work schedules of
military personnel and their geographic distribution make online
learning and asynchronous teaching particularly attractive to
them. Military leaders and policies promote voluntary education
programs as a means for service members to gain the knowledge
and skills that will improve their military performance as well
as prepare them for a career following their military service.
Academic achievement can also result in increased rank and pay
for service members. The United States Armed Forces recognize
academic achievement through awarding promotion points for
academic credits, specifying education level eligibility
requirements for assignments, promotions, and service schools,
and entering remarks on performance appraisals. The potential
continuing demand for education programs for service members is
reflected in U.S. Department of Defense, or DoD, Fiscal
Year 2006 statistics that report less than 12% of enlisted
members hold an associate degree, and less than 4% hold a
baccalaureate degree. Of serving officers, 66% do not hold a
graduate degree.
Active duty and reserve component military personnel are
eligible for tuition assistance through the Uniform Tuition
Assistance Program of the DoD. For 2006, the DoD expenditures
were more than $430 million for tuition assistance programs
to support service members’ voluntary education activities.
DoD policy allows for payment of 100% of a military
student’s tuition costs, up to $250 per semester credit
hour and a maximum benefit of $4,500 per fiscal year. Our
undergraduate tuition per course is designed so that the tuition
assistance paid by the service branches covers the cost of our
courses for service members up to the annual maximum benefit.
Military students who are eligible for the Veterans
Administration’s GI Bill Entitlement Program may apply
those funds to pay for tuition costs above the DoD limits
through the GI Bill’s
Top-Up
feature. Most military veterans are also eligible to use their
GI Bill entitlement in continuing their education after
retirement or separation. In 2005, the U.S. government
spent more than $2.6 billion for benefits under the GI Bill
related to postsecondary education.
We believe that national security, homeland security, and public
safety professionals also represent a large and growing market
for online education. For example, the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics estimated that at the end of 2003 over
750,000 persons were employed in law enforcement at the
state and local levels, and in 2004 they estimated that through
2014 the number of persons employed would continue to increase
at rates between 9% and 17%. Based on estimates of the National
Fire Protection Association and the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics, we estimate that at the end of 2005 there were 1.3
million fire, rescue and emergency management services
personnel. These statistics do not count the large numbers of
other professionals working in the national security, homeland
security and public safety fields. As with their military
counterparts, these individuals have unique program requirements
as well as unpredictable and demanding work schedules that often
prevent them from attending traditional universities.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:
Exclusively Online Education — We have designed
our courses and programs specifically for online delivery, and
we recruit and train faculty exclusively for online instruction,
therefore we do not have to modify existing practices from a
campus-based institution to suit the different demands of an
online environment. Because our students are located around the
globe, we focus our instruction on asynchronous, interactive
instruction that provides students the flexibility to study and
interact during the hours of the day or days of the week that
suit their terms and schedules. While there are requirements for
regular interaction for all courses, students may log on when
convenient for them and when they are ready to focus on their
studies and interact with faculty and other students. A key
benefit to our students of our asynchronous, online delivery
method is that we can start over 600 classes monthly in over 350
unique courses because we can profitably offer classes without
requiring a minimum number of students per class due to our
adjunct faculty variable pay model. Furthermore, because we
operate online, we have the ability to effectively measure and
monitor most activities occurring in our university and seek
continuous improvement in our academic quality, student support
services and marketing efficiency.
60
Emphasis on Military and Public Services Communities
— Since our founding, our culture has reflected
our devotion to our mission of Educating Those Who
Servetm.
We have designed our academic programs, policies, marketing
strategies and tuition specifically to meet the needs and
interests of the military and public service communities. We
strive to provide our students with an education that is
relevant both while they are in the military or public service
and for their careers post service. These communities value
education for their members, recognizing degree completion and
continuing education in assignment and promotion considerations.
We aspire to be viewed as a thought leader in academic subjects
related to national security. We believe leading faculty are
attracted to teach in our universities by the high percentage of
military and public service professionals who can immediately
apply the lessons learned in the classroom to their daily work.
In turn, our well-regarded faculty, including many former and
current practitioners, attracts new students with interest in
fields related to military service and national security. These
communities tend to be tightly knit, which greatly facilitates
personal testimonials from active to prospective students.
Affordable Tuition — By delivering courses
online and investing in automated processes and systems, we are
able to provide quality education without annual tuition
increases that are standard in the education industry. We do not
have to cover the cost of facilities, extracurricular
activities, sports programs or large scale research efforts
found at many non-profit universities. We also do not offer
tenure to our faculty. Our tuition is generally competitive with
less expensive in-state tuition at state universities and is
designed so that DoD tuition assistance programs fully cover the
cost per course of undergraduate courses and over 90% of the
cost of graduate courses. We have not increased our
undergraduate tuition of $250 per credit hour since 2000 and
have no current intention to do so. A modest increase in
graduate tuition in 2007 still kept the tuition cost of a
master’s degree under $10,000. We do not charge fees for
admissions, registration, technology, and other services, which
are common in our industry, although we do charge a one-time fee
of $75 for transfer credit evaluation that does not increase as
more credits are transferred. Almost all undergraduate students
receive their textbooks through our unique book grant program,
which provides course materials to our undergraduates at no cost
to them if they are seeking academic credit and maintain
satisfactory academic standing. As part of meeting
students’ desires for affordability, we have a transfer
credit policy that grants credit for most prior college work,
training and experiences evaluated by the American Council on
Education and recognized college-level examinations, which
allows students to earn their degrees faster and at less cost.
Students are permitted to transfer up to 90 credits toward
undergraduate degrees, which generally require an average of 122
credits, and up to 15 credits toward graduate degrees,
which generally require an average of 36 credits.
Commitment to Academic Excellence — Our
academic programs are ultimately overseen by our Board of
Trustees, which counts as members two former college presidents,
four active accreditation peer evaluators, a former Commandant
of the Marine Corps, and a former Department of the Army
Inspector General. We are committed to continuously improving
our academic programs and services, as evidenced by the level of
attention and resources we apply to instructional costs and
services, or ICS. In 2006, ICS expenditures were 44.9% of
revenue. This commitment extends to the curriculum, faculty,
learning support programs, student services and assessment
operations. At the center of our academic excellence are our
full-time faculty members, virtually all of whom have advanced
degrees and relevant practical experience. We have processes and
technology that engage faculty, students, alumni, Industry
Advisory Councils, or IACs, subject matter experts, state
licensing agencies, and accrediting bodies in our pursuit of
academic quality. An increasing number of our programs have
established IACs, which are comprised of outside industry
experts who meet at least semi-annually to assess the
curriculum’s relevance in terms of industry needs, trends
and forecasts. Our PAD system and the software supporting our
online classroom also provide us with tangible measures that we
can use to monitor and evaluate academic excellence. We also
work to refine the quality of all courses and programs through a
triennial program review cycle, feedback from students after
each course, and input from our IACs. Under the leadership of
our Provost and Executive Vice President for Institutional
Advancement, we regularly implement improvements as a result of
our program of ongoing self-study in connection with our
regional and national accreditation. We use the results of
internal and external academic evaluations to implement
improvements based on evaluator recommendations. In addition, in
2006 we established the Center for Teaching, Learning, and
Assessment to coordinate the collective efforts of staff and
faculty to strengthen teaching and learning across all programs
through the use of a comprehensive learning outcomes assessment
system.
61
Proprietary Information Systems and Processes
— We have invested significant capital in
developing proprietary systems and processes, centered around
our PAD system, which is a customized student information and
services system. Through the PAD system, students may access our
services online 24/7, such as admissions, orientation, course
registrations, tuition payments, book requests, grades,
transcripts and degree progress, and various other inquiries.
The PAD system monitors and reports on student activity and is
designed to identify opportunities to engage students at
appropriate times through
e-mail,
phone or other means. We also have created management tools
based on the data from the PAD system that allows us to
continuously improve our academic quality, student support
services and marketing efficiency. The PAD system includes sites
specifically dedicated to Transfer Credit Evaluations,
graduation preparation, and online services for alumni,
including a Career Center. When students need advice on their
academic programs, experienced Student Academic Advisors,
aligned with specific academic programs, are available to review
degree paths, check progress, and, if necessary, connect
students with faculty, other students, or alumni in their
program. We believe our proprietary systems and processes will
support a much larger institution and provide us important
competitive and cost advantages.
Highly Scalable and Profitable Business Model
— We believe our exclusively online education
model, our proprietary management information systems, our
relatively low student acquisition costs, and our variable
faculty cost model have enabled us to expand our operating
margins. As an exclusively online institution, we do not have
certain of the expenses associated with traditional brick and
mortar campuses, such as dormitories, library buildings, food
service operations, and student life and recreation facilities.
Through our online campus, access to our programs and services
is available 24/7. Our proprietary information systems and
technologies also allow us to manage a large number of course
starts every month, and we believe will provide us with the
ability to handle increased growth in net course registrations
without a commensurate increase in our general and
administrative expenses. Our operating margins grew to 19.8% for
the first six months of 2007 from 11.0% for the corresponding
period in 2006, on revenue that increased to $30.3 million
from $17.0 million over that same time period. More than
half of new students who responded to our surveys in 2007 tell
us that they come through referral by current students, faculty
members, professional colleagues or alumni. This percentage
serves to keep student acquisition costs low, with the 2006
acquisition cost for a new student less than $500. The ability
to offer financing to our students through federal student aid
programs should increase the marketability of our courses in
non-military markets. We anticipate that our student acquisition
costs may increase as we begin to do more marketing in these
more competitive markets. We pay our adjunct faculty on a
per-student basis, a variable cost factor that is efficient and
enables us to offer low enrollment courses that are still
profitable. For high enrollment courses, we generally have the
ability to assign adjunct faculty to new sections to meet
student demand for these courses. The high volume introductory
and general education courses are offered in multiple sections
and historically we have not experienced difficulty in
recruiting faculty to meet demand for these courses.
Experienced and Accomplished Management Team
— Our management team represents a diverse blend
of higher education, military, public service and business
professionals. Our CEO, Wallace E. Boston, Jr., was
previously a senior executive officer of several publicly-traded
companies. Our Provost, Dr. Frank B. McCluskey, led
successful distance learning programs at Mercy College in New
York and has more than 18 years of higher education
distance learning experience. Our CFO, Harry T. Wilkins, served
previously as the chief financial officer for Strayer Education,
Inc. from 1992 until 2001, leading Strayer through its IPO in
1996. Four members of our senior management are retired military
officers who served in the U.S. Army or Air Force for a
combined period of over 100 years.
Growth
Strategies
We believe our growth in student enrollment and revenue has
consistently been driven by high student satisfaction and
referral rates and increasing acceptance of distance learning
within our targeted markets. Between 2002 and 2005, we grew our
revenue at a CAGR of 38% from $10.7 million to
$28.2 million. We believe achieving regional accreditation
in May 2006 and gaining access to Title IV programs
beginning with classes that started in November 2006 have been
additional factors driving our recent acceleration in growth.
62
Our revenues increased by 78% from $17.0 million in the
first six months of 2006 to $30.3 million in the first six
months of 2007. We plan to grow our business by employing the
following primary strategies:
Expand in Our Core Military Market — We have
focused on the needs of the military community since our
founding and this community has been responsible for the vast
majority of our growth to date. The combination of our online
model, focused curriculum and outreach to the military has
enabled us to gain share from more established schools that have
served this market for longer periods, many of which are
traditional brick and mortar schools. In 2006, we increased our
revenues from military tuition assistance programs by 41% over
the prior year. We believe our recent accelerated growth rate in
this market is primarily attributable to receiving regional
accreditation in May 2006 in combination with strong personal
referrals. We believe that military personnel are counseled that
this credential is an important consideration when selecting a
postsecondary institution. We believe there are further
opportunities to leverage regional accreditation in this market
such as joining degree networks previously closed to us like the
Servicemember Opportunity Colleges, or SOC, a DoD program that
promotes its member institutions to military professionals. We
will continue to seek opportunities to design programs that
leverage the military’s internal education initiatives such
as our Iraq regional studies courses implemented at the start of
the military’s deployment to Iraq and our articulation
agreement with the U.S. Army Intelligence Center and School at
Ft. Huachuca. Our field staff holds regular office hours
and interacts with current and prospective students in key
installation education counseling centers to bring a human face
to our online university system and we will continue to focus
our efforts on this market.
Capitalize on Title IV Availability to Penetrate the
Public Service and Civilian Markets — We believe
our curriculum is particularly relevant to federal, state and
local law enforcement and other first responders. Historically
this market was limited to us because, outside the federal
government, only a few agencies or departments have the tuition
reimbursement plans critical to fund continuing adult education.
Now that our students can obtain low cost student loans or
grants through Title IV programs, we have begun to increase
our focus on these markets. Additionally, we believe military
spouses, many of whom already know us by reputation, can be
reached through our marketing efforts to the military market and
many have interest in our liberal arts and other curriculum.
Unlike the DoD tuition assistance programs, which cap funds
available to students each year and do not have minimum
courseload requirements, Title IV programs have much higher
caps and do have minimum courseload requirements. We anticipate
that this, combined with anticipated higher retention of our
Title IV students, will allow us to spend more heavily to
acquire students in this market and still achieve our financial
targets.
Focus on Improving Student Retention — Through
June 30, 2007, over 80% of the students who have completed
three classes with us remain as active students (i.e., those
students who have taken at least one course in the last
12 months) or have graduated from our university system.
However, because our academics are rigorous, and because we are
an open enrollment university system, accepting all applicants
with a high school diploma or equivalent, many of our new
students have difficulty continuing with our academic programs
after only one or two courses. As a result, we expend
considerable effort developing and continuously improving
programs and support mechanisms to help new students adjust to
the rigors of attending an online university while still
working. These efforts include strengthening orientation
programs, improving the design of our introductory courses,
building bonds with student advisors and adding learning
resources. For example, our introductory undergraduate course,
Foundations in Online Learning, exposes new students to the full
array of resources available to them in the online Library
(tutoring, plagiarism protection, study guides, etc.), linking
them with their student advisor, and introducing them to online
student forums and student services. We have also established a
Graduate Student Resource Center to better prepare incoming
graduate students for their studies. Over 25% of our alumni have
returned to pursue a second degree. As we add additional
advanced degrees, we hope to encourage more of our alumni to
return for additional courses.
Add New Degree Programs — We plan to continue
to expand our degree offerings to meet our students’ needs.
In February 2007, we submitted seven new degree programs in
Education and Information Technology to The Higher Learning
Commission for approval. The Commission conducted a focused site
visit in early May and formal approval for the proposed programs
was received in September 2007. The Education programs will also
require approval by the West Virginia Board of Education for
students seeking state certification, a process
63
expected to be concluded in 2008. In addition, we are working to
transform our Associate of Arts in General Studies program and
our 20 concentrations into several associate degree programs
that will better serve student needs and eventually make those
programs eligible for Title IV programs. A faculty and
administration task force is also exploring the development of
select programs at the doctoral level to meet student and
industry needs in specialized disciplines.
Approach
to Academic Quality
Recognizing that a quality, relevant education leads to student
recruitment, satisfaction, retention and referrals, we focus on
continually improving academic quality through a variety of
activities:
Academic Oversight — Our academic programs are
overseen by our Board of Trustees, which counts as members two
former college presidents, four active accreditation peer
evaluators, a former Commandant of the Marine Corps, and a
former Department of the Army Inspector General. The Provost,
Academic Deans, and Vice President of Academic Services manage
the academic quality assurance efforts of our university system.
They administer academic operations through four Schools, each
led by a Dean. Within the schools are several Academic
Departments, each directed by a Chair. Our Curriculum Committee
evaluates existing and proposed programs and courses, and acts
on or makes recommendations for curricular changes. The Provost
is the Chief Academic Officer and reports to the President. The
President is responsible for overall academic quality and
reports on academic matters to the Board of Trustees of our
university system through its Academic and Student Affairs
Committee. The Committee meets in advance of each Board of
Trustees meeting and in special sessions to review and approve
major academic initiatives.
Curriculum Review and Design — Our academic
leadership and Academic Services personnel, together with our
faculty, conducts comprehensive quality and relevance reviews of
each academic program at least once every three years. The
formal evaluation engages faculty, academic leadership, Industry
Advisory Councils (which are mainly people with relevant
industry experience that are not otherwise associated with our
universities), and external subject matter experts. They
evaluate program and course objectives, course design,
evaluation tools, textbooks, and assessment data to strengthen
the program. Our academic leadership evaluates our courses after
each offering, including through the use of measures and data
obtained through our proprietary information systems and
processes, and our Program Managers continually seek ways to
strengthen the curriculum in consultation with teaching faculty,
Department Chairs and IACs. Faculty, department chairs and IACs
also routinely recommend courses and programs for development,
which we believe helps contribute to the relevancy of our
curriculum and the interest of faculty in teaching for us.
Faculty Development — Our ongoing faculty
development program prepares and supports faculty in their
pursuit of teaching excellence. New faculty are required to
complete a four-week orientation and training program that leads
to their certification, appointment to the faculty and initial
course assignment. During the first course that they teach, the
new faculty work with a peer faculty mentor and the manager of
their program to ensure course standards are met. To assist
faculty development throughout their career with us, a number of
services and resources have been established for their use:
|
|
|
|
•
|
An online orientation that focuses on attaining initial
proficiency with our online classroom platform.
|
|
|
•
|
An expanded library system, which, in addition to research
resources for faculty and students, has dedicated librarians for
each of our four schools.
|
|
|
•
|
A Center for Teaching, Learning and Assessment that provides
assessment feedback and development support to faculty, and
utilizes our infrastructure to measure effectively and monitor
faculty teaching to support our efforts to ensure accountability
of faculty members for learning outcomes.
|
|
|
•
|
Regularly scheduled conference calls for all full-time faculty
members and an annual in-person meeting during graduation week
in May.
|
|
|
•
|
Online faculty forums, or discussion boards where faculty can
collaborate and share teaching strategies and techniques.
|
|
|
•
|
Faculty grants to research and publish on distance learning
innovations and developments.
|
64
Course Design — We design our courses to
achieve competency-based outcomes through relevant course
content, interactive exercises and effective assessment. Faculty
and academic services staff members regularly evaluate emerging
technologies in an effort to identify opportunities to update
and upgrade classroom activities and instructional strategies.
Faculty and instructional designers evaluate those features that
may apply to courses or programs for potential implementation in
the classrooms. Selected features are incorporated into the
curriculum after testing and piloting.
Course Delivery — We offer our curriculum
exclusively through the online delivery of course content. From
application for admission to receipt of grades, our
infrastructure is designed to allow our students to interact
with us exclusively online, on their schedule. Faculty members
upload course materials and lectures to their assigned online
classroom and students are required to enter the online
classroom regularly to review these materials. Students can
access the material on their schedules, and the faculty and
students need not be online at the same time. The online
classroom has discussion boards for class assignments with
required interactivity between students and faculty. Students
and faculty members can post and share materials and address
questions with the entire class or privately in
one-on-one
sessions. We believe that this asynchronous delivery of
instruction is particularly attractive to many members of the
military and public service market sectors on which we focus
because of their unpredictable and demanding deployment and work
schedules, as well as the wide geographic distribution of our
students and faculty.
Student Learning Services — We seek to provide
students and faculty with the tools and services that will
enhance their capacity to learn and teach. Just as our PAD
system is always available to students, our online Library is
part of the same strategy to offer useful learning services to
our students 24/7. In addition to comprehensive online services,
students have access to Academic Advisors, Student Service
Specialists, faculty, and academic administrators to support
their learning success. Through the online student and faculty
forums, students may engage with other students and faculty on a
wide variety of topics.
Accreditation
We maintain institutional accreditation with accrediting bodies
recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. The Higher
Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Schools
and Colleges initially granted us Candidacy status in February
2004. We received regional accreditation from The Higher
Learning Commission in May 2006. The Commission stipulated a
February 2009 Progress Report on undergraduate program reviews
and assessment and has scheduled the next reaccreditation site
visit during the
2010-2011
academic year.
An institution must be licensed before it is allowed to teach
students but generally cannot be accredited until it has active
students and two years of successful, demonstrated performance.
The accrediting body must observe the institution’s
processes, policies and procedures, and assess its financial
viability, among other factors. In 1993, we accepted our first
students as a licensed, but unaccredited institution. We
received national accreditation with the Accrediting Commission
of the Distance Education and Training Council in 1995.
DETC’s process provides for a reevaluation and affirmation
of our accreditation every five years. We are slated for a
reaccreditation review in late 2009.
65
Curriculum
and Scheduling
We offer over 100 degree and certificate programs. These
programs contain more than 1,200 courses, designated as core,
major or elective courses. Within our 57 degree programs are
approximately 140 potential concentrations, majors, minors, and
certificates, enabling students to customize their degree
programs to meet their needs. We offer terms beginning on the
first Monday of each month, with approximately 600 classes in
over 350 unique courses starting each month in either eight- or
sixteen-week formats. Semesters and academic years are
established to manage requirements for participation in
Title IV programs and to assist students who are utilizing
Title IV programs in meeting eligibility requirements.
|
|
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Master of Arts
|
|
|
14
|
|
Master of Business Administration
|
|
|
1
|
|
Master of Education
|
|
|
3
|
|
Master of Public Health
|
|
|
1
|
|
Master of Science
|
|
|
3
|
|
Master of Strategic Intelligence
|
|
|
1
|
|
Bachelor of Arts
|
|
|
22
|
|
Bachelor of Business Administration
|
|
|
1
|
|
Bachelor of Science
|
|
|
8
|
|
Associate of Arts in General Studies
|
|
|
1
|
|
Associate of Science in Web Publishing
|
|
|
1
|
|
Associate of Science in Database Application Development
|
|
|
1
|
|
Certificates
|
|
|
|
|
Graduate
|
|
|
26
|
|
Undergraduate
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
105
|
|
At the graduate level, we offer degree programs in the following
disciplines:
|
|
|
• Criminal Justice
• Emergency Management and Disaster
Management
• History
• Homeland Security
• Humanities
• International Relations and Conflict
Resolution
• Management
|
|
• Military History
• Military Studies
• National Security Studies
• Political Science
• Public Administration
• Security Management
• Transportation Management and Logistics
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Master of Business Administration
|
|
|
•
|
Master of Education in:
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Guidance Counseling
|
|
•
|
Teaching
|
|
•
|
Administration and Supervision
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Master of Public Health
|
|
|
•
|
Master of Sciences in:
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Environmental Policy and Management
|
|
•
|
Space Studies
|
|
•
|
Sports Management
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Master of Strategic Intelligence
|
66
At the undergraduate level, we offer degree programs in the
following disciplines:
|
|
|
• Child and Family Development
• Criminal Justice
• Emergency and Disaster Management
• English
• History
• Homeland Security
• Hospitality Management
• Intelligence Studies
• International Relations
• Legal Studies
• Management
|
|
• Marketing
• Middle Eastern Studies
• Military History
• Military Management and Program
Acquisition
• Philosophy
• Political Science
• Psychology
• Religion
• Security Management
• Sociology
• Transportation and Logistics Management
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Bachelor of Business Administration
|
|
|
•
|
Bachelor of Sciences in:
|
|
|
|
• Environmental Studies
• Fire Science Management
• Information Technology
• Information Technology Management
• Information System Security
• Public Health
|
|
• Space Studies
• Sports and Health Sciences
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Associate of Arts in General Studies
|
|
|
•
|
Associate of Science in Information Technology
|
|
|
•
|
Associate of Science in Database Application Development
|
Our certificate programs generally consist of
15-18
semester hours of required courses focusing on a particular
component of the broader degree program. Students may earn
discrete certificates or in combination with work toward a
degree program.
Lead
Generation and Student Recruitment
We direct our marketing efforts primarily toward building brand
awareness and lead generation among professionals serving in the
military and public service communities. We mainly focus on a
relationship-based strategy by striving to build long term and
sustainable relationships with influential people and
organizations within these groups. We believe that persons
working in these fields tend to be tightly knit, which we
believe greatly facilitates personal testimonials from active
and former to prospective students. We also use highly targeted
advertising. We believe this approach enables us to achieve
student acquisition costs that are substantially less than the
industry average.
67
Brand Awareness — A focus on building
relationships with strategic organizations enables us to
understand our markets’ needs; to build trust among
fraternal professional groups; and to continue to improve our
services more effectively than institutions serving a broader
range of students. Our focus has resulted in referrals being our
largest source of new students.
To support these outreach efforts, we employ program managers
who are responsible for managing relationships with targeted
market segments. Currently, we have managers focused on:
national security/intelligence; law enforcement/security;
emergency response; transportation & logistics;
corporations; and the military services. The military services
outreach team is the most extensive, and its activities extend
from a senior staff member working with the leadership of the
military voluntary education community to a field staff of
education coordinators who regularly visit base Education
Service Offices to network with base education counselors, as
well as with current and prospective students. Because Education
Service Offices serve as the central repository on military
bases for education related resources, and most service members
must have their educational plans acknowledged in writing by a
base education counselor in order to be eligible for tuition
assistance, developing good relationships with these counselors
is an important part of our strategy to continue to build
awareness. Base education counselors are influential in making
recommendations to service members on suitable institutions
based on desired program, cost, and reputation of the
institution.
Our program managers and education coordinators also build
relationships within appropriate professional organizations,
attend conferences and trade shows, and help identify and manage
academic articulation agreements with professional training
academies and community colleges with related degree programs.
For instance, we have articulation agreements or memoranda of
understanding with the FBI National Academy Associates, Cochise
Community College (Intelligence Programs), and the
17th Training Group — Goodfellow Air Force Base
to provide academic credit for the training that they offer.
These agreements and memoranda set forth the number of credits
that we will recognize toward specific degree programs within
our limits of transferring in up to 90 credits toward
undergraduate programs, which generally require an average of
122 credits, and 15 credits toward graduate programs, which
generally require an average of 36 credits. In addition, we
believe that potential students view these and other agreements
as an implicit endorsement of our programs, and they also allow
us to focus marketing efforts to key segments.
Lead Generation — Historically, we believe that
our most effective recruiting tool for new students has been
referrals from other students. Over 50% of our new students in
2007 who responded to our surveys tell us they inquired about
enrolling in either AMU or APU as the result of a personal
referral. We believe that these personal referrals are partly a
result of high levels of student satisfaction among our
students, and we continue to focus on efforts to measure and
monitor our students’ satisfaction, including through the
use of our proprietary systems and processes.
In order to attract additional students we use an integrated
marketing approach with a variety of communication vehicles,
including public relations, publications, Internet marketing,
outdoor advertising, radio, conferences and direct mail. Given
the nature of our prospective students, we are able to reach
them through lower cost, highly targeted channels. Print
advertising and the Internet are major lead sources. We focus
our print advertising in trade magazines and publications, such
as Military Times, military base newspapers, Foreign Affairs
magazine, Journal of Emergency Management, Counterterrorism
magazine, and Police Chief magazine, among others. These
publications directly address our target markets, and they cost
significantly less than mass-market publications.
The Internet is another well-targeted, effective and relatively
low cost channel to reach our target students. In addition to
pay-per-click
keyword advertising and the use of lead aggregators to identify
interested students, a focus on search engine optimization
efforts provides institutional visibility on the Web. We seek to
continue to enhance web design and content, to link with partner
and affiliate sites, and to benefit from consumer generated
content, such as “blogs,” in order to expand our
“shelf space” on the Web.
Admissions
Our universities welcome qualified individuals to apply for
admission at any time through an online application process. We
are an open enrollment institution, and qualifications for our
undergraduate program are a high school diploma or General
Education Development certificate. Graduate applicants must hold
a
68
baccalaureate degree from an accredited U.S. institution or
an equivalent foreign institution. In 2006, more than 47,000
prospective students inquired about admission through our
website or by mail,
e-mail, or
phone and more than 10,000 have started at least one course. In
the first six months of 2007, more than 29,000 inquiries have
been received and more than 7,400 students have started at
least one course.
Prospective students apply directly online. Upon completing the
online application and orientation, students are issued a
student ID number and password and provided information for
submitting the necessary documentation to finalize their
admission and apply for evaluation of credits that they would
like to transfer. Students are also informed how to register for
their initial course(s), arrange for tuition payment and
navigate the online student environment. Prospective students
who have questions during the admissions process may obtain
assistance through our online resources and can contact the
Admissions Department through our online resources or by
telephone.
Admissions representatives respond to inquiries and guide
interested students through the decision making and application
process. Our focus on relationship marketing continues through
the admissions process. Our philosophy is to counsel prospects,
seeking to understand their individual interests and needs and
determine whether an online format and our degree programs fit
with their abilities and goals. Admissions representatives are
salaried and not directly or indirectly compensated based on
number of new students or conversion rates. We believe this
helps build trust with prospects. Given the high volume of
inquiries, our admissions officials are increasingly analyzing
the factors that identify which prospects are more likely to
enroll and more likely to succeed longer term, so that resources
may be applied to the higher value, more interested prospects
and allow for automated
follow-up,
as appropriate, to less interested inquiries.
Tuition,
Books and Fees
We believe that our ability to provide affordable programs is
one of our competitive strengths. We have maintained our tuition
costs in line with public, in-state rates and within the DoD
tuition ceilings. Undergraduate tuition is $250 per semester
credit hour, or $750 per three-credit course. This is aligned
with the DoD’s maximum tuition assistance levels per
course, which enables most of our military students to take
courses with no out-of-pocket costs. We anticipate no tuition
increase for undergraduate students for the foreseeable future.
If we were to implement a tuition increase or if the DoD were to
lower the amount of tuition assistance per student, military
students eligible for the U.S. Department of Veterans
Affairs’ GI Bill may apply that entitlement to cover the
difference through the
Top-Up
program. A full 120-semester hour undergraduate degree may be
earned for $30,000. Eligible undergraduate students receive
their textbooks through our book grant program, which represents
a potential average student savings over the course of a degree
of approximately $3,600 when compared to a 2005 estimate by the
General Accounting Office of average text book costs for a
first-time, full-time student at four-year public universities
for the
2003-2004
academic year. Most students transfer in significant prior
credit earned, which also reduces the cost and time of earning
their degree.
Other than a modest increase in 2007 for graduate tuition, we
have not raised tuition since 2000. Graduate tuition is $275 per
semester hour, or $825 per three-semester credit hour course.
For military students, the service branch pays $750 of the
tuition costs per course, and students have the option of paying
the remainder out of pocket or applying their GI Bill
entitlement to cover the cost above $750. At these tuition
rates, students may earn a graduate degree for less than $10,000
in tuition costs. Many students transfer credit from other
institutions or military service schools, reducing their cost
and time for earning a degree.
Despite being an open enrollment institution, we do not charge
an admission fee, nor do we charge fees for services such as
registration, technology, course drops, and similar events that
trigger fees at most institutions. In addition, as a total
distance learning institution, there are no resident fees, such
as for parking, food service, student union and recreation.
While we do charge a $75 fee for transfer credit evaluation,
unlike transfer credit fees at many institutions, the fee is a
one-time fee that does not increase as more credits are
transferred.
In addition to military and veterans benefits, we offer a
variety of federal and non-federal aid programs to assist
students with their education costs. The federal student aid
programs under Title IV constituted 9.7% of
69
our revenues for the first six months of 2007, and we expect
that the ability to participate in these programs is important
to our growth. The following aid sources are available from
military, federal, state, agency and local organizations to help
students meet their education goals:
Military and Veterans Student Aid
|
|
|
|
•
|
Training Funds
|
|
|
•
|
Tuition Assistance
|
|
|
•
|
Veterans Administration Benefits (G.I. Bill)
|
Other Federal Student Aid, Including Title IV
Programs
|
|
|
|
•
|
Federal Pell Grant
|
|
|
•
|
Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan
|
|
|
•
|
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
|
|
|
•
|
Federal PLUS Loan
|
|
|
•
|
Federal Graduate PLUS Loan
|
|
|
•
|
Academic Competitiveness Grant
|
|
|
•
|
National Science, Mathematics and Access to Retain Talent
(SMART) Grant
|
Non-Federal Student Aid
|
|
|
|
•
|
Employer Voucher
|
|
|
•
|
Private Loans
|
|
|
•
|
National Sheriff’s Association Scholarship
|
|
|
•
|
Undergraduate Book Grant
|
Enrollment
and Student Body
Our student body consists of approximately 25,000 part-time
adult students, and most of them hold full-time employment.
Active students are defined as those who have completed a course
in the past twelve months, or are currently enrolled or
registered for an upcoming course. We disenroll students who
fail to register for and complete at least one course in a
calendar year, although they may later reapply for admission and
active status. Students on extended military deployments may
apply for a Program Hold, which keeps them active until they
return and are able to resume their studies.
Of our active students at June 30, 2007, 28% are enrolled
in graduate programs and the remainder are in undergraduate
programs. Approximately 93% of students are enrolled in American
Military University, the rest in American Public University.
Approximately 75% of students are male, and the average
student’s age is 34. State representation aligns with major
military installations, with a large proportion of students
being located in the greater DC region, and in the states of
North Carolina, California, Texas, Georgia, Florida and New
York. We have students living in all 50 states and in more
than 130 foreign countries, many serving in the United States
military overseas, including in Iraq and Afghanistan.
70
Enrollment by schools is depicted below:
In the first six months of 2007, we recruited more than 7,400
new students who registered for and started their first course.
During that period, new students accounted for approximately 27%
of course registrations. In that same period, approximately 700
students met graduation requirements. In addition, we
disenrolled approximately 2,200 students for failure to maintain
progress.
Faculty
Our faculty consists of over 400 members with relevant teaching
and practitioner experience. As of June 30, 2007,
approximately 95 faculty members are designated as full-time,
and more than 300 members are serving as adjunct faculty. A
significant majority of our graduate faculty hold a doctorate in
the relevant field, while virtually all undergraduate faculty
have earned a graduate degree. Exceptions are granted for a
limited number of faculty who may not meet the degree standards,
but evidence significant experience and achievement in the
subject area they teach. Approximately 42% of full-time and
adjunct faculty have earned doctoral degrees.
We establish full-time and adjunct positions based on program
and course enrollment. Many full-time faculty began their career
with us as adjunct members. As enrollment increases, we expect
to establish additional full-time positions, as well as
additional adjunct positions. We manage faculty workload by
number of students rather than by courses, with full-time
members teaching from approximately 150 to 650 students in the
2006 calendar year. We compensate adjunct faculty based on the
number of students taking their courses.
71
We attract faculty through referrals by current faculty members,
advertisements in education and trade association journals, and
prospective members discovering us through our Internet
presence. Program Managers and Department Chairs review
applications and conduct interviews. We check references prior
to offering positions to new faculty and, upon selection, we
require each new faculty member to complete an orientation and
training program that leads to their certification and
assignment. Many of our faculty members have relevant experience
at leading universities and within military and governmental
institutions. We believe that the composition of our student
body and course curriculum is particularly attractive to
potential faculty members because of the opportunity to teach
relevant material to students that are involved on a daily basis
in implementing what is being taught. In turn, we believe that
our well-regarded faculty, including many former and current
practitioners in their fields, attracts new students with
interest in these fields. We currently have over 1,000 resumes
of qualified faculty members who are interested in teaching for
us.
We believe that the quality of our faculty is critical to our
success, particularly because faculty members have the largest
amount of interaction with our students. We do not provide our
faculty with tenure. In addition, we regularly review the
performance of our faculty, including monitoring the amount of
online contact that faculty have with students, reviewing
student feedback and evaluating the learning outcomes achieved
by students. If we determine that a faculty member is not
performing at the level that we require, we work with the
faculty member to improve performance, including through
assigning the faculty member a mentor. If the faculty
member’s performance does not improve, we will no longer
allow that faculty member to teach.
Partnership
At a Distance
We have established proprietary information systems and
processes to support what we refer to as Partnership At a
Distance, or PAD. PAD is our approach to how we interact with
our students, and at its center is the PAD system. The PAD
system allows prospective and current students to interact with
us exclusively online, on their schedule. Through PAD we try to
create learning partnerships with our students and faculty that
remove time and distance barriers. The PAD system serves as the
backbone for all online student interaction, other than the
classroom, which is provided through a separate program that is
integrated with the PAD system. We believe that the PAD system
empowers students to control the path to achieving their
educational goals by providing them with 24/7 access to
resources without requiring intervention from staff. The PAD
system also serves as a business workflow process designed to
enable faculty and staff to make decisions for continuous
process improvement based primarily on objective information and
feedback from students. Through the PAD system we are also able
to manage on an automated and cost-effective basis the complex
administrative tasks resulting from offering monthly semester
starts for over 600 classes in over 350 unique courses to our
approximately 25,000 students taught by over 400 faculty members.
Academic Services — The PAD system provides
students and prospects with a variety of services designed to
support their academic experience. These services include basic
information about our university system, enrollment management,
new student orientation, technical support, academic advising,
financial aid counseling/assistance and initial math and writing
assessments during their first undergraduate level course. It
also supports and provides, where feasible, educational
accommodations to students with documented disabilities.
Online Library Services — We provide an online
library with professional library staff members that we believe
is an industry leader. Open 24/7, the library provides students
with access to thousands of scholarly
e-books and
journals. It also houses an online writing laboratory and
individualized tutorial facilities. Librarians and course
materials specialists are assigned to work with faculty in each
department.
Administrative Services — The PAD system
provides a comprehensive set of administrative services to our
students via the Internet. Prospective students inquire, apply
and go through orientation totally online. Admitted students
register for courses, enter into their virtual classrooms, drop
and/or add
courses, and withdraw from a class via the PAD system. Students
use the PAD system to pay for courses, request extensions and
submit appeals. As a result of our use of the PAD System, the
primary method of communications with students on administrative
matters is via
e-mail with
telephone being the secondary
72
method. The PAD business process was specifically designed to
grant this online accessibility to the student, thus providing
the convenience and self-service capabilities that students
value. We are consistently working on expanding and upgrading
the PAD system to meet the changing needs of our students and
faculty, as well as accommodate external requirements such as
automated tuition systems of the military services.
The partnership concept on which the PAD system is based is also
evident in the other services that we provide to our
constituents, including our alumni and career services.
Alumni Services — Our Office of Alumni
Relations seeks to develop lifelong partnerships with the
growing group of more than 3,700 alumni, which includes degree
and certificate holders. The Office of Alumni Relations office
offers programs and services that endeavor to build community,
enhance alumni professional and educational advancement, and
promote collaboration among our alumni, faculty and students. We
communicate with alumni through our Alumni Relations Website,
newsletters, and lifetime
e-mail
services. We are currently expanding services to include alumni
networking forums in online lounges. Alumni may access the
library and explore job opportunities and services through the
new Career Center. Our Alumni Services include offering alumni
merchant discounts as well as merchandise in the campus store.
Alumni are engaged in helping recruit and mentor students on a
volunteer basis.
Career Services — Over the past year, we have
expanded career services to alumni and students. Our Career
Center includes targeted job assistance and placement links that
are aimed primarily at assisting service members make the
transition from the military to civilian life, as well as
helping civilian students seek careers in our core academic
disciplines. In 2007, we established new Career Center
offerings, including a partnership with the Vault Career Library
to provide its services through the Career Center and Library,
and an agreement with Peterson’s to offer personalized
resume services. We also maintain a job networking board within
the online student lounge and expect to expand that service to
alumni later in the year. Also, upon request through the Alumni
Relations Office, we try to connect current and prospective
students to alumni working in their areas of interest for
mentoring and networking opportunities.
Other
Technology Systems and Management
We believe that we have established a functional, secure and
reliable technology system to help us fulfill our mission. To
support this system and our growth, we plan to continue to
invest in technology systems and enhancements.
Online Course Delivery — Our online classroom
employs the
Educatortm
learning management system from Ucompass.com, Inc. Educator is a
web-based portal that securely stores and delivers course
content, provides interactive communication between students and
faculty, and supplies online evaluation tools. The system
includes centralized administration features that support the
implementation of policies for content form and in-classroom
tools.
Prior to entering their classrooms, students register online
using our proprietary PAD system. After students complete their
online registration, they are automatically authorized to enter
the registered courses on the date the course is open for
attendance. Required textbooks for eligible undergraduate
students are provided through the book grant program, which
covers the cost of course materials for students seeking
academic credit, and are directly shipped to registering
students. To enter the online classrooms, students log into the
public web page with a unique student ID and password. Upon
login, students are delivered into Educator, where with a few
clicks they begin their online learning experience.
IT Infrastructure — We operate two data
centers, one at our headquarters in Charles Town, West Virginia,
and one at a co-location facility in Virginia. Our technology
environment is managed internally. Our wide area network uses
modern, multi-protocol label switching technology for maximum
availability and flexibility. Student access is provided through
redundant data carriers in both data centers and is load
balanced for maximum performance. Real-time monitoring provides
current status on system health across server, network and
storage components.
Financial management and control systems are provided by the
Microsoft
Dynamics/GPtm
system, formerly Great Plains. Microsoft Dynamics/GP is
integrated with the PAD system using Microsoft’s Queuing
73
Services and
e-Connect,
the industry standard for systems integration with Microsoft
Dynamics/GP. Information and management reports are provided by
Cognostm
Inc. and Crystal
Reportstm
from Business Objects. Most reporting is performed using a copy
of the enterprise database that is refreshed daily.
Competition
There are more than 4,000 U.S. colleges and universities
serving traditional college age students and adult students.
Competition is highly fragmented and varies by geography,
program offerings, delivery method, ownership, quality level,
and selectivity of admissions. No one institution has a
significant share of the total postsecondary market.
We compete with not-for-profit public and private two-year and
four-year colleges as well as other for-profit schools,
particularly those that offer online learning programs. Public
and private colleges and universities, as well as other
for-profit schools, offer programs similar to those we offer.
Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies,
and public and private institutions have access to government
and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions and other
financial resources generally not available to for-profit
schools. Accordingly, public and private institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those
in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors,
including both traditional colleges and universities and other
for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition
and financial and other resources than we have, which may enable
them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also
expect to face increased competition as a result of new entrants
to the online education market, including established colleges
and universities that had not previously offered online
education programs.
The primary competitive factors for institutions targeting
working adult students include: specific degree program
offerings; affordability, including tuition and fees and rates
of increase; convenience and flexibility, including availability
of online courses; reputation and academic quality; and
marketing effectiveness.
Within our primary military market, there are more than 1,850
institutions that serve military students and receive tuition
assistance funds. Our primary competitors for military students
are other institutions offering online bachelor’s and
master’s degrees and traditional colleges and universities
located near military installations. Across all branches of
military service, the primary institutions receiving funds,
other than us, are the University of Maryland University College
(UMUC), the University of Phoenix, Park University, Touro
International University and varied institutions by branch, such
as Central Texas College within the Army and Embry Riddle
Aeronautical University for the Air Force.
Intellectual
Property
We exercise rights associated with copyrights, trademarks,
service marks, domain names, agreements and registrations to
protect our intellectual property. Course syllabi are our
property, may be used in current and future courses as needed to
facilitate instruction, and may be modified to meet evolving
course or curriculum requirements. Intellectual property of
individual faculty members, such as weekly notes or lectures,
remains the property of the faculty member, and is reserved
specifically for use only by the faculty member who owns it,
unless
he/she
grants permission for use by others.
We have secured a trademark for the phrase “Educating Those
Who Serve,” which is used in promotional materials and
messaging, as well as the brand names American Military
University, American Public University and American Community
College, and we have applied for a trademark for the term
Partnership At a Distance. We also own rights to more than 135
Internet domain names pertaining to APUS, AMU, APU and other
unique descriptors. Our proprietary student information and
service system, the PAD system, is pending patent with the
Patent and Trademark Office.
Employees
In addition to our faculty of approximately 400 members, as of
June 30, 2007, we had a professional staff of approximately
260 non-faculty members administering our academic, technology,
service and business
74
operations. Most of our employees work in either our
headquarters in Charles Town, West Virginia, or in our
administrative offices in Manassas, Virginia.
All full-time employees participate in an incentive compensation
program, which enables staff and full-time faculty to earn
quarterly bonuses based on student retention and satisfaction
factors, and an annual bonus based on financial performance.
None of our employees are parties to any collective bargaining
arrangement. We believe our relationships with our employees are
good.
Facilities
We operate facilities in Charles Town, West Virginia and in
Manassas, Virginia, which are within a one hour drive of each
other and are located within the Washington, DC metropolitan
area. The corporate headquarters, academic, technology, finance,
admissions, and advancement offices are located in Charles Town,
occupying seven downtown facilities totaling approximately
47,700 square feet. The human resources, student services,
and programs and marketing operations are located in Manassas in
facilities totaling approximately 24,000 square feet. All
facilities are leased with the exception of the Academic Center
and Corporate/Finance Offices in Charles Town, which are
historical buildings that were purchased and renovated, and a
building that we acquired in October 2007. Lease terms vary
by facility, with termination dates ranging from 2008 to 2014.
Each lease has extension provisions ranging from 5 to
7 years. We are currently assessing our space needs and
evaluating opportunities for continued physical growth.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we have been and may be involved in various
legal proceedings. We currently have no material legal
proceedings pending.
75
REGULATION OF
OUR BUSINESS
We are subject to extensive regulation by (1) state
regulatory bodies, (2) accrediting agencies recognized by
the U.S. Secretary of Education and (3) the federal
government through the U.S. Department of Education and
under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the
Higher Education Act. The regulations, standards and policies of
these agencies cover the vast majority of our operations,
including our educational programs, facilities, instructional
and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations and financial condition.
As an institution of higher education that grants degrees,
diplomas and certificates, we are required to be authorized by
appropriate state education authorities. In addition, in certain
states as a condition of continued authorization to grant
degrees and in order to participate in various federal programs,
including tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed
Forces, a school must be accredited by an accrediting agency
recognized by the Secretary of Education. Accreditation is a
non-governmental process through which an institution submits to
qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions,
based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated
aims and purposes of the institution. The Higher Education Act
requires accrediting agencies recognized by the Secretary of
Education to review and monitor many aspects of an
institution’s operations and to take appropriate action
when the institution fails to comply with the accrediting
agency’s standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation due to our
participation in federal student financial aid programs under
Title IV of the Higher Education Act, which we refer to in
this prospectus as Title IV programs. Title IV
programs, which are administered by the Department of Education,
include educational loans with below-market interest rates that
are guaranteed by the federal government in the event of
default. Title IV programs also include several grant
programs for students with the greatest economic need as
determined in accordance with the Higher Education Act and
Department of Education regulations. To participate in
Title IV programs, a school must receive and maintain
authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary
of Education, and be certified as an eligible institution by the
Department of Education.
State
Education Licensure
We are authorized to offer our programs by the West Virginia
Higher Education Policy Commission, the regulatory agency
governing postsecondary education in the State of West Virginia,
where we are headquartered.
We are also authorized to operate as an out-of-state institution
by the State Council of Higher Education for Virginia. We are
authorized in Virginia because we have administrative offices
there, which requires state authorization under Virginia laws.
We are currently reviewing the licensure requirements of other
states to determine whether our activities in these states
constitute a presence or otherwise require licensure or
authorization by the respective state educational agencies, and
we expect to seek licensure or authorization in additional
states. Because we enroll students from each of the
50 states, as well as the District of Columbia, and because
we may undertake activities in other states that constitute a
presence or otherwise subject us to the jurisdiction of the
respective state educational agency, we may, from time to time,
need to seek licensure or authorization in additional states.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other
online services for the delivery of education has led and may
lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory practices in the
United States or foreign countries and to new interpretations of
existing laws and regulations. These new laws, regulations and
interpretations may relate to issues such as the requirement
that online education institutions be licensed in one or more
jurisdictions where they have no physical location or other
presence. For instance, in some states we may be required to
seek licensure or authorization because our recruiters meet with
prospective students in the state. In other cases, the state
educational agency may require licensure or authorization
because we enroll students or employ faculty who reside in the
state. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing
business over the Internet could increase our cost of doing
business and affect our ability to recruit students in
76
particular states, which could, in turn, negatively affect
enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on
our business.
We are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which
we are authorized or licensed to operate. State laws typically
establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial
regulations that are different from those of the Department of
Education, and may require the posting of surety bonds. If we
fail to comply with state licensing requirements, we may lose
our state licensure or authorizations. Although we believe that
the only state authorization or licensure necessary for us to
participate in Title IV programs is our authorization from
the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, failure to
comply with authorization or licensure requirements in other
states could restrict our ability to recruit or enroll students
in those states. Failure to comply with the requirements of the
West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission could result in
our losing authorization from the West Virginia Higher Education
Policy Commission, eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, or ability to offer certain programs, any of which may
force us to cease operations.
Accreditation
We received institutional accreditation in 2006 from The Higher
Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools, a regional accrediting agency recognized by the
Secretary of Education. Our next comprehensive evaluation will
be in 2010 – 2011, as part of a regularly scheduled
evaluation process. Accreditation is a non-governmental system
for recognizing educational institutions and their programs for
student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality,
faculty, physical resources, administrative capability and
resources, and financial stability. In the United States, this
recognition comes primarily through private voluntary
associations that accredit institutions or programs of higher
education. To be recognized by the Secretary of Education,
accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards and
procedures for their review of educational institutions or
programs. Accrediting agencies establish criteria for
accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions
and professional programs, and publicly designate those
institutions that meet their criteria. Accredited schools are
subject to periodic review by accrediting agencies to determine
whether such schools maintain the performance, integrity, and
quality required for accreditation.
The Higher Learning Commission is the same accrediting agency
that accredits such universities as The University of Chicago,
Northwestern University, West Virginia University, and other
degree-granting public and private colleges and universities in
its region (including, Arkansas, Arizona, Colorado, Iowa,
Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, North
Dakota, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, New Mexico, South Dakota, West
Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming).
Accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is an important
attribute of ours. Colleges and universities depend, in part, on
accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications
to graduate schools. Employers rely on the accredited status of
institutions when evaluating a candidate’s credentials, and
students and corporate and government sponsors under tuition
reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that
an institution maintains quality educational standards.
Moreover, institutional accreditation by an accrediting agency
recognized by the Secretary of Education is necessary for
eligibility to participate in tuition assistance programs of the
United States Armed Forces and Title IV programs.
In addition to regional accreditation, we have been accredited
by the Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education and
Training Council, or DETC, since 1995. DETC is a national
accrediting agency that is recognized by the Secretary of
Education. The Higher Learning Commission, and not DETC, is our
designated primary accreditor for Title IV program purposes.
We believe many prospective students, employers, state licensing
authorities and higher education organizations may view
accreditation by a regional accrediting agency to be more
prestigious than accreditation by a national accrediting agency,
and loss of our regional accreditation would reduce the
marketability of American Public University System even if we
were to maintain our national accreditation.
77
We also believe that military personnel are counseled that
regional accreditation is an important consideration when
selecting a postsecondary institution and that there are further
opportunities to leverage regional accreditation to service
members, such as joining degree networks previously closed to us
like the Servicemember Opportunity Colleges, a DoD program that
promotes its member institutions to military professionals.
Nature of
Federal, State and Private Financial Support for Postsecondary
Education
Our students finance their education through a combination of
individual resources, tuition assistance programs of the United
States Armed Forces, private loans, corporate reimbursement
programs, and federal financial aid programs. Participation in
these programs adds to the regulation of our operations.
Service members of the United States Armed Forces are eligible
to receive tuition assistance from their branch of service
through the Uniform Tuition Assistance Program of the Department
of Defense, or DoD. Service members may use this tuition
assistance to pursue postsecondary degrees at postsecondary
schools that are accredited by accrediting agencies that are
recognized by the Secretary of Education. For 2006 and the six
months ended June 30, 2007, tuition assistance payments
represented approximately 66% of our revenues. For our
undergraduate programs we have established tuition per course
that can be 100% covered by DoD tuition assistance funds,
resulting in no out-of-pocket costs to undergraduate military
students to attend our institution. Each branch of the armed
forces has established its own rules for the tuition assistance
programs of DoD. Pursuant to these rules, in order for service
members to use their tuition assistance funds at our
universities, we need to maintain our state licensure and either
our regional or national accreditation and the service member
must maintain satisfactory academic progress and must also
progress in a timely manner toward completion of their degree.
To the extent that tuition assistance programs do not cover the
full cost of tuition for service members, service members may
also use their benefits under the Montgomery GI Bill
administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or
VA, through the GI Bill’s
Top-Up
feature. If we lost our eligibility to receive tuition
assistance from the United States Armed Forces, or if the amount
of tuition assistance per service member is reduced, military
service members would need to seek alternative funds. While they
may be able to use their education benefits under the Montgomery
GI Bill in lieu of DoD tuition assistance funds, we do not know
if that option would be as attractive to these students. As a
result, the inability to participate in DoD tuition assistance
programs, and any reduction in the funding for DoD tuition
assistance funds, could have a material adverse effect on our
operations.
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for postsecondary education through Title IV
programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified by
the Department of Education to participate in Title IV
programs. Aid under Title IV programs is primarily awarded
on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All
recipients of Title IV program funds must maintain
satisfactory academic progress and must also progress in a
timely manner toward completion of their program of study. In
addition, each school must ensure that Title IV program
funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct
amounts to eligible students.
We were first certified to participate in the Title IV
programs in September 2006. The Department of Education has
approved us to participate in the following Title IV
programs (described below): (1) the Federal Family
Education Loan Program (the “FFEL” program),
(2) the Federal Pell Grant program (the “Pell”
program) and (3) campus-based programs. In 2006 and the
first six months of 2007, approximately 0.8% and 9.7%,
respectively, of our revenues were derived from tuition financed
under Title IV programs.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
FFEL Program. Under the FFEL program, banks
and other lending institutions make loans to students and
parents of dependent students. The FFEL program includes the
Federal Stafford Loan Program, the Federal PLUS Program (which
beginning on July 1, 2006 provides for making loans to
graduate and professional students as well as parents of
dependent undergraduate students), and the Federal Consolidation
Loan Program. If a student defaults on a loan, payment is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by the Department of Education.
|
78
Students who demonstrate financial need may qualify for a
subsidized Stafford loan. With a subsidized Stafford loan, the
federal government will pay the interest on the loan while the
student is in school and during any approved periods of
deferment, until the student’s obligation to repay the loan
begins. Unsubsidized Stafford loans are available to students
who do not qualify for a subsidized Stafford loan or, in some
cases, in addition to a subsidized Stafford loan.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
Federal Pell Grants. Grants under the Federal
Pell Grant program are available to eligible students based on
financial need and other factors.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Campus-Based Programs. The
“campus-based” Title IV programs include the
federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant program, the
Federal Work-Study program and the Federal Perkins Loan program.
|
In addition to the programs stated above, eligible students may
participate in several other financial aid programs or receive
support from other governmental and private sources. For
example, some of our students who are veterans use their
benefits under the GI Bill to cover their tuition. Certain of
our students are also eligible to receive funds from other
educational assistance programs administered by the VA. Pursuant
to federal law providing benefits for veterans and reservists,
we are approved for education of veterans and members of the
selective reserve and their dependents by the state approving
agencies in Virginia and West Virginia. We offer institutional
financial aid to eligible students, such as members of the
National Sheriffs’ Association. In certain circumstances,
our students may access alternative loan programs. Alternative
loans are intended to cover the difference between what the
student receives from all financial aid sources and the full
cost of the student’s education. Students can apply to a
number of different lenders for this funding at current market
interest rates. Finally, some of our students finance their own
education or receive full or partial tuition reimbursement from
their employers.
Regulation
of Title IV Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an
institution must comply with specific standards and procedures
set forth in the Higher Education Act and the regulations issued
thereunder by the Department of Education. An institution must,
among other things, be licensed or authorized to offer its
educational programs by the state within which it is physically
located (in our case, West Virginia) and maintain institutional
accreditation by a recognized accrediting agency. We are
currently provisionally certified to participate in
Title IV programs through June 30, 2008.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in these programs and allegations of
fraud and abuse by certain for-profit institutions have caused
Congress to require the Department of Education to exercise
considerable regulatory oversight over for-profit institutions
of higher learning. Accrediting agencies and state education
agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing compliance of
institutions with Title IV program requirements. As a
result, our institution is subject to extensive oversight and
review. Because the Department of Education periodically revises
its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws
and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the
Title IV program requirements will be applied in all
circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Congress reauthorizes
the Higher Education Act approximately every five to six years.
Congress most recently comprehensively reauthorized the Higher
Education Act in 1998. In February 2006, President Bush signed
the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, which includes the Higher
Education Reconciliation Act of 2005. Among other measures, the
Higher Education Reconciliation Act reauthorizes the Higher
Education Act with respect to the federal guaranteed student
loan program. Because comprehensive reauthorization has not yet
been completed in a timely manner, Congress recently extended
the current provisions of the Higher Education Act through
October 31, 2007. Congress is in the process of reviewing
the Higher Education Act for purposes of reauthorization.
Congress recently passed and President Bush signed into law
legislation that will reduce interest rates on certain federal
student loans and will reduce government subsidies to lenders
that participate in federal student loan programs. Congress is
considering additional
79
legislation that may result in significant changes to
Title IV programs, which may include changes to the amount
of funding for Title IV programs and the allocation of
funding among Title IV programs. We are not in position to
predict with certainty whether any legislation will be passed by
Congress or signed into law. The elimination of certain
Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for
participation in such programs, or the substitution of
materially different programs could increase our costs of
compliance and could reduce the ability of certain students to
finance their education at our institution.
In addition, Congress reviews and determines appropriations for
Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and
appropriations process. A reduction in federal funding levels of
such programs could reduce the ability of certain students to
finance their education. These changes, in turn, could lead to
lower enrollments, require us to increase our reliance upon
alternative sources of student financial aid and impact our
growth plans. The loss of or a significant reduction in
Title IV program funds available to our students could
reduce our enrollment and revenue and possibly have a material
adverse effect on our business and plans for growth. In
addition, the legislation and implementing regulations
applicable to our operations have been subject to frequent
revisions, many of which have increased the level of scrutiny to
which for-profit postsecondary educational institutions are
subjected and have raised applicable standards. If we were not
to continue to comply with such legislation and implementing
regulations, such non- compliance might impair our ability to
participate in Title IV programs, offer programs or
continue to operate. Certain of the statutory and regulatory
requirements applicable to us are described below.
Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Each
institution must apply periodically to the Department of
Education for continued certification to participate in
Title IV programs. Such recertification generally is
required every six years, but may be required earlier, including
when an institution undergoes a change of control. An
institution may come under the Department of Education’s
review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as
opening an additional location or, in certain cases, when it
modifies academic credentials that it offers. The Department of
Education may place an institution on provisional certification
status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy
all of the eligibility and certification standards and in
certain other circumstances, such as when an institution is
certified for the first time or undergoes a change in ownership
resulting in a change in control. During the period of
provisional certification, the institution must comply with any
additional conditions included in its program participation
agreement. In addition, the Department of Education may more
closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if
it applies for approval to open a new location, add an
educational program, acquire another school or make any other
significant change. If the Department of Education determines
that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its
responsibilities under its program participation agreement, it
may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to
participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process
protections for the institution than if it were fully certified.
Students attending provisionally certified institutions remain
eligible to receive Title IV program funds. We are
currently provisionally certified because we are in our initial
period of certification.
Distance Learning and Repeal of the “50%
Rules.” We offer all of our existing degree,
diploma and certificate programs via Internet-based
telecommunications from our headquarters in Charles Town, West
Virginia.
Prior to passage of the Higher Education Reconciliation Act as
part of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005, the Higher Education
Act generally excluded from Title IV programs institutions
at which (1) more than 50% of the institution’s
courses were offered via correspondence methods, which included
online courses under certain circumstances, or (2) 50% or
more of the institution’s students were enrolled in courses
delivered via correspondence methods, which included online
courses under certain circumstances (i.e., the “50%
Rules”). Because 100% of our courses are online courses,
the 50% Rule regarding online courses previously disqualified us
from participation in Title IV programs.
As part of the 1998 amendments to the Higher Education Act, the
Department of Education was authorized to waive specific
statutory and regulatory requirements in order to assess the
viability of online educational offerings. Under the Distance
Education Demonstration Program, or Demonstration Program,
institutions were allowed to seek waivers of certain regulatory
provisions that inhibited the offering of distance
80
education programs, including the 50% Rules. Participation in
the Demonstration Program included regular submissions of data
to the Department of Education. Only institutions that were
accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by the Secretary
of Education for purposes of participation in Title IV
programs were allowed to participate in the Demonstration
Program. We were not eligible to participate in the
Demonstration Program, because at the time the Department of
Education was accepting applicants we were accredited
exclusively by the Distance Education and Training Council,
whose accrediting authority at that time did not extend to
Title IV programs.
Effective July 1, 2006, the 50% Rules were repealed for
telecommunications courses (which include online courses) as
part of the Higher Education Reconciliation Act, but remain in
place for traditional correspondence courses. Accordingly,
online institutions such as us, which offer their courses
exclusively through telecommunications, are no longer subject to
the 50% Rules. Following passage of the Higher Education
Reconciliation Act, the Department of Education also terminated
the Demonstration Program effective as of June 30, 2006.
At least five lawsuits were filed challenging the
constitutionality of the Deficit Reduction Act in general, on
grounds that there exist discrepancies between non-education
related provisions of the legislation passed in the House and
Senate. To date, these challenges have been unsuccessful. In the
event that the Deficit Reduction Act is invalidated, the 50%
Rules could be reinstated, and we and our students would not be
in a position to participate in Title IV programs until the
50% Rules were repealed via alternative legislative action, or
until Congress acted to permit the Title IV program
participation of impacted institutions.
Administrative Capability. Department of
Education regulations specify extensive criteria by which an
institution must establish that it has the requisite
“administrative capability” to participate in
Title IV programs. Failure to satisfy any of the standards
may lead the Department of Education to find the institution
ineligible to participate in Title IV programs or to place
the institution on provisional certification as a condition of
its participation. To meet the administrative capability
standards, an institution must, among other things:
|
|
|
|
•
|
comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations;
|
|
|
•
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal
student financial aid programs;
|
|
|
•
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the
satisfactory academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
•
|
not have cohort default rates above specified levels;
|
|
|
•
|
have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds;
|
|
|
•
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is cause for debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
•
|
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
•
|
refer to the Department of Education’s Office of Inspector
General any credible information indicating that any applicant,
student, employee or agent of the institution has been engaged
in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV
programs;
|
|
|
•
|
submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements
required by the regulations; and
|
|
|
•
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any
other Department of Education regulation, the Department of
Education may:
|
|
|
|
•
|
require the repayment of Title IV funds;
|
|
|
•
|
transfer the institution from the “advance” system of
payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to
the “reimbursement” system of payment;
|
81
|
|
|
|
•
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
•
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV
programs.
|
If we are found not to have satisfied the Department of
Education’s “administrative capability”
requirements, we could lose, or be limited in our access to,
Title IV program funding.
Third Party Servicers. Department of Education
regulations permit an institution to enter into a written
contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of
any aspect of the institution’s participation in
Title IV programs. The third-party servicer must, among
other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements and be
jointly and severally liable with the institution to the
Secretary of Education for any violation by the servicer of any
Title IV provision. An institution must report to the
Department of Education new contracts with or any significant
modifications to contracts with third-party servicers as well as
other matters related to third-party servicers. We contract with
the third-party servicer Global Financial Aid Services, Inc.,
which performs activities related to our participation in
Title IV programs. If Global Financial Aid Services does
not comply with applicable statute and regulations including the
Higher Education Act, we may be liable for their actions and we
could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs.
Financial Responsibility. The Higher Education
Act and Department of Education regulations establish extensive
standards of financial responsibility that institutions such as
us must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV
programs. These standards generally require that an institution
provide the resources necessary to comply with Title IV
program requirements and meet all of its financial obligations,
including required refunds and any repayments to the Department
of Education for liabilities incurred in programs administered
by the Department of Education.
The Department of Education evaluates institutions on an annual
basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility
standards. Generally, the standards require an institution to
receive an unqualified opinion from its accountants on its
audited financial statements, maintain sufficient cash reserves
to satisfy refund requirements, meet all of its financial
obligations and remain current on its debt payments. The
financial responsibility standards include a complex formula
that uses line items from the institution’s audited
financial statements. The formula focuses on three financial
ratios: (1) equity ratio (which measures the
institution’s capital resources, financial viability and
ability to borrow); (2) primary reserve ratio (which
measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and
(3) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s
profitability or ability to operate within its means). An
institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score
of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially
responsible without the need for further federal oversight. The
Department of Education may also apply such measures of
financial responsibility to the operating company and ownership
entries of an eligible institution. At the request of the
Department of Education, we supply our consolidated financial
statements to the Department of Education for purposes of
calculating the composite score. We have applied the financial
responsibility standards to our consolidated financial
statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006,
and calculated a composite score of 2.9 out of a maximum score
of 3.0. We therefore believe that we meet the Department of
Education’s composite score standards. If the Department of
Education were to determine that we did not meet the financial
responsibility standards due to a failure to meet the composite
score or other factors, we may be able to establish financial
responsibility on an alternative basis by, among other things:
|
|
|
|
•
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV program funds received by us during our
most recently completed fiscal year;
|
|
|
•
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior year’s Title IV program funds received by
us, accepting provisional certification, complying with
additional Department of Education monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an
arrangement other than the Department of Education’s
standard advance payment arrangement; or
|
|
|
•
|
complying with additional Department of Education monitoring
requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds
under an arrangement other than the Department of
Education’s standard advance payment arrangement such as
the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash
monitoring.
|
82
Failure to meet the Department of Education’s
“financial responsibility” requirements, because we do
not meet the Department of Education’s minimum composite
score to establish financial responsibility or are unable to
establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis or
fail to meet other financial responsibility requirements, would
cause us to lose access to Title IV program funding.
Title IV Return of Funds. Under the
Department of Education’s return of funds regulations, an
institution must return unearned funds to the Department of
Education in a timely manner. An institution must first
determine the amount of Title IV program funds that a
student “earned.” If the student withdraws during the
first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the
amount of Title IV program funds that the student earned is
equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student
would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the
60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of the
Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the
appropriate Title IV programs, in a specified order, the
lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds or
(ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for
the period multiplied by the percentage of unearned
Title IV program funds. An institution must return the
funds no later than 45 days after the date of the
institution’s determination that a student withdrew. If
such payments are not timely made, an institution may be subject
to adverse action, including being required to submit a letter
of credit equal to 25% of the refunds the institution should
have made in its most recently completed fiscal year. Under
Department of Education regulations, late returns of
Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled
in the institution’s annual compliance audit constitutes
material non-compliance.
The “90/10 Rule.” A requirement of
the Higher Education Act, commonly referred to as the
“90/10 Rule,” applies only to “proprietary
institutions of higher education,” which includes us. Under
this rule, an institution loses its eligibility to participate
in the Title IV programs, if, on a cash accounting basis,
it derives more than 90% of its revenues for any fiscal year
from Title IV program funds. Any institution that violates
the rule becomes ineligible to participate in the Title IV
programs as of the first day of the fiscal year following the
fiscal year in which it exceeds 90%, and it is unable to apply
to regain its eligibility until the next fiscal year. For the
year ended December 31, 2006, we derived approximately 0.8%
of our revenues from Title IV program funds.
Student Loan Defaults. Under the Higher
Education Act, an educational institution may lose its
eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title IV
programs if defaults on the repayment of federally guaranteed
student loans by its students exceed certain levels. For each
federal fiscal year, a rate of student defaults (known as a
“cohort default rate”) is calculated for each
institution with 30 or more borrowers entering repayment in a
given federal fiscal year by determining the rate at which
borrowers who become subject to their repayment obligation in
that federal fiscal year default by the end of the following
federal fiscal year. For such institutions, the Department of
Education calculates a single cohort default rate for each
federal fiscal year that includes in the cohort all current or
former student borrowers at the institution who entered
repayment on any FFEL program loan during that year.
If the Department of Education notifies an institution that its
cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal
fiscal years are 25% or greater, the institution’s
participation in the FFEL program and Pell program ends
30 days after the notification, unless the institution
appeals in a timely manner that determination on specified
grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institution’s participation in the FFEL program ends
30 days after notification that its most recent cohort
default rate is greater than 40%, unless the institution timely
appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to
specified procedures. An institution whose participation ends
under these provisions may not participate in the relevant
programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the
institution receives the notification, as well as for the next
two fiscal years.
If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds
25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on
provisional certification status. Provisional certification does
not limit an institution’s access to Title IV program
funds; however, an institution with provisional status is
subject to closer review by the Department of Education and may
be subject to summary adverse action if it violates
Title IV program requirements.
83
Because we have just begun to enroll students who are
participating in the federal student loan programs, we have no
historical cohort default rate. Relatively few students are
expected to enter the repayment phase in the near term, which
could result in defaults by a few students having a relatively
large impact on our cohort default rate.
Incentive Compensation Rules. As part of an
institution’s program participation agreement with the
Department of Education and in accordance with the Higher
Education Act, an institution may not provide any commission,
bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged
in any student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding
activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing
enrollments or financial aid. Certain Department of Education
regulations clarify the incentive payment rule. The regulations
set forth 12 “safe harbors,” which describe payments
or arrangements that do not violate the incentive payment rule.
Failure to comply with the incentive compensation rule could
result in loss of eligibility to participate in federal student
financial aid programs or financial penalties. Although there
can be no assurance that the Department of Education would not
find deficiencies in our present or former employee compensation
and third-party contractual arrangements, we believe that our
employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements
comply with the incentive compensation provisions of the Higher
Education Act and Department of Education regulations thereunder.
Compliance Reviews. We are subject to
announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by
various external agencies, including the Department of
Education, its Office of Inspector General (“OIG”),
state licensing agencies, agencies that guarantee FFEL loans,
the Department of Veterans Affairs and accrediting agencies. As
part of the Department of Education’s ongoing monitoring of
institutions’ administration of Title IV programs, the
Higher Education Act and Department of Education regulations
also require institutions to submit annually a compliance audit
conducted by an independent certified public accountant in
accordance with Government Auditing Standards and applicable
audit standards of the Department of Education. In addition, to
enable the Secretary of Education to make a determination of
financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit
audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
Department of Education regulations.
Privacy. The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and the Department of
Education’s FERPA regulations require institutions to allow
students to review and request changes to such student’s
school records maintained by the institution, notify students at
least annually of this inspection right, and maintain records in
each student’s file listing each request for access to and
each disclosure of personally identifiable information and the
interest of such party in the student’s personally
identifiable information. FERPA also limits the disclosure of a
student’s personally identifiable information by an
institution without such student’s prior written consent.
If an institution fails to comply with FERPA or the Department
of Education’s FERPA regulations, the Department of
Education may require corrective actions by the institution,
withhold further payments under any applicable Title IV
program or terminate an institution’s eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs. In addition, an
institution participating in any Title IV program is
obligated to safeguard customer information pursuant to
applicable provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA,
and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, GLBA regulations. GLBA
and the GLBA regulations require an institution to develop and
maintain a comprehensive information security program to protect
personally identifiable financial information of students,
parents or other individuals with whom an institution has a
customer relationship. If an institution fails to comply with
GLBA or GLBA regulations, it may be required to take corrective
actions, subject to FTC monitoring and oversight, and subject to
fines or penalties imposed by the FTC.
Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations. If
we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing
Title IV programs, the Department of Education could impose
one or more sanctions, including transferring us to the
reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, seeking to
require repayment of certain Title IV program funds,
requiring us to post a letter of credit in favor of the
Department of Education as a condition for continued
Title IV certification, taking emergency action against us,
referring the matter for criminal prosecution or initiating
proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, condition, suspend or
terminate our participation in Title IV programs. In
addition, the agencies that guarantee FFEL loans for our
students could initiate proceedings to limit, suspend or
terminate our eligibility to provide guaranteed student loans in
the
84
event of certain regulatory violations. If such sanctions or
proceedings were imposed against us and resulted in a
substantial curtailment, or termination, of our participation in
Title IV programs, our enrollments, revenues and results of
operations would be materially and adversely affected.
If we lost our eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs, or if Congress reduced the amount of available federal
student financial aid, we would seek to arrange or provide
alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students.
Although we believe that one or more private organizations would
be willing to provide financial assistance to students attending
our universities, there is no assurance that this would be the
case, and the interest rate and other terms of such financial
aid might not be as favorable as those for Title IV program
funds. We may be required to guarantee all or part of such
alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in
connection with securing alternative sources of financial aid.
Accordingly, the loss of our eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of
available federal student financial aid, would be expected to
have a material adverse effect on our growth plans and results
of operations even if we could arrange or provide alternative
sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a
result of our participation in Title IV, we also may be
subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating
to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third
parties, such as present or former students or employees and
other members of the public.
Regulatory
Actions and Restrictions on Operations
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with our
operations are also subject to regulation from a variety of
agencies.
Restrictions on Adding Educational
Programs. State requirements and accrediting
agency standards may, in certain instances, limit our ability to
establish additional programs. Many states require approval
before institutions can add new programs under specified
conditions. The Higher Learning Commission, DETC, and the West
Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission require institutions
to notify them in advance of implementing new programs, and upon
notification may undertake a review of the institution’s
licensure, authorization or accreditation.
Under the Higher Education Act and Department of Education
regulations, a proprietary institution of higher education must
have been in existence for at least two years in order to be
eligible to participate in federal student financial aid
programs. The Department of Education considers an institution
to have been in existence for two years if it was legally
authorized to give (and continuously was giving) the same
postsecondary instruction for at least two consecutive years.
Thus, when a for-profit institution applies to participate in
the federal student financial aid programs for the first time,
it must show that it is in compliance with the so-called
two-year rule. An institution subject to the two-year rule may
not award federal student financial aid funds to a student in a
program that is not included in the institution’s approval
documents. For institutions that are subject to the two-year
rule, during the institution’s initial period of
participation in the federal student financial aid programs, the
Department of Education will not approve additional programs
that would expand the scope of the institution’s
eligibility. The Department of Education may provide an
exception to such limitation if the institution demonstrates
that the program has been legally authorized and continuously
provided for at least two years prior to the date of the
request. In addition, when an institution is certified for the
first time, its certification is provisional until the
Department of Education has reviewed a compliance audit that
covers a complete fiscal year of Title IV program
participation and has decided to certify fully the institution.
We are currently in our initial period of certification and are
provisionally certified. The Department of Education has advised
us that based on such status we may not add new degree or
non-degree programs for Title IV program purposes, except
under limited circumstances and only if the Department of
Education so approves, until the Department of Education has
reviewed a compliance audit that covers one complete fiscal year
of Title IV program participation and has determined that
we are no longer subject to such requirement.
Generally, if an institution that is not subject to the two-year
rule or is not in its initial period of certification adds an
educational program after it has been designated as an eligible
institution, the institution
85
must apply to the Department of Education to have the additional
program designated as eligible. However, a fully certified
degree-granting institution is not obligated to obtain the
Department of Education’s approval of additional programs
that lead to an associate, bachelor’s, professional or
graduate degree at the same degree level(s) previously approved
by the Department of Education. Similarly, a fully certified
institution is not required to obtain advance approval for new
programs that both prepare students for gainful employment in
the same or related recognized occupation as an educational
program that has previously been designated as an eligible
program at that institution and meet certain minimum-length
requirements. However, the Department of Education, as a
condition of certification to participate in Title IV
programs, can require prior approval of such programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may
add. In the event that an institution that is required to obtain
the Department of Education’s express approval for the
addition of a new program fails to do so, and erroneously
determines that the new educational program is eligible for
Title IV program funds, the institution may be liable for
repayment of Title IV program funds received by the
institution or students in connection with that program.
Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of
Control. Many states and accrediting agencies
require institutions of higher education to report or obtain
approval of certain changes in ownership or other aspects of
institutional status, but the types of and triggers for such
reporting or approval vary among states and accrediting
agencies. In addition, our accrediting agencies, the Higher
Learning Commission and the Distance Education and Training
Council, require institutions that they accredit to inform them
in advance of any substantive change, including a change that
significantly alters the ownership or control of the
institution. Examples of substantive changes requiring advance
notice to the Higher Learning Commission and to the Distance
Education and Training Council include changes in the legal
status, ownership, or form of control of the institution, such
as the sale of a proprietary institution. The Higher Learning
Commission must approve a substantive change in advance in order
to include the change in the institution’s accreditation
status. The Higher Learning Commission also requires an
on-site
evaluation within six months to confirm the appropriateness of
the approval. The Distance Education and Training Council
requires advance notification and an
on-site
evaluation within six months for the purpose of reaffirming the
institution’s accreditation.
The Higher Education Act provides that an institution that
undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change in control
loses its eligibility to participate in the Title IV
programs and must apply to the Department of Education in order
to reestablish such eligibility. An institution is ineligible to
receive Title IV program funds during the period prior to
recertification. The Higher Education Act provides that the
Department of Education may temporarily, provisionally certify
an institution seeking approval of a change in ownership and
control based on preliminary review by the Department of
Education of a materially complete application received by the
Department of Education within 10 business days after the
transaction. The Department of Education may continue such
temporary, provisional certification on a month-to-month basis
until it has rendered a final decision on the institution’s
application. If the Department of Education determines to
approve the application after a change in ownership and control,
it issues a provisional certification, which extends for a
period expiring not later than the end of the third complete
award year following the date of provisional certification.
Department of Education regulations describe some transactions
that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or
the institution’s parent corporation. For a company that is
privately held, but not closely held, which is our status prior
to the consummation of this offering, Department of Education
regulations provide that a change of ownership resulting in a
change of control occurs if any person either acquires or ceases
to hold at least 25% of the company’s total outstanding
voting stock and that person gains or loses actual control of
the corporation. Immediately prior to this offering, ABS Capital
Partners beneficially owned approximately 57.9% of our
outstanding common stock on an as if converted basis, and
immediately after completion of this offering will own
approximately 41.7% of our outstanding common stock. With
respect to a publicly traded corporation, which will be our
status after the consummation of this offering, Department of
Education regulations provide that a change of control occurs in
one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would
obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the SEC disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the
corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the
total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the
largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder
ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the
largest stockholder. These standards are subject to
interpretation by the Department of Education. A
86
significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock could be
determined by the Department of Education to be a change of
control under this standard.
When a change of ownership resulting in a change of control
occurs, the Department of Education applies a different set of
financial tests to determine the financial responsibility of the
institution in conjunction with its review and approval of the
change of ownership. The institution is required to submit a
same-day
audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the
institution immediately following the change in ownership. The
institution’s
same-day
balance sheet must demonstrate an acid test ratio of at least
1:1, which is calculated by adding cash and cash equivalents to
current accounts receivable and dividing the sum by total
current liabilities (and excluding all unsecured or
uncollateralized related party receivables). The
same-day
balance sheet must demonstrate positive tangible net worth. In
addition, the institution must submit to the Department of
Education audited financial statements of the institution’s
new owner’s two most recently completed fiscal years that
are prepared and audited in accordance with Department of
Education requirements. The Department may determine whether the
financial statements meet financial responsibility standards
with respect to the composite score formula. If the institution
does not satisfy these requirements, the Department of Education
may condition its approval of the change of ownership on the
institution’s agreeing to letters of credit, provisional
certification,
and/or
additional monitoring requirements, as described in the above
section on Financial Responsibility.
Many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common
stock in the definition of a change of control requiring
approval. A change of control under the definitions of an agency
that regulates us might require us to obtain approval of the
change in ownership and control in order to maintain our
regulatory approval. Under certain circumstances, the West
Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission and the State
Council of Higher Education for Virginia might require us to
seek approval of changes in ownership and control in order to
maintain our state authorization or licensure.
Pursuant to federal law providing benefits for veterans and
reservists, we are approved for education of veterans and
members of the selective reserve and their dependents by the
state approving agencies in West Virginia and Virginia. In
certain circumstances, state approving agencies may require an
institution to obtain approval for a change in ownership and
control.
We have submitted a description of the offering to the
Department of Education, The Higher Learning Commission, DETC,
the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, and the
State Council of Higher Education for Virginia, asking each
agency to confirm our understanding that we will not be required
to notify them or obtain their approval in connection with the
offering. We have received such confirmation from the Department
of Education, DETC, the West Virginia Higher Education Policy
Commission and the State Council for Higher Education for
Virginia. Our failure to obtain any required approval of the
offering from the Higher Learning Commission, could result in
the loss of our continued eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs and materially and adversely affect our
enrollments, revenues and results of operations.
A change of control also could occur as a result of future
transactions in which we are involved. Some corporate
reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors are
examples of such transactions. Moreover, once we become a
publicly traded company, the potential adverse effects of a
change of control could influence future decisions by us and our
stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or
redemption of our stock. In addition, the regulatory burdens and
risks associated with a change of control also could discourage
bids for your shares of common stock and could have an adverse
effect on the market price of your shares.
87
Directors
and Executive Officers
The table below shows information about our directors and
executive officers as of October 10, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
53
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
51
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
61
|
|
Executive Vice President, Institutional Advancement
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
58
|
|
Executive Vice President, Provost
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
54
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
48
|
|
Senior Vice President, Marketing
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
51
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer
|
Phillip A. Clough
|
|
46
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
60
|
|
Director
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
73
|
|
Director
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
49
|
|
Director
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
49
|
|
Director
|
Timothy T. Weglicki
|
|
56
|
|
Director
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr. joined us in September 2002
as Chief Financial Officer and, since June 2004 has served as
President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of
directors. From August 2001 to April 2002, Mr. Boston
served as Chief Financial Officer of Sun Healthcare Group. From
July 1998 to May 2001, Mr. Boston served as Chief Operating
Officer and later, President of NeighborCare Pharmacies. From
February 1993 to May 1998, Mr. Boston served as VP-Finance
and later, SVP of Acquisitions and Development of Manor
Healthcare Corporation, now Manor Care, Inc. From November 1985
to December 1992, Mr. Boston served as Chief Financial
Officer of Meridian Healthcare.
Harry T. Wilkins joined us in February 2007 as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. From December 2004
to February 2007, Mr. Wilkins served as a member of our
board of directors and from January 2005 to February 2007 he
served on the Board of Trustees of American Public University
System. Since 2002, Mr. Wilkins has also served as a
founding partner of Wilkins, Little & Matthews, LLP, a
Baltimore-based CPA firm specializing in consulting for
postsecondary education clients. From May 1992 to August 2001,
Mr. Wilkins served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Operating Officer of Strayer Education, Inc. From November 1984
to April 1992, Mr. Wilkins served as Director at
Wooden & Benson, an accounting firm specializing in
audits of education companies. From January 1979 to November
1984, Mr. Wilkins served as a senior consultant with
Deloitte, Haskins and Sells, now Deloitte & Touche.
James H. Herhusky joined us in September 1995 as Director
of Operations and since August 2002 has served as Executive Vice
President, Institutional Advancement and Secretary. Mr. Herhusky
is expected to transition to part-time status beginning in 2008.
Mr. Herhusky served as our Interim Chief Operating Officer
from June 2002 to August 2002. From November 1999 to July 2002,
Mr. Herhusky served as our Vice President, Marketing.
Previously, from October 1998 to November 1999,
Mr. Herhusky served as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Herhusky served in the United States Army
for 25 years, first earning his commission through Infantry
Officer Candidate School into the Adjutant General’s Corps.
During his time in the Army, Mr. Herhusky served as Deputy
Group Commander in Germany, Adjutant General for the
21st Theater Army Area Command, and for 6 years in the
10th Mountain Division, as Secretary of the General Staff,
Deputy Chief of Staff, and
Division G-1.
From August 1981 to July 1984, Mr. Herhusky served as the
Professor of Military Science and Senior Army ROTC Department
Chair at Fort Hays State University (KS). For his military
training, Mr. Herhusky attended the Army Command and
General Staff College, from August 1984 to May 1985, and the
Army War College, from July 1991 to July 1993.
88
Frank B. McCluskey, Ph.D. joined the Company in
April 2005 as Executive Vice President, Provost. From July 2001
to April 2005, Dr. McCluskey served as Director and Dean of
Online Learning at Mercy College in Dobbs Ferry, New York. From
September 2005 to December 2005, Dr. McCluskey served on
the online learning accreditation teams for the State of New
York. From May 1998 to December 2002, Dr. McCluskey served
as a corporate trainer and organizational consultant for the
American Management Association. From December 1988 to January
1999, Dr. McCluskey served as an adjunct professor at
Marymount College and Western Connecticut State College. From
January 1978 to April 2005, Dr. McCluskey served as a
faculty member in the philosophy department at Mercy College and
also held a post-doctoral fellowship in philosophy at Yale
University.
Peter W. Gibbons joined us in October 2002 as Vice
President, Student Services and in January 2005 became Senior
Vice President, Chief Operating Officer. In May 2007,
Mr. Gibbon’s title was changed to Senior Vice
President, Chief Administrative Officer. From June 2002 to
October 2002, Mr. Gibbons served as Vice President, Human
Resources for Sitel Corporation. Previously, from May 1975 to
June 2000, Mr. Gibbons served as a field artillery officer
in the United States Army and during his 25 years of
service before retiring, Mr. Gibbons commanded soldiers in
combat, held senior staff positions at the Department of Army
level, and taught at the United States Military Academy for
3 years.
Carol S. Gilbert joined us in May 2004 as Vice President,
Programs and Marketing and, since January 2005, has served as
Senior Vice President, Marketing. From August 1998 to October
2003, Ms. Gilbert served as Brand Vice President at
Marriott International where she led the strategic planning
efforts for the SpringHill Suites’ brand and directed
business and marketing strategies for the Fairfield Inn brand,
including the launch of the Fairfield Inn & Suites
brand extension. From April 1996 to October 1997,
Ms. Gilbert served as Vice President and Director of Choice
Hotels International (formerly owned by Manor Care, Inc.). From
February 1991 to April 1996, Ms. Gilbert served as Senior
Director, Marketing Strategy of Manor HealthCare Corporation,
now Manor Care, Inc.
Mark L. Leuba joined us in January 2005 as Senior Vice
President and Chief Information Officer. From February 1997 to
January 2005, Mr. Leuba served as Vice President for
Corporate Applications and Vice President of Shared Service
Applications at Random House, Inc. From March 1993 to November
1996, Mr. Leuba served as Vice President of Applications
for Prudential Home Mortgage, Inc., where he led the automation
of back office processes for mortgage-backed securities and
secondary marketing. From April 1984 to March 1993,
Mr. Leuba served as Senior Director of Application Systems
at CSX Technology, a logistics subsidiary of CSX Corporation.
Phillip A. Clough has served on our board of directors
since August 2002 and has been Chairman of the board of
directors since August 2005. Mr. Clough is a Managing
General Partner of ABS Capital Partners, a private equity firm
that he joined in September 2001. Prior to joining ABS Capital
Partners, Mr. Clough served as President of Sitel
Corporation from January 1997 to May 1998, and as President and
Chief Executive Officer from May 1998 to April 2001. Previously,
Mr. Clough was an investment banker with Alex.
Brown & Sons from 1990 to 1997 and served in the
United States Army from 1983 to 1988, rising to the rank of
Captain in 1987. Mr. Clough currently serves on the board
of directors of several of ABS Capital Partners’ portfolio
companies, including Rosetta Stone, Inc., a language learning
software company and publisher. Mr. Clough also serves on
the board of directors of Liquidity Services, Inc., an operator
of online marketplaces for the sale and purchase of surplus
corporate and government assets.
J. Christopher Everett has served on our board of
directors since May 2007. Mr Everett has been an independent
consultant and investor since his retirement from
PricewaterhouseCoopers in 2000. Mr. Everett served as an
Executive in Residence at the Kogod School of Business at
American University from 2000 to 2003 where he taught graduate
courses in the application of technology and strategy. Prior to
his retirement in 2000, Mr. Everett was a senior partner at
PricewaterhouseCoopers and was a leader in the firm’s
Management Consulting Services Practice. Mr. Everett led
the PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Global
E-business
practice from 1998 until 2000. Mr. Everett also served as a
member of the PricewaterhouseCoopers Global Oversight Board, the
firm’s board of directors, and served on the firm’s
Global Leadership Team from 1995 until his retirement in 2000.
Mr. Everett currently serves on the board of directors of
several private companies.
89
F. David Fowler has served on our board of directors
since May 2007. From June 2001 to 2006, Mr. Fowler served
on the board of directors of MicroStrategy, Inc. and as chairman
of its Audit Committee. Mr. Fowler also served as a member
and chairman of the board of directors of FBR Funds, an open-end
management investment company that is part of FBR Capital
Markets Corporation and the Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group,
Inc., from 1997 to 2006. Mr. Fowler was the dean of the
School of Business at The George Washington University from July
1992 until his retirement in June 1997 and a member of KPMG LLP
from 1963 until his retirement in June 1992. As a member of
KPMG, Mr. Fowler served as managing partner of the
Washington, D.C. office from 1987 until 1992, as partner in
charge of human resources for the firm in New York City, as a
member of the firm’s board of directors, operating
committee and strategic planning committee and as chairman of
the KPMG Foundation and the KPMG personnel committee.
Mr. Fowler also serves on the board of directors of
Liquidity Services, Inc., an operator of online marketplaces for
the sale and purchase of surplus corporate and government
assets, and is chairman of its Audit Committee.
Jean C. Halle has served on our board of directors since
March 2006. Ms. Halle currently serves as Chief Executive
Officer of Calvert Education Services, a provider of classroom
instruction through the Calvert School and of accredited
homeschooling program, assessment and educational support
services. From 1991 to 2001, Ms. Halle was the Chief
Financial Officer and Vice President of New Business Development
for Times Mirror Interactive, a digital media subsidiary of the
former Times Mirror Company. From 1986 to 1999, Ms. Halle
held a number of positions with The Baltimore Sun Company,
including Vice President of New Business Development, Chief
Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance, President of
Homestead Publishing, a subsidiary of The Baltimore Sun Company,
and Director of Strategic Planning. From 1983 to 1986,
Ms. Halle was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President of Finance for Abell Communications, the predecessor
to Times Mirror Interactive, and Assistant Treasurer of A.S.
Abell Company, the former parent company of The Baltimore Sun
Company. Previously, from 1979 to 1983, Ms. Halle had been
a Senior Management Consultant with Deloitte, Haskins and Sells,
now Deloitte & Touche, an international accounting and
professional services firm. Ms. Halle currently serves on
the board of trustees for Calvert School.
David L. Warnock has served on our board of directors
since August 2005. Since May 2007, Mr. Warnock has served
as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Camden Learning
Corporation. Mr. Warnock is also a partner with Camden
Partners, a private equity firm that he co-founded in 1995.
Prior to co-founding Camden Partners, from 1983 to 1995,
Mr. Warnock was employed with T. Rowe Price Associates,
serving as President of T. Rowe Price Strategic Partners and T.
Rowe Price Strategic Partners II and co-manager of the T.
Rowe Price New Horizons Fund. From July 1995 to December 1997,
Mr. Warnock served as a consultant to the advisory
committees of T. Rowe Price Strategic Partners and T. Rowe Price
Strategic Partners II. Mr. Warnock currently serves on the
board of directors of several of Camden Partners’ portfolio
companies, including Nobel Learning Communities, a leading
non-sectarian, for-profit provider of private pay education and
services for education entities serving the preschool through
12th grade market, and New Horizons Worldwide, the
world’s largest computer training company. Mr. Warnock
is also Chairman of Calvert Education Services.
Timothy T. Weglicki has served on our board of directors
since August 2002. Mr. Weglicki is a Founding Partner of
ABS Capital Partners, a private equity firm founded in 1993.
Prior to co-founding ABS Capital Partners, from 1977 to 1993,
Mr. Weglicki was an investment banker with Alex.
Brown & Sons where he founded and headed the capital
markets group from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Weglicki currently
serves on the board of directors of Coventry Health Care, Inc.
and of several of ABS Capital Partners’ portfolio companies.
Membership
of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors.
Nominees for director are elected for a term of one year. Each
of our directors was appointed to our board of directors
pursuant to a stockholders’ agreement. For additional
information concerning the stockholders’ agreement, which
will terminate upon the closing of this offering, see
“Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions — Amended and Restated Stockholders’
Agreement.”
Our board of directors has determined that each of our
directors, other than Mr. Boston, is an independent
director under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.
90
Board
Committees
The board of directors has a standing audit committee, a
standing compensation committee and a standing nominating and
corporate governance committee.
Audit
Committee
The audit committee is responsible, among its other duties and
responsibilities, for overseeing our accounting and financial
reporting processes, the audits of our financial statements, the
qualifications of our independent registered public accounting
firm, and the performance of our internal audit function and
independent registered public accounting firm. The audit
committee reviews and assesses the qualitative aspects of our
financial reporting, our processes to manage business and
financial risk, and our compliance with significant applicable
legal, ethical and regulatory requirements. The audit committee
is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation,
retention and oversight of our independent registered public
accounting firm. The members of our audit committee are
Mr. Fowler, who serves as chair of the committee,
Mr. Everett and Ms. Halle. Our board of directors has
determined that Mr. Fowler is an “audit committee
financial expert,” as that term is defined under the SEC
rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. Our board of directors has determined that each member of
our audit committee is independent under the listing standards
of The NASDAQ Stock Market and each member of our audit
committee is independent pursuant to
Rule 10A-3
of the Securities Exchange Act.
Compensation
Committee
The compensation committee is responsible, among its other
duties and responsibilities, for establishing the compensation
and benefits of our chief executive officer and other executive
officers, monitoring compensation arrangements applicable to our
chief executive officer and other executive officers in light of
their performance, effectiveness and other relevant
considerations and administering our equity incentive plans. The
members of our compensation committee are Mr. Clough, who
serves as chair of the committee, Ms. Halle and
Mr. Warnock. Our board of directors has determined that the
composition of our compensation committee meets the independence
requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market required for approval of
the compensation of our chief executive officer and other
executive officers.
Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible
for recommending candidates for election to the board of
directors. The committee is also responsible, among its other
duties and responsibilities, for making recommendations to the
board of directors or otherwise acting with respect to corporate
governance policies and practices, including board size and
membership qualifications, new director orientation, committee
structure and membership, succession planning for our chief
executive officer and other key executive officers, and
communications with stockholders. The members of our nominating
and corporate governance committee are Mr. Weglicki, who
serves as chair of the committee, Mr. Everett and
Mr. Warnock. Our board of directors has determined that the
composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee
meets the independence requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market
required for director nominations.
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
The following compensation discussion and analysis provides
information regarding the objectives and elements of our
compensation philosophy and policies for the compensation of our
executive officers that appear in the Summary Compensation Table
below. These executives are:
|
|
|
|
•
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr., our President, Chief Executive
Officer, Member of our Board of Directors and Member of our
Board of Trustees;
|
|
|
•
|
James H. Herhusky, Executive Vice President, Institutional
Advancement;
|
|
|
•
|
Frank B. McCluskey, Executive Vice President and
Provost; and
|
|
|
•
|
Carol S. Gilbert, Senior Vice President, Marketing.
|
91
We refer to these individuals collectively as our named
executive officers, or NEOs. We determined which executives to
include in this discussion and in the Summary Compensation Table
below based on the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. In particular we considered that in 2006,
Mr. Boston, who previously was our Chief Financial Officer,
served as both our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer.
Philosophy
and Objectives of our Compensation Programs
Overview
Our overall company-wide compensation philosophy, which is also
applicable to our NEOs, is to provide competitive levels of
compensation that utilize variable cash compensation based on
performance metrics, reflect the level of capability and effort
required to achieve our corporate goals, encourage continuous
quality improvement and are easily understood.
|
|
|
|
•
|
Variable Cash Compensation. We believe in
using variable cash compensation to motivate and reward good
results at all levels of the organization, and particularly for
our NEOs.
|
|
|
•
|
Focus on Corporate Goals. We strive to provide
compensation that is directly related to the achievement of our
corporate goals, which we measure through individual management
objectives and through earnings results compared to budget.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Continuous Quality Improvement. We have
developed a “Student Satisfaction Quotient”, or SSQ,
to encourage employees to work together across organizational
boundaries to improve the processes that we believe contribute
to our success as an organization. The SSQ is designed to
measure the quality of our efforts on behalf of our students by
utilizing a variety of metrics applicable to our business. We
use the SSQ as a component of our annual incentive plan to
reward continued performance in various student satisfaction
metrics, using quarter to quarter or, in some cases, the prior
year’s results.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
Simple and Straightforward Incentives. We seek
to minimize the complexity of our compensation policies and
practices and to maximize our employees’ understanding of
the elements of compensation.
|
In implementing this philosophy for our NEOs, we award
compensation that (i) sets compensation to assist us in
attracting and retaining qualified executives, (ii) aligns
executive compensation with our SSQ goals and performance goals,
and (iii) uses equity-based awards in an effort to further
align executives’ and stockholders’ interests.
Attract
and Retain Qualified Executives
We believe that the supply of qualified executive talent is
limited and have designed our compensation programs to help us
attract qualified candidates by providing compensation that is
competitive within the for-profit education industry and the
broader market for executive talent, taking into account that in
2006 we were a private company. Perhaps more importantly, we
believe that the design of our incentive compensation programs
is important in helping us to keep the qualified executives that
we currently have. Our executive compensation policies are
designed to assist us in attracting and retaining qualified
executives by providing competitive levels of compensation that
are consistent with the executives’ alternatives.
Reflect
SSQ Goals and Performance Goals
As part of our executive compensation program, we reward the
achievement, and surpassing, of corporate goals through our
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan. Our annual incentive program
is designed to reward participants for the achievement of
quarterly company-wide SSQ goals by providing cash awards tied
to SSQ results. Our annual incentive program is designed to
reward participants for the achievement of company-wide
performance goals by providing cash awards that are paid if
earnings targets and individual management objectives are met.
We believe that because a significant portion of awards are tied
to company-wide student satisfaction and earnings goals and are
in-part measured by the improvement of our processes, our
officers are rewarded for superior corporate performance in the
areas that we feel are most directly related to increasing
92
stockholder value. Similarly, we believe that the use of annual
performance goals provides our executive officers with a
straightforward reward.
Utilize
Equity-Based Awards
Our compensation program uses equity-based awards, the value of
which is contingent on our longer-term performance, in order to
provide our NEOs with a direct incentive to seek increased
stockholder returns. Our stockholders receive value when our
stock price increases, and by using equity-based awards our NEOs
also receive increased value when our stock price increases and
decreased value when it decreases. We believe that equity-based
awards exemplify our philosophy of having a straightforward
structure by reminding NEOs that a measure of long-term
corporate success is increased stockholder value over time.
Elements
of Compensation
The compensation program for our NEOs is comprised of three
elements: base salary; annual incentive cash compensation; and
long-term equity incentives.
In setting base salary and annual incentive cash compensation
for 2006, we considered the compensation levels for our NEOs in
2005, the respective performances of each of our NEOs in 2005
and what we believed was required based on the marketplace for
executive talent. In evaluating what was required based on the
marketplace for executive talent, the members of our
compensation committee used their collective experience and
judgment. For example, because Messrs. Clough and Warnock
are general partners of private equity firms that have multiple
portfolio companies, they were able to bring their experiences
working with other private companies on executive recruitment
and compensation to the discussion on compensation for our NEOs.
Our compensation committee did not benchmark total compensation
or any element of compensation.
Base
Salary
Base salary is an integral part of compensation for our NEOs,
and is generally set in January of each year, absent other
factors, such as promotions. In 2006, annual base salary amounts
were increased for each of our NEOs to reflect cost of living
adjustments and nominal increases to recognize their successful
performance through 2005. The base salary increases for
Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky, Mr. McCluskey and
Ms. Gilbert were $10,000, $5,000, $10,000 and $5,000,
respectively. We have historically been of the belief that it is
important to have an amount of compensation consist of fixed and
liquid compensation in the form of base salary to provide our
NEOs with a level of assurance of compensation. However, given
our focus on performance, our status as a private,
entrepreneurial organization, our strong annual incentive
program and the potential for significant rewards through our
equity incentives, we have tried to set base salaries on the
lower end of what we consider competitive. After the completion
of this offering, we intend to reevaluate our base salaries for
the following year to reflect our status as a public company.
Annual
Incentive Cash Compensation
We believe annual incentive pay furthers our compensation
philosophy and objectives by focusing our NEOs on corporate
goals, encouraging continuous quality improvement and providing
straightforward incentives. The target for annual incentive pay
for our NEOs is expressed as a percentage of base salary and is
50% for all of our NEOs, except for Mr. Boston, whose
annual incentive pay target is set at 60% of his base salary.
These percentages remained the same in 2006 as they were in
2005, and for Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky and
Dr. McCluskey reflect the percentages set forth in their
employment agreements. Mr. Boston’s annual incentive
target is set at a higher percentage than the other NEOs as a
result of the negotiation of his employment agreement in 2004,
at which time we agreed to provide him a larger annual incentive
to reflect his greater ability as chief executive officer to
influence our business success as well as his greater
responsibilities as the head of our company. Overall, we believe
that the proportion of target annual incentive pay to total
target cash compensation for our NEOs comprises a relatively
high percentage of total cash compensation. In order to focus
our NEOs on our SSQ and performance goals, and because of our
belief in the importance of variable cash compensation, we
believe that it is important to have a strong annual incentive
93
when compared to what we believe is the norm at other private
companies. In our judgment, 50% of base salary, or 60% in the
case of Mr. Boston, reflected this belief.
Annual incentive pay is awarded to our NEOs through our Annual
Incentive Compensation Plan, in which all of our full-time
employees, with the exception of our full-time faculty,
participate. In addition, Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky and
Dr. McCluskey are entitled to participate in the plan
pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements. The target
percentage for employees differs depending on an employee’s
position within our company. The Annual Incentive Compensation
Plan is designed to reward our employees for meeting or
exceeding our SSQ goals and for financial performance. One half
of each participant’s target award under the Annual
Incentive Plan relates to achievement and surpassing of our SSQ
goals, and one half is related to achievement and surpassing our
financial performance goal. We determined this split between our
SSQ goals and financial performance goal in order to send a
message to our employees that they should be focused on both
operational and earnings goals. We also believe that given our
view that both these measures are important to our success it
makes most sense to have them be equal in order to provide our
employees with a system that is straightforward, rather than
having employees try and extrapolate from any difference between
their relative percentages.
SSQ Goals. We believe that the focus on
continuous quality improvement related to the achievement and
surpassing of our SSQ goals encourages our employees to work
together across organizational boundaries to improve the
processes involved in our operations, with a particular focus on
processes that we believe contribute to the satisfaction of our
students, which is consistent with our mission of Educating
Those Who
Servetm.
The half of each participant’s Annual Incentive
Compensation Plan target award related to the SSQ is divided
into four equal quarterly amounts that are paid based on
quarterly metrics that are measured monthly. Our SSQ uses over
20 metrics that are divided into the following 4 categories:
|
|
|
|
•
|
student satisfaction, which includes metrics based on student
surveys;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
marketing efficiency, which includes metrics related to
applications and new students;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
retention, which includes metrics related to registrations and
course loads; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
performance monitoring, which includes metrics related to course
drops and transfer credit evaluation processes.
|
Each month we compare the performance for each metric against
the baseline for that metric. The baselines are set annually by
the committee, generally as a percentage improvement over past
results, such as the actual past performance in a prior month,
quarter or year. Results for each metric are then expressed as a
percentage of the baseline. The percentage of achievement for
each metric in a given month are then averaged. The monthly
average is then averaged with the monthly average for the other
months in a given quarter to obtain the quarterly average. If
the quarterly average is at least 100%, one-eighth of the
maximum amount of the SSQ portion of the annual incentive plan
is then paid. If the quarterly average is greater than 115%,
one-fourth of the maximum amount of the SSQ portion of the
annual incentive plan is then paid. If the quarterly average is
not at least 100%, then the portion of the annual incentive plan
applicable to that quarter’s SSQ goals is not paid.
The SSQ is based on metrics that measure objective operational
targets. This is in keeping with our compensation philosophy of
providing simple and straightforward incentives. Because of the
way that we calculate the monthly and quarterly averages, each
metric is weighted equally. As a result, we believe that no one
metric provides an incentive to our executive officers to focus
disproportionately on any area of our business. Rather, we
believe that the SSQ is structured to provide an incentive to
focus more generally on our business operations and continuous
quality improvement. Furthermore, we have structured the SSQ to
be paid on a quarterly basis based on monthly results because we
track the components of the SSQ daily, and we believe frequent
payments heightens the focus of our employees on these metrics
and continuous quality improvement. All of our employees and
named executive offices have the same SSQ goals.
Financial performance. The half of a target
award that is based on a financial goal is tied directly to
achieving and surpassing a specified amount of earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization,
94
stock-based compensation expense and other non-cash charges
(i.e. adjusted EBITDA) on an annual basis, which for 2006 was
$4.9 million and would exclude, for example, the effects of
our write-off of $3.1 million in software development
costs. We believe that our investors are focused on increasing
earnings and that adjusted EBITDA is a good proxy for earnings
that is within the control of management. By tying half of the
target award to earnings, we are also requiring that funds be
generated for the payment of this portion of the award. Payment
of the half of the target award that is tied to earnings for
senior level participants in our Annual Incentive Compensation
Plan, including our NEOs, is reduced to the extent that personal
management by objective, or MBO, targets are not achieved. Thus,
even if the annual financial goal is met but the NEO does not
achieve two out of five of his or her annual MBO targets, the
NEO’s payment related to the financial goal is reduced by
the relative weight of the missed MBO targets. We believe that
setting personal MBO targets for our NEOs that are tied to
company-wide goals for which they are directly responsible, or
to whose success they contribute, provide personal
accountability in addition to rewards for company performance.
We have conditioned receipt of this portion of the award on
achieving MBO targets in order to recognize that corporate
success is the most important measure and that individual
success alone will not be rewarded without meeting the financial
targets. Similarly, many MBO targets are shared between
executives to reflect that executives have to work together to
achieve results.
For 2006 our compensation committee set MBO targets for
Mr. Boston. Mr. Boston in turn set MBOs for the other
NEOs. MBOs for our NEOs are derived from our annual corporate
performance goals and the sphere of responsibility for
achievement of those goals for the particular NEO. We strive to
have MBOs that can be objectively measured and are time-bound,
which helps to provide incentives that can be clearly understood
by our NEOs. We are not disclosing certain of our specific MBOs
given the competitive harm that would result. These MBOs
represent our view of future market opportunities or market
share.
For Mr. Boston, the compensation committee adopted the
following MBOs consistent with his role as our chief executive
officer:
|
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 11,400 new student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 34,700 returning student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving and integrating participation in Title IV
programs;
|
|
|
•
|
the entering into of 10 articulation agreements; and
|
|
|
•
|
presenting Education degrees to the Higher Learning Commission
for approval.
|
Mr. Herhusky’s MBOs, consistent with his
responsibilities for institutional advancement, included:
|
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 11,400 new student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 34,700 returning student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving and integrating participation in Title IV
programs;
|
|
|
•
|
gaining entry into the various Servicemembers Opportunity
Colleges; and
|
|
|
•
|
assisting with initiatives related to the development of
non-degree programs.
|
Dr. McCluskey’s MBOs, consistent with his role as our
provost and chief academic officer, included:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the entering into of 10 articulation agreements;
|
|
|
•
|
reviewing and revising ten of our undergraduate programs;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 11,400 new student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
reducing the number of our general education courses to 55;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving and integrating participation in Title IV
programs;
|
|
|
•
|
managing his department to budget; and
|
|
|
•
|
presenting Education degrees to The Higher Learning Commission
for approval.
|
95
Ms. Gilbert’s MBOs, consistent with her role as our
most senior executive officer specifically responsible for
marketing initiatives, included:
|
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 11,400 new student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achieving 34,700 returning student registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
achievement and integration of participation in Title IV
programs;
|
|
|
•
|
managing her department to budget;
|
|
|
•
|
developing a branding style; and
|
|
|
•
|
increasing new student growth from non-military communities to
20% of new student registrations.
|
Based on 2005 results, for 2006, the committee set our SSQ and
financial performance targets on what it believed to be the high
end of realistically achievable goals. Similar to the approach
that we use for setting our internal budget, the committee
determined to increase the SSQ targets and EBITDA financial
goal. In 2006, we had excellent results, including a
year-over-year revenue increase of 42% and the achievement of
both regional accreditation and the ability to participate in
Title IV programs. As a result, in 2006 our SSQ and
financial performance targets were surpassed and 100% of the
amounts related to the SSQ and financial goals were paid. Prior
to 2006, there had not been a year in which the SSQ goals
were surpassed by a sufficient amount in each quarter to result
in a payout of 100% of the amount related to the SSQ goals. In
2005, our NEOs only received approximately 56% of the maximum
payout because (i) the SSQ goals were not surpassed by at
least 15% in three of the four quarters in 2005, and
(ii) only 50% of the portion of the award tied to the
financial performance goal was paid because in 2005 we had a
two-tiered payout for the financial goal based on the amount by
which the financial goal was surpassed. In setting the SSQ goals
for 2006, in keeping with our objective of continuous
improvement, the compensation committee expected that there
would be an improvement from 2005 performance for the metrics
used in the SSQ, and consistent with past practice, removed
metrics from the SSQ for which the committee determined that the
company was already performing well and there was not
significant room for improvement. In establishing our MBOs for
2006, which was the first year in which we used MBOs, we set
goals that were consistent with our strategic plan. Accordingly,
our MBOs were set at levels that we thought could realistically
be achieved but were at a level necessary for superior company
performance.
We believe that 2006 was a year of extraordinary achievement for
the company, including the achievement of regional
accreditation, the ability to participate in Title IV
programs and an increase in growth rate and profitability. As a
result, in 2006 we surpassed all of our SSQ goals by greater
than 15% and achieved our financial goal so all of our
employees, including the NEOs, were entitled to receive the
total payout available under each portion of our annual
incentive plan. In addition, because each of our NEOs achieved
his or her respective MBO targets, the portion of the annual
incentive plan related to their financial goals was not reduced.
We designed our incentive plan to help produce the results we
had in 2006 and the committee was pleased that the amounts were
fully paid consistent with the terms of the plan targets set at
the beginning of the year.
Equity
Incentives
Historically, we have not made equity awards on an annual basis,
preferring instead to make awards in connection with hirings,
advancement decisions and other significant events. For example,
in 2006, we made awards of stock options to Mr. Herhusky
and Dr. McCluskey in the amount of 55,000 stock options
each in recognition of their efforts in support of the
organization and specifically in recognition of their
contributions to achieving regional accreditation. The terms of
these awards are discussed under the heading “Compensation
Tables and Disclosures — 2006 Grants of Plan-Based
Awards” below. Our most recent award of stock options to
Mr. Boston was in connection with his advancement from our
chief financial officer to chief executive officer in 2004,
which consisted of 220,000 stock options with an exercise price
of $1.43 per share, a term of 10 years and vesting that
occurs in five equal annual installments beginning on the first
anniversary of the date of his promotion. Our most recent award
of stock options to Ms. Gilbert was upon her hiring in
2004, which
96
consisted of 55,000 stock options with an exercise price of
$1.43 per share, a term of 10 years and vesting that occurs
in five equal annual installments beginning on the date of her
hiring. The size of each named executive officer’s equity
grant(s) to date has been determined by the compensation
committee in its collective, subjective experience and judgment,
as we discuss above.
We believe that NEOs should have a significant potential to
benefit from increases in our equity value in order to align the
interests of the NEOs and our stockholders. However, due to our
nature as a private company, including the illiquidity of our
equity, the significant size of our awards, and the potential
for significant increase in the value of the underlying equity,
we did not believe that annual equity awards were necessary or
appropriate. We have used stock options as the form of equity
award because they represent a straightforward mechanism for
rewarding achievement of increases in long-term stockholder
value and because stock options require an increase in stock
price to have value to the NEO. We also believe that because
stock options are commonly used by private companies, they help
us in attracting and retaining executives by giving them
compensation that is more directly comparable to positions with
our competitors and are more easily understood. We also believe
that use of stock options was consistent with compensation
practices of other for-profit education companies, including
companies that have recently gone public.
Historically, grants of stock options to our NEOs typically vest
on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant, or
in some cases from an earlier date to coincide with the
beginning of service to us, and expire after ten years. We
selected five years in part to provide what we believe was the
maximum retention benefit. We expect that after we are a public
company that we will use
three-year
vesting with options having seven year terms. In part this
is because we believe that this will reduce the accounting cost
of future equity grants.
In connection with the effectiveness of the registration
statement for this offering, we expect to make equity grants to
our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other
NEOs. Currently, we expect to make equity grants to our chief
executive officer and chief financial officer every two to three
years and to make annual grants to our other NEOs and key
leaders. Our expectation is that future awards, including those
awards made in connection with pricing and closing of this
offering, will be split between stock options and restricted
stock. For the equity awards made in connection with pricing and
closing of this offering, we intend to have the value of the
equity incentives split 60% as stock options and 40% as
restricted stock, assuming the fair market value of the common
stock is equivalent to the midpoint of the price range on the
cover of this prospectus. We plan to use a component of
restricted stock so that the NEOs are incented to preserve as
well as grow stockholder value. We feel it is desirable to award
a larger grant to our chief executive officer and chief
financial officer than we would if we expected to award them a
grant every year to provide them incentive to gain from the
value created above the initial public offering price, given
their importance to our success, and to align their interests
most directly with investors acquiring our shares in connection
with our initial public offering. For other NEOs, we believe
having annual grants will assist with retention (as there will
always be unvested incentives) and there will be more parity
between our other NEOs over time as new executives are added
because longer tenured employees will not have all their options
at different prices than newer employees. In addition, this will
result in our other NEOs having equity incentives based on a
blend of prices over time.
Equity
Grant Practices
As described above, grants of equity awards have historically
not been made on a set schedule, but rather have been made from
time to time based upon events such as hirings and promotions.
In 2006, prior to our initial public offering, all of our option
awards were made at prices that our board of directors
determined were at least equal to the fair market value of our
common stock. For additional information on the grant prices for
our option awards in 2006, please see “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations — Our key financial results and
metrics — Costs and Expenses — Stock Based
Compensation” included above in this prospectus. Following
this offering, the exercise price of stock options will be based
on the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date,
which will be equal to the closing price of our common stock on
that date.
97
As described elsewhere in this prospectus, the special
distribution that we are going to make with the proceeds of this
offering will also cause a proportionate adjustment to the stock
options held by our employees. The adjustment is a result of the
terms of our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan that provides for the
equitable adjustment of outstanding stock options to take into
account various recapitalization events, including the special
distribution with the proceeds of this offering. Pursuant to the
2002 Stock Incentive Plan, the special distribution will result
in a proportionate adjustment to our outstanding employee stock
options that represents the intrinsic value of what the special
distribution would have been on the shares of common stock
underlying the option if the option had been exercised in full
prior to the record date of the special distribution. This is to
reflect that the special distribution with the proceeds of this
offering has the net effect of a recapitalization where the
proportionate amount of the enterprise value that each share of
capital stock outstanding immediately before the record date for
the special distribution represents is reduced by an amount
equivalent to the special distribution for that share. See
“Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions — Special Distribution” below for
information on the proportionate adjustment for our named
executive officers. The provisions requiring the adjustment were
adopted in 2002 when the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan was first
established. The purpose of the provision is to treat our
employees equitably. To the extent that there is a
recapitalization event from which our stockholders benefit, our
optionees are entitled to an adjustment so that they recognize a
benefit, as well, We believe that treating optionees similarly
to stockholders in recapitalization events is consistent with
our philosophy that stock options awards are intended to align
the interests of our optionees with our stockholders.
Adoption
of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Our board of directors unanimously approved the American Public
Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan on August 3,
2007, which our stockholders are expected to approve prior to
the completion of this offering.
The board of directors adopted the new incentive plan because
there were a limited number of shares available for grant under
our prior equity incentive plan and because it believed that the
new plan was appropriate to facilitate implementation of our
future compensation programs as a public company. The plan was
approved by the board with a view to providing our compensation
committee with maximum flexibility to structure an executive
compensation program that provides a wider range of potential
incentive awards to our named executive officers, and employees
generally, on a going-forward basis. For example, pursuant to
the new incentive plan, the compensation committee has the
discretion to determine the portion of each named executive
officer’s total compensation that will consist of awards
under the plan, the mix of short-term and long-term incentives
represented by the awards, the allocation of the awards between
equity and cash-based incentives, the forms of the equity
awards, and the service-based requirements
and/or
performance goals the officer will have to satisfy to receive
the awards. The compensation philosophy and objectives adopted
by the committee after we are a public company will likely
determine the structure of the awards granted by the committee
pursuant to the new incentive plan. As discussed under
“Equity Incentives” above, we initially plan that
equity awards under the new incentive plan will be in the form
of stock option and restricted stock awards. In the future,
awards under our annual incentive compensation plan will also be
awarded pursuant to the new incentive plan in order to comply
with certain tax provisions discussed under “Effect of
Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions”
below.
For a more detailed discussion of the 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Plan and for a discussion of awards to be made pursuant to the
plan in connection with this offering, see “Narrative
Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of
Plan-Based Awards Table — 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Plan” below.
Employment
Agreements and Post-Termination Compensation
We have entered into employment agreements with each of
Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey. These
agreements provide the executive with severance payments upon
certain terminations, including termination in connection with a
change-in-control, which are commonly referred to as
double-trigger provisions, terminations without cause,
terminations by the executive for good reason in the event of a
change of control, or if the executive’s employment
agreement is not assumed by a successor entity in a change of
98
control. We believe that these agreements were necessary to
attract some of our NEOs and help in our retention of our NEOs
due to the prevalence of similar provisions in the market in
which we compete for executives and so that we can be
competitive with our peers.
In September 2007, we entered into an amendment and restatement
of Mr. Boston’s employment agreement to provide for
additional severance payments for certain terminations in
connection with a change of control and to provide that if
severance payments payable by us become subject to the excise
tax on “excess parachute payments” that we will
reimburse him for the amount of such excise tax (and the income
and excise taxes on such reimbursement). We agreed to provide
Mr. Boston with these changes in anticipation of this
offering to reflect what we think are prevalent practices in the
marketplace in which we compete for executives, because as a
newly public company we want Mr. Boston to be able to focus
on our operations and not distracted by his personal situation
in the event a change in control transaction arises and to
reflect his long-term commitment to us and our long-term
commitment to him as our chief executive officer. Additional
information regarding these agreements, including a
quantification of benefits that would be received by these
officers had termination occurred on December 31, 2006, is
found below under the heading “Potential Payments on
Termination or Change-in-Control.”
Effect
of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation
Decisions
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, generally imposes a $1 million limit on the amount
that a public company may deduct for compensation paid to a
company’s CEO or, based upon recent guidance from the IRS,
any of the company’s three other most highly compensated
executive officers who are employed as of the end of the year.
This limitation does not apply to compensation that meets the
requirements under Section 162(m) for “qualifying
performance-based” compensation (i.e., compensation paid
only if the individual’s performance meets pre-established
objective goals based on performance criteria approved by
stockholders) that is established by a committee that consists
only of “outside directors” as defined for purposes of
Section 162(m). For 2006, we did not consider
Section 162(m) because we were not a public company.
However, all members of the compensation committee qualify as
“outside directors”, and we intend to consider the
potential long-term impact of Section 162(m) when
establishing compensation, and we currently expect to qualify
our compensation programs as performance-based compensation
within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent
that doing so remains consistent with our compensation
philosophy and objectives.
Role
of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions
Historically, each element of compensation has been recommended
to the compensation committee by our chief executive officer for
compensation of executive officers other than himself, and the
compensation committee determines the target level of
compensation for each executive officer. Our chief executive
officer sets the MBO targets for our other executive officers
based on our annual goals. The amount of each element of
compensation for our chief executive officer is determined by
the compensation committee. Neither our chief executive officer
nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations
relating to his or her own compensation.
99
Compensation
Tables and Disclosures
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
($)(4)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston,
Jr.(1)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
243,077
|
|
|
|
18,348
|
|
|
|
147,000
|
|
|
|
13,691
|
|
|
|
422,116
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
204,038
|
|
|
|
21,704
|
|
|
|
102,500
|
|
|
|
14,069
|
|
|
|
342,311
|
|
Executive Vice President, Institutional Advancement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
169,517
|
|
|
|
29,542
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
16,754
|
|
|
|
300,813
|
|
Executive Vice President, Provost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
169,038
|
|
|
|
4,564
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
9,068
|
|
|
|
267,670
|
|
Senior Vice President, Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During 2006, Mr. Boston served as both our principal
executive officer and principal financial officer. In February
2007, Harry T. Wilkins became our principal financial officer
when he joined us as Chief Financial Officer at an annual salary
of $225,000 and an annual incentive plan target of 50% per year. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial
statement reporting purposes during 2006, as computed pursuant
to FAS 123R, excluding any estimates of forfeitures
relating to service-based vesting conditions. See Note 9 of our
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus
for the year ended December 31, 2006 regarding assumptions
underlying valuation of equity awards. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts represent annual incentive payments paid pursuant to our
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan based upon the achievement of
certain performance goals established by our compensation
committee for 2006. |
|
(4) |
|
Amounts in this column consist of (i) 401(k) contribution
matches by us; (ii) for Mr. Herhusky, fringe benefit
payment in lieu of health benefits; and (iii) for
Dr. McCluskey, reimbursement of relocation expenses and
commuting expenses for the period after he joined us. |
2006
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table sets forth information with respect to
grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs during 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
or Base
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Possible Payments Under
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price of
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
of Option
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Options
(#)(2)
|
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,188
|
|
|
|
147,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,406
|
|
|
|
102,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02/28/2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
130,636
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,313
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02/28/2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
130,636
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,313
|
|
|
|
85,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These columns show the range of cash payouts for 2006
performance pursuant to our Annual Incentive Compensation Plan.
As set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above, the target
for payments under each NEO’s non-equity incentive award
was met. For a discussion of the performance goals established
by the compensation committee for these awards, see the section
titled “Annual Incentive Cash Compensation” in the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis. The threshold amounts in
this table represent the amounts that would have been paid if
only SSQ goals for one quarter were achieved, and the |
100
|
|
|
|
|
target amounts are also the maximum that may be paid out
pursuant to our Annual Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts represent stock option awards granted pursuant to the
American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as
amended, and vest in five equal annual installments beginning on
the first anniversary following the grant date. Dividends will
not accrue on the stock option awards. |
|
(3) |
|
Amounts shown in this column represent the full grant date fair
market value of option awards granted in 2006, as determined
pursuant to FAS 123R. |
Narrative
Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of
Plan-Based Awards Table
Employment
Agreements
For Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey,
the amounts disclosed in the tables above are in part a result
of the terms of their employment agreements. We do not have
employment agreements with our other NEOs.
Mr. Boston’s Employment
Agreement. In June 2004, we entered into an
employment agreement with Mr. Boston to serve as our
president and chief executive officer with an initial term of
three years starting from June 21, 2004 and ending
June 21, 2007, which was subsequently amended to provide
for renewal until February 28, 2009 and annually thereafter
unless the Company gives written notice of its intent not to
renew at least 30 days prior to the renewal date. Pursuant
to his agreement, Mr. Boston’s initial base salary was
set at $225,000 per year, subject to annual review and
adjustment by our Compensation Committee. Under the agreement,
Mr. Boston’s base salary may be reduced at any time as
part of a general salary reduction to all employees with annual
salaries in excess of $100,000, provided, however, that any
reduction shall be no more than the lesser of the median
percentage salary reduction applied to such employees or 20%.
Mr. Boston’s employment agreement provides that he is
entitled to participate in our annual incentive plan with a
target award of up to 60% of his then base salary as determined
by our Compensation Committee and based upon the performance
goals set by that committee for the year.
In addition to a base salary and annual bonus, Mr. Boston
is entitled to receive such other benefits approved by our
Compensation Committee and made available to our other senior
executives and to participate in plans and receive bonuses,
incentive compensation and fringe benefits as we may grant or
establish from time to time. Furthermore, under
Mr. Boston’s employment agreement, we are required to
pay or reimburse him for customary and reasonable moving
expenses he incurs in connection with any subsequent relocation
of our executive offices, including a
gross-up
amount in the event that the relocation expense amount is
considered taxable income to him. In his employment agreement,
Mr. Boston has agreed not to compete with us nor solicit
our employees for alternative employment during the term of his
agreement and for a period of one year after termination for any
reason.
Mr. Boston’s base salary for 2006 was $245,000 and his
annual incentive compensation plan award for 2006 was targeted
at $147,000.
Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey’s Employment
Agreements. We have employment agreements with
Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey that have similar
provisions to Mr. Boston’s agreement, except with
respect to their positions and amounts relating to their base
salary and annual bonus. We entered into the employment
agreements with Mr. Herhusky to serve as Executive Vice
President for Institutional Advancement, and Dr. McCluskey
to serve as Executive Vice President and Provost (Chief Academic
Officer) beginning October 31, 2003 and April 10,
2005, respectively. Pursuant to their agreements,
Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey, respectively, had
$200,000 and $160,000 as their initial base salary and both were
eligible for an annual bonus of 50% of their base salary then in
effect. In 2006, Mr. Herhusky and Dr. McCluskey’s
base salary and annual bonuses were $205,000 and $170,000 and
102,500 and 85,000, respectively.
In addition, each of the above employment agreements provides
for payments upon certain terminations of the executive’s
employment. For a description of these termination provisions,
whether or not following a
change-in-control,
and a quantification of benefits that would be received by these
executives see the heading “Potential Payments upon
Termination or
Change-in-Control”
below.
101
2002
Stock Incentive Plan
We adopted the American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock
Incentive Plan in February 2002 to enable us to attract, retain
and motivate employees. Under this plan, we granted to our
employees options intended to qualify as “incentive stock
options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code and non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of our
common stock. Of the 2,200,000 shares of common stock that
were eligible for issuance pursuant to awards made under this
plan, 1,013,474 shares of common stock were subject to
options outstanding as of June 30, 2007. As of such date,
the outstanding options had a weighted average exercise price of
$4.04 and had expiration dates ranging from
June 11, 2012 to May 3, 2017. Although this
plan remains in effect and options under the plan remain
outstanding, we ceased making awards under the plan as of the
adoption of our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
2007
Omnibus Incentive Plan
Our board of directors unanimously approved the American Public
Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan on August 3,
2007 (referred to as the “new equity plan”). Our
stockholders are expected to approve the new equity plan prior
to the completion of this offering. The new equity plan was
effective as of August 3, 2007.
The granting of awards under the new equity plan will generally
be within the discretion of the compensation committee of our
board of directors. Accordingly, it is not possible as of the
date of this prospectus to determine the nature or amount of any
such awards that may be subject to future grants to our
officers, employees and other participants under the new equity
plan. The new equity plan is not the exclusive means of
providing incentive compensation to executives and other
employees eligible to participate in the new equity plan, and we
reserve the right to pay incentive compensation to them under
another plan or without regard to any plan in appropriate
circumstances. However, our compensation committee has approved
the issuance of stock options at the time of pricing of this
offering and restricted stock at the time of closing of this
offering to the following executive officers and directors. The
stock options will have an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price, will vest as to one-third of the options
on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant,
and will expire seven years from the date of grant. The
restricted stock awards for our executive officers will vest as
to one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the
date of issuance, and the restricted stock awards for our
directors will vest in full in connection with our 2008 annual
meeting of stockholders. None of these options or shares of
restricted stock will be entitled to receive a portion of, or be
proportionately adjusted for, the special distribution. The
following executive officers and directors will receive the
number of options and shares of restricted stock set forth
opposite their name in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officer
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
Shares of Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
126,390
|
|
|
|
32,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
56,880
|
|
|
|
14,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
8,610
|
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
|
5,475
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
5,475
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
|
5,475
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Phillip A. Clough
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Warnock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy W. Weglicki
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
Purpose and Eligibility. The purpose of the
new equity plan is to enhance our ability to attract, retain and
motivate highly qualified officers, employees, non-employee
directors and other persons to serve us and our affiliates and
to expend maximum effort to improve our business results and
earnings, by providing to such officers, employees, non-employee
directors and other persons an opportunity to acquire or
increase a direct proprietary interest in our operations and
future success through ownership of our common stock.
Awards may be granted under the plan to officers, directors,
including non-employee directors, and other employees of ours or
any of our subsidiaries or other affiliates, to any individual
who is an advisor, consultant or other provider of services to
us or our subsidiaries or other affiliates, and to any other
individuals who are approved by the board of directors as
eligible to participate in the plan. Only employees of ours or
any of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive incentive stock
options.
Effective Date and Term. The new equity plan
was effective as of August 3, 2007 and will expire on
August 3, 2017, unless earlier terminated by our board of
directors. Upon the effective date of the new equity plan, no
more awards will be made under the predecessor equity plan.
Administration, Amendment and Termination. Our
board of directors will have the power and authority to
administer the new equity plan. In accordance with the terms of
the plan, our board of directors will delegate this power and
authority to its compensation committee. The compensation
committee will have the authority to interpret the terms and
intent of the new equity plan, determine eligibility for and
terms of awards for participants and make all other
determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of
the new equity plan.
The compensation committee may amend, suspend or terminate the
new equity plan at any time with respect to any shares of common
stock as to which awards have not been made. No such action may
amend the new equity plan without the approval of stockholders
if the amendment is required to be submitted for stockholder
approval by applicable law, rule or regulation, including rules
of The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Awards. Awards under the new equity plan may
be made in the form of:
|
|
|
|
•
|
stock options, which may be either incentive stock options or
non-qualified stock options;
|
|
|
•
|
stock appreciation rights;
|
|
|
•
|
restricted stock;
|
|
|
•
|
restricted stock units;
|
|
|
•
|
dividend equivalent rights;
|
|
|
•
|
performance shares;
|
|
|
•
|
performance units;
|
|
|
•
|
cash-based awards;
|
|
|
•
|
other stock-based awards, including unrestricted shares; or
|
|
|
•
|
any combination of the foregoing.
|
Any of the foregoing awards may be made subject to attainment of
performance goals over a performance period of one or more years.
An “incentive stock option” is an option that meets
the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code, and a “non-qualified stock option” is an option
that does not meet those requirements. A “stock
appreciation right,” or “SAR,” is a right to
receive upon exercise, in the form of common stock, cash or a
combination thereof, the excess of the fair market value of one
share of common stock on the exercise date over the grant price
of such SAR. “Restricted stock” is an award of common
stock on which are imposed restrictions over restricted periods
that subject the shares to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as
defined in Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code.
“Restricted stock units” are awards that represent a
conditional right to receive shares of common stock in the
future and that may be made subject to the same types of
restrictions and risk of forfeiture as restricted stock.
“Dividend equivalent rights” are awards entitling the
recipient to
103
receive credits, which may be paid currently in cash or common
stock or which may be deemed to be reinvested in additional
shares, that are based on cash distributions that would have
been paid on the shares specified in the rights if the shares
had been issued to and held by the recipient. “Performance
shares” are awards of common stock, the value for which at
the time the common stock is payable is determined by the extent
to which the applicable performance criteria have been met.
“Performance units” are similar to performance shares
except that the award is based upon cash value instead of shares
of common stock. “Unrestricted shares” are awards of
shares of common stock that are free of restrictions other than
those imposed under federal or state securities laws.
Shares Subject to the New Equity Plan. Subject
to adjustment as described below, a total of
1,100,000 shares of our common stock will be available for
issuance under the new equity plan plus any shares of our common
stock remaining available for issuance under the predecessor
equity plan as of the effective date of the new equity plan and
any shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding
awards under the predecessor equity plan that expire or are
forfeited, canceled or settled for cash without delivery of
shares of our common stock after the effective date of the new
equity plan. As of June 30, 2007, there were
41,261 shares remaining available for issuance under the
predecessor equity plan and 1,013,474 shares subject to
outstanding awards under the predecessor equity plan which, if
forfeited, would be available for issuance under the new equity
plan. Shares issued under the new equity plan may be authorized
but unissued shares.
Any shares covered by an award, or portion of an award, granted
under the new equity plan that is forfeited or canceled, expires
or is settled in cash will be deemed not to have been issued for
purposes of determining the maximum number of shares available
for issuance under the new equity plan.
If any stock option is exercised by tendering shares to us, or
if we withhold shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations in
connection with such an exercise, as full or partial payment in
connection with the exercise of a stock option under the new
equity plan, only the number of shares issued net of the shares
tendered will be deemed issued for purposes of determining the
maximum number of shares available for issuance under the new
equity plan. Shares issued under the new equity plan through the
settlement, assumption or substitution of outstanding awards or
obligations to grant future awards resulting from the
acquisition of another entity will not reduce the maximum number
of shares available for issuance under the new equity plan. In
the case of a SAR, the number of shares subject to an award of a
SAR will be counted against the number of shares available for
issuance under the plan, regardless of the number of shares
actually issued to settle the SAR upon exercise.
The new equity plan has a number of additional limitations on
the shares reserved for issuance or amount of awards that may be
granted. From and after the transition period set forth in
Treasury regulations promulgated under Internal Revenue Code
section 162(m), no participant may be awarded options or
SARs for more than 275,000 shares in any calendar year. A
maximum of 275,000 shares subject to awards other than options
or SARs may be awarded to any participant in any calendar year.
A maximum amount of $2,000,000 in any calendar year or
$3,000,000 in respect of a performance period greater than one
year may be awarded or credited with respect to cash-based or
other performance stock-based awards to any participant in any
calendar year. The foregoing limitations are subject to
adjustment as described below.
Terms and Conditions of Options. An option
granted under the new equity plan will be exercisable only to
the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. No option
may be exercisable more than ten years from the option grant
date. The compensation committee may include in the option
agreement the period during which an option may be exercised
following termination of employment or service.
The exercise price per share under each option granted under the
new equity plan may not be less than 100%, or 110% in the case
of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent
stockholder, of the fair market value of the common stock on the
option grant date. For so long as the common stock remains
listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, the fair market value of the
common stock will be the closing price of the common stock as
reported on The NASDAQ Global Market on the option grant date.
If there is no closing price reported on the option grant date,
the fair market value will be deemed equal to the closing price
as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market for the last preceding
date on which sales of the common stock were reported. If the
shares of common stock are listed on more than one established
stock exchange, the fair market value will be the closing price
of a share of common stock reported on the exchange selected by
the
104
board of directors. If the common stock is not at the time
listed or admitted to trading on a stock exchange, fair market
value will be the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked
prices or between the high and low sale prices of the common
stock. If the common stock is not listed on any stock exchange
or traded in the over-the-counter market, fair market value will
be as determined in good faith by the board of directors in a
manner consistent with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code.
Except upon the occurrence of a merger or other transaction
described below, no amendment or modification may be made to an
outstanding option which reduces the option price, either by
lowering the option price or by canceling the outstanding option
and granting a replacement option with a lower option price.
Payment of the option price for shares purchased pursuant to the
exercise of an option may be made in cash or in cash equivalents
acceptable to us or, to the extent permitted by law and at the
discretion of the compensation committee, through a
broker-assisted cashless exercise, the tender to us of shares of
common stock or by a combination of cash payment, cashless
exercise,
and/or
tender of shares or any other method that is approved by the
compensation committee.
Each option will become vested and exercisable at such times and
under such conditions as the compensation committee may approve
consistent with the terms of the new equity plan.
The Internal Revenue Code imposes certain limits on the amount
of incentive stock options that can become exercisable in one
year.
Incentive stock options are non-transferable during the
optionee’s lifetime. Awards of non-qualified stock options
are generally non-transferable, except for transfers by will or
the laws of descent and distribution. The compensation committee
may, in its discretion, determine that an award of non-qualified
stock options also may be transferred to family members by gift
or other transfers deemed not to be for value.
The compensation committee may impose restrictions on any shares
of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option
as it deems advisable, including minimum holding period
requirements or restrictions under applicable federal securities
laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market
upon which the shares of common stock are then listed
and/or
traded, or under any blue sky or state securities laws
applicable to the shares of common stock.
Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation
Rights. SARs may be granted in conjunction with
all or a part of any option or other award granted under the new
equity plan, or without regard to any option or other award. The
compensation committee will determine at the SAR grant date or
thereafter the time or times at which and the circumstances
under which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, the time
or times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR will
cease to be exercisable, the method of exercise, the method of
settlement, the form of consideration payable in settlement,
whether or not a SAR will be in tandem or in combination with
any other grant, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.
Exercisability of SARs may be subject to future service
requirements, to the achievement of one or more of the
performance objectives that are described below under
“ — Corporate Performance Objectives” or to
such other terms and conditions as the compensation committee,
in its sole discretion, may impose.
Upon exercise of a SAR, the holder will be entitled to receive,
in the specified form of consideration, the excess of the fair
market value of one share of common stock on the exercise date
over the grant price of such SAR, as determined by the
compensation committee. The grant price of a SAR may not be less
than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the
grant date. Except upon the occurrence of a merger or other
transaction described below, no amendment or modification may be
made to an outstanding SAR which would be considered a repricing
under the rules of the stock exchange under which the stock is
listed without the consent of the stockholders.
Awards of SARs are generally nontransferable, except for
transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock
Units. Subject to the provisions of the new
equity plan, the compensation committee will determine the terms
and conditions of each award of
105
restricted stock and restricted stock units, including the
restricted period for all or a portion of the award, the
restrictions applicable to the award and the purchase price, if
any, for the common stock subject to the award. Unless otherwise
determined by the compensation committee, holders of shares of
restricted stock will have the right during the restricted
period to exercise full voting rights with respect to those
shares and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid
with respect to the shares. Awards of restricted stock and
restricted stock units may be subject to satisfaction of
individual performance objectives or one or more of the
performance objectives that are described below under
“ — Corporate Performance Objectives.”
The restrictions and the restricted period may differ with
respect to each participant. An award will be subject to
forfeiture if events specified by the compensation committee
occur before the lapse of the restrictions.
Awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units are
generally nontransferable during the restricted period or before
satisfaction of any other restrictions applicable to the awards.
Terms and Conditions of Dividend Equivalent
Rights. The compensation committee is authorized
to grant dividend equivalents to a participant in connection
with an award under the new equity plan, or without regard to
any other award. Dividend equivalents will entitle the
participant to receive cash or common stock equal in value to
dividends paid, or other periodic payments made, with respect to
a specified number of shares of common stock. Dividend
equivalents may be paid or distributed when accrued or will be
deemed to have been reinvested in additional common stock or in
awards under the new equity plan, and will be subject to such
risks of forfeiture as the compensation committee may specify.
Dividend equivalents are generally nontransferable, except for
transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
Terms and Conditions of Performance Units and Performance
Shares. The compensation committee may award
performance shares and performance units in such amounts and
upon such terms as the compensation committee may determine. The
compensation committee may set performance goals in its
discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met,
will determine the value
and/or
number of performance units or performance shares that will be
paid out to a participant. The compensation committee may, in
its sole discretion, pay earned performance units or performance
shares in the form of cash or in shares of common stock equal to
the value of the earned performance units or performance shares.
Any shares of common stock issued based upon performance units
or performance shares may be granted subject to any restrictions
that the compensation committee deems appropriate.
Terms and Conditions of Cash-Based and Other Stock-Based
Awards. The compensation committee may grant
cash-based awards to participants in such amounts and upon such
terms as the compensation committee may determine. The
compensation committee may also grant other types of
equity-based or equity-related awards, including the grant or
offer for sale of unrestricted shares, in such amounts and
subject to such terms and conditions as the compensation
committee may determine. Any such awards may involve the
transfer of actual shares of common stock to participants, or
payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of
the shares of common stock. Any cash-based awards or other
stock-based awards granted by the compensation committee may be
subject to performance goals established by the compensation
committee in its discretion.
Adjustment of Shares Subject to New Equity
Plan. In the event of any increase or decrease in
the number of outstanding shares of our stock, or in the event
such shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number
or kind of our shares or other securities on account of any
recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split,
combination of shares, exchange of shares, stock dividend or
other distribution payable in capital stock, the compensation
committee will adjust, among other award terms, the number and
kind of shares or property that may be delivered in connection
with awards and the exercise price, grant price or purchase
price relating to any award in such manner as the compensation
committee determines to be necessary to prevent dilution or
enlargement of the rights of participants.
Effect of Corporate Transactions. Subject to
the exceptions described below, upon the occurrence of a
“corporate transaction,” as defined in the new equity
plan, all outstanding shares of restricted stock and all stock
units will become immediately vested, and the shares of stock
subject to outstanding stock units will be
106
delivered immediately before the occurrence of the corporate
transaction. In addition, either of the following two actions
will be taken:
|
|
|
|
•
|
fifteen days before the scheduled completion of the corporate
transaction, all options and stock appreciation rights will
become immediately exercisable and will remain exercisable for a
period of fifteen days, or
|
|
|
•
|
instead of providing for accelerated vesting in awards under the
new equity plan in connection with the corporate transaction,
the compensation committee may provide that awards, whether or
not exercisable, will be terminated and the holders of awards
will receive a cash payment, or the delivery of shares of stock,
other securities or a combination of cash, stock and securities
equivalent to such cash payment, equal to the value of the award.
|
These actions will not apply to any corporate transaction to the
extent that provision is made in writing in connection with the
corporate transaction for the assumption or continuation of the
outstanding awards, or for the substitution for such outstanding
awards of similar awards relating to the stock of the successor
entity, or a parent or subsidiary of the successor entity, with
appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of stock that
would be delivered and the exercise price, grant price or
purchase price relating to any such award. If an award is
assumed or substituted in connection with a corporate
transaction and the holder is terminated without cause within a
year following a change in control, the award will be fully
vested and may be exercised in full, to the extent applicable,
beginning on the date of such termination and for the one-year
period immediately following such termination or for such longer
period as the compensation committee shall determine.
A “corporate transaction” means:
|
|
|
|
•
|
our dissolution or liquidation or our merger, consolidation, or
reorganization with one or more other entities in which we are
not the surviving entity;
|
|
|
•
|
a sale of substantially all of our assets to another person or
entity; or
|
|
|
•
|
any transaction which results in any person or entity, other
than persons who are
|
|
|
•
|
stockholders or affiliates immediately prior to the transaction,
owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of our stock.
|
If we are the surviving entity in any reorganization, merger, or
consolidation of us with one or more other entities which does
not constitute a corporate transaction, any option or stock
appreciation right outstanding under the new equity plan will
apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of
shares of our stock subject to the option or stock appreciation
right would have been entitled immediately following the
transaction, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of
the exercise price. In such an event, stock units will be
adjusted so as to apply to the securities that a holder of the
number of shares of our stock subject to the stock units would
have been entitled to receive immediately following the
transaction.
The compensation committee may provide in any agreement under
the new equity plan for different provisions to apply to an
award under the plan than those described above.
Corporate performance
objectives. Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code limits public companies to an annual deduction for
federal income tax purposes of $1,000,000 for compensation paid
to their chief executive officer and the three most highly
compensated executive officers determined at the end of each
year. Performance-based compensation is excluded from this
limitation. The new equity plan is designed to permit the
compensation committee to grant awards that qualify as
performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of
Section 162(m) at such time as the new equity plan becomes
subject to Section 162(m).
Section 162(m) requires that, to qualify as
performance-based, the compensation must be paid solely on
account of the attainment of one or more pre-established,
objective performance goals. In the case of compensation
attributable to new equity plan awards other than options, the
performance goal requirement is deemed satisfied if the vesting
of such awards is subject to the achievement of performance
goals based on objective business criteria. To establish
performance objectives for these awards, the compensation
committee
107
will exclusively use business criteria specified in the new
equity plan. The performance objectives may be stated either on
an absolute or relative basis and may be based on one or more of
such business criteria. The business criteria are:
|
|
|
|
•
|
total stockholder return;
|
|
|
•
|
total stockholder return as compared to total return (on a
comparable basis) of a publicly available index such as, but not
limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index;
|
|
|
•
|
net income;
|
|
|
•
|
pretax earnings;
|
|
|
•
|
earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and
amortization or other expenses, including stock-based
compensation;
|
|
|
•
|
pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before
bonuses, service fees, and extraordinary or special items;
|
|
|
•
|
operating margin;
|
|
|
•
|
earnings per share;
|
|
|
•
|
return on equity;
|
|
|
•
|
return on capital;
|
|
|
•
|
return on investment;
|
|
|
•
|
operating earnings;
|
|
|
•
|
working capital;
|
|
|
•
|
ratio of debt to stockholders’ equity;
|
|
|
•
|
revenue;
|
|
|
•
|
enrollments;
|
|
|
•
|
enrollments in particular populations;
|
|
|
•
|
retention;
|
|
|
•
|
course registrations;
|
|
|
•
|
student satisfaction measures; and
|
|
|
•
|
quality measures.
|
The business criteria may be used to measure our performance,
the performance of any of our subsidiaries, affiliates
and/or
business units as a whole, or any combination thereof, as the
compensation committee deems appropriate. The compensation
committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated
vesting of any award based on the achievement of performance
goals pursuant to the performance measures listed above.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
Our board of directors approved our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
on October 15, 2007, and our stockholders are expected to
approve the plan prior to the completion of this offering. The
purpose of the employee stock purchase plan is to enable
eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock
through payroll deductions in order to provide them with the
opportunity to increase their interest in our growth and success
and encourage employees to remain employed by us.
Administration. Our board of directors will
have the power and authority to administer the employee stock
purchase plan. In accordance with the terms of the plan, our
board of directors will delegate this power and authority to its
compensation committee.
Shares Reserved. One hundred
thousand shares of common stock are available for purchase
under the employee stock purchase plan. The shares of common
stock issuable under the employee stock purchase plan may be
authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares, or shares
purchased on the open market. In the event there is any increase
or decrease in our common stock without receipt of consideration
by us (for instance, by
108
a recapitalization or stock split), there will be a
proportionate adjustment to the number and kinds of shares that
may be purchased under the employee stock purchase plan.
Eligibility. Our employees or the employees of
our participating subsidiaries may participate in the employee
stock purchase plan, except the following, who are ineligible to
participate: (i) an employee who has been employed for less
than one month as of the beginning of the offering period;
(ii) an employee whose customary employment is for less
than five months in any calendar year; (iii) an employee
whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week;
and (iv) an employee who, after exercising his or her
rights to purchase stock under the employee stock purchase plan,
would own stock (including stock that may be acquired under any
outstanding options) representing five percent or more of the
total combined voting power of all classes of our stock. An
employee must be employed on the last day of the offering period
in order to acquire stock under the employee stock purchase plan
unless the employee has died or become disabled, been laid off
or is on an approved leave of absence.
Offering Periods. We will determine the length
and duration of the periods during which payroll deductions will
be accumulated to purchase shares. The first offering period is
expected to begin on January 1, 2008.
Purchase Price and Limits. Unless otherwise
determined by our compensation committee, the purchase price for
each share may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of
our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period
or the day on which the shares are purchased, whichever is
lower. No employee may purchase common stock in any calendar
year under the employee stock purchase plan having an aggregate
fair market value in excess of $25,000, determined as of the
first trading date of the offering period. An employee may not
during any offering period increase his or her percentage of
payroll deduction or contribution for that offering period, nor
may an employee withdraw any contributed funds other than by
terminating participation in the employee stock purchase plan.
Amendment of Plan. Our board of directors may
amend the employee stock purchase plan in any respect; provided,
however, that without approval of our stockholders, no amendment
shall be made (i) increasing the number of shares that may
be made available for purchase under the plan or
(ii) changing the eligibility requirements for
participating in the plan. No amendment may be made to the
employee stock purchase plan that impairs the vested rights of
participating employees. Our board of directors may terminate
the employee stock purchase plan at any time and for any reason
or for no reason, provided that such termination shall not
impair any rights of participants that have vested at the time
of termination. In any event, the plan terminates at the earlier
of (i) October 15, 2017 and (ii) when there are
no longer any shares of common stock available for purchase
under the plan.
Reorganizations. Upon a reorganization in
which we are not the surviving corporation or a sale of assets
or stock, the employee stock purchase plan and all rights
outstanding shall terminate, except to the extent provision is
made in writing in connection with such transaction for the
continuation or assumption of the employee stock purchase plan,
or for the substitution of the rights under the employee stock
purchase plan with rights covering the stock of the successor
corporation.
109
2006
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table sets forth information with respect to the
outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end for our NEOs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
Awards(1)
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable
|
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
88,000
|
|
|
|
132,000
|
|
|
|
1.43
|
|
|
|
06/20/2014
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
02/27/2016
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
44,000
|
|
|
|
2.29
|
|
|
|
04/10/2015
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
02/27/2016
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
1.43
|
|
|
|
11/29/2014
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The vesting date for each service-based option award that is not
otherwise fully vested is listed in the table below by
expiration date: |
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
Vesting Schedule and Date
|
|
06/20/2014
|
|
Five equal installments on June 21, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
and 2009
|
11/29/2014
|
|
Five equal installments on May 15, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
and 2009
|
4/10/2015
|
|
Five equal installments on April 11, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and
2010
|
2/27/2016
|
|
Five equal installments on February 28, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
and 2011
|
Option
Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table sets forth information with respect to
option exercises by our NEOs during 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Award
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Value Realized
|
|
|
|
Acquired on Exercise
|
|
|
on Exercise
|
|
Name
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
|
68,520
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value realized on exercise is based on the difference
between the exercise price of the option and the fair market
value of our common stock, as determined by our board of
directors, multiplied by the number of shares acquired. |
Potential
Payments on Termination or
Change-in-Control
The section below describes the payments that may be made to our
NEOs in connection with a
change-in-control
or pursuant to certain termination events. In the absence of an
employment agreement or other arrangement, our NEOs are employed
at-will and are not entitled to any payments upon termination or
a
change-in-control
other than their accrued but unpaid salary or benefits.
Accordingly, the table below does not provide information for
Ms. Gilbert.
The employment agreements for Mr. Boston, Mr. Herhusky
and Dr. McCluskey, described above, have certain provisions
that provide for payments to them in the event of the
termination of their respective employment.
110
Termination for cause, without good reason or by reason of
death. In the event that any of
Mr. Boston’s, Mr. Herhusky’s or
Dr. McCluskey’s employment is terminated by us for
“cause”, by the executive without “good
reason”, or by reason of death (each of “cause”
and “good reason” as defined below), we will pay to
each of them or their estate, as the case may be, their full
base salary and benefits that are otherwise payable to them
through the termination date of their employment. However, in
the event that their employment is terminated without “good
reason” or by reason of their death, we will also pay to
them or their estate any earned, but unpaid, amounts they are
entitled to under any of our incentive compensation plans or
programs, including the annual bonus under their employment
agreements.
Termination by reason of disability. If any of
Mr. Boston’s, Mr. Herhusky’s or
Dr. McCluskey’s employment is terminated by reason of
disability, we are required to pay to them or their estates, as
the case may be, the full base salary or other benefits payable
to them, including any earned, but unpaid, amounts they are
entitled to under any of our incentive compensation plans or
programs, including the annual bonus under their employment
agreements. However, payments made to them during the time they
are disabled shall be reduced by the sum of the amounts, if any,
payable to them at or prior to the time of any payment under our
disability benefit plans and which amounts were not previously
applied to reduce any payment.
Termination without cause or for good
reason. In the event that we terminate any of
Mr. Boston’s, Mr. Herhusky’s or
Dr. McCluskey’s employment without “cause”
or they terminate their employment for “good reason,”
we are required to pay, or provide, to them:
|
|
|
|
•
|
in a lump sum, the sum of (a) their full base salary
through the date of their termination, (b) a pro-rata
amount of their annual bonus for the current fiscal year,
provided that the necessary performance requirements were
satisfied, adjusted for the shorter period, through their
termination date, and (c) any compensation previously
deferred by them and any accrued vacation pay;
|
|
|
•
|
for a period of 12 months following their termination date,
an amount equal to the sum of their base salary and their annual
bonus, to the extent that their and our performance was
satisfying the relevant performance targets, adjusted for the
short period, after their termination date through the end of
the calendar year and, as to the remainder of the 12 month
period following the termination date, only if our net income
has increased from the same period in the prior year and the
performance targets established for the NEO’s successor are
being satisfied in that period;
|
|
|
•
|
for a period of 12 months following their termination date
or any longer period provided for under the terms of any
benefit, a continuation of benefits to them or their family at a
level and in an amount that is at least equal to that which
would have been provided by us to them had they continued their
employment, provided, however, that if they become reemployed
and are eligible to receive any of the benefits that had been
provided by us, then the benefits we provide shall be
secondary; and
|
|
|
•
|
to the extent not otherwise paid or provided, for a period of
12 months following their termination date, any other
amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which
they are eligible to receive under any of our other existing
benefit schemes.
|
In addition, for each of Messrs. Boston and Herhusky, to
the extent that less than
331/3%
of all stock options granted to the executive are outstanding
and unexercisable on their termination date, such additional
options, if any, shall immediately accelerate and vest and
become exercisable. Pursuant to an amendment and restatement of
his employment agreement in August 2007, if we terminate
Mr. Boston’s employment without “cause” or
he terminates his employment for “good reason” in
connection with a change of control, we will calculate the
amounts referred to in the last three bullet points above for a
24-month
period instead of a
12-month
period, will pay the amount in respect of the annual bonus for
that period based on his and our prior performance and not with
respect to future performance and will pay the amount in respect
of his base salary and annual bonus in a lump sum instead of in
accordance with our regular payroll practices. The amendment and
restatement of Mr. Boston’s employment agreement also
provides that if severance payments payable by us become subject
to the excise tax on “excess parachute payments”
imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code
(“IRC”) or additional tax under Section 409A of
the IRC, we will reimburse him for the amount of such excise tax
(and the income and excise taxes on such reimbursement).
111
Acceleration of options upon change of
control. Under Messrs. Boston’s and
Herhusky’s employment agreements, immediately prior to a
change of control (as defined below), all stock options granted
to them on or prior to the date of their respective employment
agreements that are outstanding immediately prior to a change of
control shall vest and become fully exercisable.
For purposes of Mr. Boston’s, Mr. Herhusky’s
and Dr. McCluskey’s employment agreements, the
following definitions apply:
|
|
|
|
•
|
refusal by the NEO to follow a written order of the Chairman of
our Board or of the Board;
|
|
|
•
|
the NEO’s engagement in conduct materially injurious to us
or our reputation;
|
|
|
•
|
dishonesty of a material nature that relates to the performance
of the NEO’s duties under their employment agreement;
|
|
|
•
|
the NEO’s conviction for any crime involving moral
turpitude or any felony; and
|
|
|
•
|
the NEO’s continued failure to perform his duties under his
employment agreement (except due to the NEO’s incapacity as
a result of physical or mental illness) to the satisfaction of
our Board for a period of at least 30 consecutive days after
written notice is delivered to the NEO specifically identifying
the manner in which the NEO has failed to perform his duties.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
“Change of Control” means:
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
our dissolution or liquidation, or a merger, consolidation or
reorganization of us with one or more other entities in which we
are not the surviving entity;
|
|
|
•
|
a sale of substantially all of our assets to another person or
entity; or
|
|
|
•
|
any transaction (including without limitation a merger or
reorganization in which we are the surviving entity) which
results in any person or entity owning 50% or more of the
combined voting power of all classes of our stock.
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the assignment to the NEO of duties inconsistent in any material
respect with the NEO’s position as set forth in, or in
accordance with, their employment agreement, excluding an
isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that we remedy
promptly after receipt of notice from the NEO;
|
|
|
•
|
any failure by us to comply with any provisions of the
NEO’s employment agreement, excluding an isolated,
insubstantial and inadvertent action that we remedy promptly
after receipt of notice from the NEO;
|
|
|
•
|
there is a merger, acquisition or other similar affiliation with
another entity and the NEO does not continue in his position, or
any other office he holds at the time of the transaction, of the
most senior resulting entity succeeding to our business; and
|
|
|
•
|
any failure by us to require any successor or any party that
acquires control of us, whether directly or indirectly, by
purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, or all or
substantially all of our business
and/or
assets to assume expressly and agree to perform the NEO’s
employment agreement in the same manner and to the same extent
that we would be required to perform it if no succession had
taken place.
|
112
Payment
and Benefit Estimates
The table below was prepared to reflect the estimated payments
that would have been made pursuant to the agreements described
above. The estimated payments were calculated as though the
applicable triggering event occurred, and the NEO’s
employment was terminated, on December 31, 2006, using the
fair value price of $4.91 of our common stock as of
December 31, 2006. As discussed in the narrative above,
upon termination for cause, by the NEO without good reason or
upon death or disability, the NEO is generally only entitled to
receive amounts he is owed as of the termination date (e.g.,
salary, benefits and, in limited cases, any previously earned,
but unpaid, annual incentive compensation). Assuming a
termination date of December 31, 2006, these amounts are
set forth in the tables above, and we have not included any such
amounts below. In addition, we have not included these earned,
but unpaid amounts, in the termination events included in the
table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Accelerated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Vesting of
|
|
|
Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pay(1)
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
Continuation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Executive
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination without Cause or by executive for Good Reason
|
|
|
483,875
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
11,120
|
|
|
|
494,995
|
|
Termination without cause or by executive for Good Reason in
connection with a
Change-in-Control
|
|
|
483,875
|
|
|
|
459,840
|
|
|
|
11,120
|
|
|
|
954,835
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination without Cause or by executive for Good Reason
|
|
|
371,563
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,904
|
|
|
|
375,467
|
|
Termination without cause or by executive for Good Reason in
connection with a
Change-in-Control
|
|
|
371,563
|
|
|
|
20,300
|
|
|
|
3,904
|
|
|
|
395,767
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination without Cause or by executive for Good Reason
|
|
|
308,125
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
4,323
|
|
|
|
312,448
|
|
Termination without cause or by executive for Good Reason in
connection with a
Change-in-Control
|
|
|
308,125
|
|
|
|
135,580
|
|
|
|
4,323
|
|
|
|
448,028
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We have assumed for purposes of calculating the aggregate
severance pay that our net income and the NEO’s
successor’s performance would be sufficient for the NEO to
receive the maximum payout. |
2006 Director
Compensation
The following table sets forth information regarding
compensation paid to directors during 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or Paid
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Cash
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
Name(1)
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Total ($)
|
|
|
Phillip A. Clough
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
4,881
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12,381
|
|
Ralph
Terkowitz(3)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
David A. Warnock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Timothy Weglicki
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
See the Summary Compensation Table in the Executive Compensation
section of this Prospectus for disclosure related to
Mr. Boston who is one of our NEOs as of December 31,
2006. |
|
(2) |
|
Amounts represent the dollar amount recognized for financial
statement purposes for each director during 2006, as computed in
accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123R,
“Share-based Payments,” which we refer to as
FAS 123R, other than disregarding any estimates of
forfeitures relating to service-based vesting conditions. See
Note 9 of our consolidated financial statements in this
Prospectus for the year ended December 31, 2006 regarding
assumptions |
113
|
|
|
|
|
underlying the valuation of equity awards. The only option award
made to non-employee directors in 2006 was to Ms. Halle,
which amounted to 1,500 shares that were granted on
May 19, 2006 with a grant date fair market value of $50 per
share and vest in five equal installments on May 19, 2007,
2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011. As of December 31, 2006, the
aggregate number of exercisable and unexercisable option awards
outstanding held by our directors were all held by
Ms. Halle and she had 3,300 and 13,200, respectively |
|
(3) |
|
Resigned from the board of directors effective May 7, 2007. |
In 2007 we adopted a new directors’ compensation policy for
our non-employee directors that will be applicable after this
offering and that will utilize annual retainers and restricted
stock grants. Our non-employee directors will receive an annual
retainer of $32,250 and each committee chair will receive an
additional annual retainer of $4,500, except for the chair of
the audit committee, whose additional annual retainer will be
$10,000. The annual retainers will be payable in quarterly
installments, and each director will have the alternative to
elect before the beginning of the applicable year to receive
their annual retainer in common stock having the same value as
the portion of the annual retainer to be paid, calculated as of
the close of business on the first business day of the year.
After our annual meeting of stockholders each year, we will also
make an annual grant to each director of restricted stock having
a value of $36,750 on the date of delivery. The restricted stock
grant will vest on the earlier of the one year anniversary of
the date of grant and immediately prior to the next year’s
annual meeting of stockholders.
114
BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
The table presented below shows information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of
September 30, 2007, before and after giving effect to the
offering, by:
|
|
|
|
•
|
each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than
5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
•
|
each of our directors;
|
|
|
•
|
each of our named executive officers; and
|
|
|
•
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
The information in the following table has been presented in
accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under SEC rules,
beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any
shares of such class as to which a person, directly or
indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power and
also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire
such voting or investment power within 60 days through the
exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. If two or
more persons share voting power or investment power with respect
to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise
indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we
believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed
below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise specified, the address of each named beneficial
owner is
c/o American
Public Education, Inc., 111 W. Congress Street,
Charles Town, West Virginia 25414.
For purposes of calculating beneficial ownership, we have
assumed that, as of September 30, 2007:
|
|
|
|
•
|
each outstanding shares of our Class A common stock is
converted into shares of common stock; and
|
|
|
•
|
the exercise of a warrant to purchase 155,815 shares of
Class A common stock that was outstanding as of
September 30, 2007 and exercised in October 2007.
|
For purpose of calculating beneficial ownership and percentages
of shares outstanding after the offering, we have assumed that:
|
|
|
|
•
|
we will issue 4,687,500 shares of common stock in the offering;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the 72,093 shares of stock underlying restricted stock
awards to be issued to directors and employees at the time of
the closing of this offering are outstanding;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the 3,690 shares that are to be issued at the time of the
closing of this offering, as a result of the issuance at that
time of 10 shares to each of our full-time employees below
the level of vice-president (assuming our employee count is the
same as it was on September 30, 2007), are
outstanding; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
options outstanding as of September 30, 2007 were adjusted
as a result of the proportionate adjustment to our stock options
required by the special distribution (assuming an offering price
of $16.00, the midpoint of the range we show on the cover page
of this prospectus).
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Shares
Outstanding(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
|
|
|
After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offering Assuming
|
|
|
Offering Assuming
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise of
|
|
|
Full Exercise of
|
|
|
|
Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Before
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Before Offering
|
|
|
After Offering
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with ABS Capital
Partners(2)
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
57.9
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
40.1
|
%
|
Entities affiliated with Camden
Partners(3)
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston,
Jr.(4)
|
|
|
352,000
|
|
|
|
384,265
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
Phillip A.
Clough(2)(5)
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
7,114,100
|
|
|
|
57.9
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
40.1
|
%
|
J. Christopher
Everett(5)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
F. David
Fowler(5)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Jean C.
Halle(5)
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
4,448
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
David L.
Warnock(3)(5)
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
1,761,148
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
|
|
10.3
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
Timothy T.
Weglicki(2)(5)
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
7,114,100
|
|
|
|
57.9
|
%
|
|
|
41.7
|
%
|
|
|
40.1
|
%
|
James H.
Herhusky(6)
|
|
|
506,000
|
|
|
|
510,677
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
Dr. Frank B.
McCluskey(7)
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
47,691
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Carol S.
Gilbert(8)
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
34,200
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All of our directors and executive officers as a group
(13 persons)(9)
|
|
|
10,125,264
|
|
|
|
10,229,605
|
|
|
|
81.6
|
%
|
|
|
59.4
|
%
|
|
|
57.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%. |
|
(1) |
|
The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a
particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares
beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of
shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting
or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the
sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the
number of shares as to which such person has the right to
acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after
such date. Consequently, the denominator for calculating
beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each
beneficial owner. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes: |
|
|
|
(i) |
|
6,292,759 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Class A common stock and
1,518 shares of common stock held of record by ABS Capital
Partners IV, L.P.; |
|
(ii) |
|
210,694 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Class A common stock and 55 shares of
common stock held of record by ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P.; |
|
(iii) |
|
361,394 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Class A common stock and 88 shares of
common stock held of record by ABS Capital Partners IV
Offshore, L.P.; and |
|
(iv) |
|
246,389 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Class A common stock and 55 shares of
common stock held of record by ABS Capital Partners IV
Special Offshore, L.P. (together with ABS Capital Partners IV,
L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P. and ABS Capital
Partners IV Offshore, L.P., the “ABS Entities”). |
ABS Partners IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of the ABS
Entities and has voting and dispositive power over these shares,
which is shared by Messrs. Clough and Weglicki, Donald B.
Hebb, Jr., John D. Stobo, Jr. Frederic G. Emry, Ashoke Goswami,
Ralph S. Terkowitz and Laura L. Witt (the “Managers”)
as the managing members of ABS Partners IV, L.L.C. Each of the
Managers, including Messrs. Clough and Weglicki who both
serve on our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership
of these shares except to the extent of their respective
pecuniary interests. The address for these entities is 400 East
Pratt Street, Suite 910, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
116
|
|
|
(i) |
|
1,689,776 shares of common stock issuable upon the
conversion of shares of Class A common stock held of record
by Camden Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P.; and |
|
(ii) |
|
70,224 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion
of shares of Class A common stock held of record by Camden
Partners Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P. (together with Camden Partners Strategic Fund III,
L.P., the “Camden Entities”). |
Camden Partners Strategic III, LLC is the general partner of the
Camden Entities and its managing member is Camden Partners
Strategic Manager, LLC, which has sole voting and dispositive
power over these shares. The managing members of Camden Partners
Strategic Manager, LLC, are Mr. Warnock, Donald W. Hughes,
Richard M. Berkeley and Richard M. Johnston (the “Camden
Members”). Each of the Camden Managers, including
Mr. Warnock who serves on our board of directors, disclaims
beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of
their respective pecuniary interests. The address for these
entities is 500 East Pratt Street, Suite 1200, Baltimore,
Maryland 21202.
|
|
|
(4) |
|
The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after
offering includes 32,265 shares of restricted stock to be
issued at the time of the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after
offering includes 1,148 shares of restricted stock to be
issued at the time of the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Includes 11,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of
September 30, 2007. The number and percentage of shares
beneficially owned after the offering includes an additional
4,197 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options that are exercisable within 60 days of
September 30, 2007 as a result of the proportionate
adjustment to our stock options required by the special
distribution (assuming an offering price of $16.00, the midpoint
of the range we show on the cover page of this prospectus), and
480 shares of restricted stock to be issued at the time of
the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Includes 33,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of
September 30, 2007. The number and percentage of shares
beneficially owned after the offering includes an additional
12,591 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options that are exercisable within 60 days of
September 30, 2007 as a result of the proportionate
adjustment to our stock options required by the special
distribution (assuming an offering price of $16.00, the midpoint
of the range we show on the cover page of this prospectus) and
2,100 shares of restricted stock to be issued at the time
of the closing of this offering. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the
offering includes 1,200 shares of restricted stock to be
issued at the time of the closing of this offering and
10 shares to be issued at the time of the closing of this
offering. |
|
|
|
(9) |
|
The shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by all
directors and executive officers as a group include options to
purchase shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days
of September 30, 2007. |
117
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Policies
and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics,
or code of conduct, effective as of the date of the offering,
pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and
principal stockholders, including their immediate family members
and affiliates, are not permitted to enter into a related person
transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit
committee, or other independent committee of our board of
directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit
committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of
interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an
executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of
such persons’ immediate family members or affiliates, in
which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be
presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and
approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees
are required to report to our audit committee any such related
person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed
agreement, our audit committee shall consider the facts and
circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit
committee, including, but not limited to the risks, costs and
benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability
of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if
applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our
audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in
light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent
with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in
the good faith exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if
we should discover related person transactions that have not
been approved, the audit committee will be notified and will
determine the appropriate action, including ratification,
rescission or amendment of the transaction.
Related
Person Transactions
Set forth below is a summary of certain transactions since
January 1, 2004 among us, our directors, our executive
officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of either class of
our common stock or our Class A common stock outstanding
before completion of the offering and some of the entities with
which the foregoing persons are affiliated or associated in
which the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000.
Special
Distribution
We will declare a special distribution that will be payable
promptly after the completion of this offering to our
stockholders who own shares of record immediately prior to the
closing of this offering. The aggregate amount of the special
distribution will be equal to the proceeds from the sale of
common stock in this offering before the underwriting discount
but before expenses, excluding any proceeds received by us in
the event the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.
Based on an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share, which is
the midpoint of the range we show on the cover page of this
prospectus, the amount of the special distribution will be
$75.0 million, or approximately $6.10 per common share on
an as if converted basis.
118
The following table sets forth the amount of cash to be paid as
a result of the special distribution in respect of outstanding
shares of our capital stock as to which each of our 5%
stockholders, executive officers and directors is deemed to have
sole or shared voting or investment power as of
September 30, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned and
|
|
|
Date of
|
|
|
Acquisition Cost of
|
|
|
Special Distribution
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
|
|
|
Acquisition of Shares
|
|
|
Shares to which Special
|
|
|
Amount for Shares
|
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
September 30,
2007(1)
|
|
|
Beneficially
Owned(2)
|
|
|
Distribution Relates
|
|
|
Beneficially
Owned(3)
|
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners
|
|
|
5,352,952
|
|
|
|
August 2, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
32,678,638
|
|
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
|
10,744,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
43,423,021
|
|
Entities affiliated with Camden Partners
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,744,383
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston,
Jr.(4)
|
|
|
220,000
|
|
|
|
December 30, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
290,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,343,048
|
|
|
|
|
132,000
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
188,880
|
|
|
|
805,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
352,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
478,880
|
|
|
$
|
2,148,877
|
|
Phillip A.
Clough(5)
|
|
|
5,352,952
|
|
|
|
August 2, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
32,678,638
|
|
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
|
10,744,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
43,423,021
|
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
3,300
|
|
|
|
May 29, 2006
|
|
|
$
|
15,000
|
|
|
$
|
20,146
|
|
David L.
Warnock(6)
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,744,383
|
|
Timothy T.
Weglicki(5)
|
|
|
5,352,952
|
|
|
|
August 2, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
32,678,638
|
|
|
|
|
1,760,000
|
|
|
|
August 30, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,744,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
7,112,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,000,434
|
|
|
$
|
43,423,021
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
45,611.50
|
(7)
|
|
|
August 31, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
50,007
|
|
|
$
|
278,447
|
|
|
|
|
99,000
|
(8)
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
|
604,372
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
February 28, 2007
|
|
|
$
|
300,000
|
|
|
|
335,762
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
199,611.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
462,507
|
|
|
$
|
1,218,581
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2000
|
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
|
|
1,007,286
|
|
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
January 31, 2001
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
April 4, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
June 14, 2002
|
|
|
$
|
145,000
|
|
|
|
671,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
495,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,021,858
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
October 16, 2003
|
|
|
$
|
41,096
|
|
|
$
|
161,166
|
|
|
|
|
8,800
|
|
|
|
January 14, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
6,296
|
|
|
|
53,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
35,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
47,392
|
|
|
$
|
214,888
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
|
November 30, 2004
|
|
|
$
|
47,220
|
|
|
$
|
201,465
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
|
13,200
|
|
|
|
January 24, 2005
|
|
|
$
|
18,888
|
|
|
$
|
80,582.87
|
|
|
|
|
4,400
|
|
|
|
May 4, 2007
|
|
|
$
|
42,488
|
|
|
|
26,860.96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,776
|
|
|
$
|
107,443.83
|
|
All directors and executive officers as a group
|
|
|
10,008,664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,338,209
|
|
|
|
61,100,521
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For the purpose of calculating shares beneficially owned and
outstanding as of August 31, 2007, the number of shares of
common stock deemed outstanding assumes the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our Class A common stock into common
stock, and excludes all shares of common stock subject to
options. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with
the rules of the SEC that generally attribute beneficial
ownership of securities to persons that possess sole or shared
voting power and/or investment power with respect to those
securities. The persons identified in this table have sole
voting and |
119
|
|
|
|
|
investment power with respect to all shares shown as
beneficially owned by them, except as set forth in the footnotes
to the table included in “Beneficial Ownership of Common
Stock.” |
|
(2) |
|
Represents the date on which either the option to acquire the
related shares was granted or when the shares were acquired. |
|
(3) |
|
Based on an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share, which is
the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Boston is our chief executive officer and a member of
our board of directors. |
|
(5) |
|
Represents shares owned by ABS Capital Partners. Mr. Clough
is a Managing General Partner and Mr. Weglicki is a
Founding Partner of ABS Capital Partners. |
|
(6) |
|
Represents shares owned by Camden Partners. Mr. Warnock is
a Partner of Camden Partners. |
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Shares originally acquired from us by a different stockholder
for $50,007 and subsequently acquired from that stockholder by
Mr. Wilkins on August 31, 2004. |
|
|
|
(8) |
|
Shares of common stock owned of record by WLM Investments, LLC.
Mr. Wilkins, a member of WLM Investments, LLC, disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by WLM
Investments, LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. |
Pursuant to the terms of our equity incentive arrangements, the
special distribution will also cause a proportionate adjustment
to the stock options held by our optionees, including our
directors and executive officers. This adjustment will cause the
total number of shares subject to options held by our optionees
to increase while the aggregate exercise price will remain the
same. Effectively, as a result of the special distribution, our
optionees will be entitled to receive more shares for the same
aggregate exercise price for each option held. The following
table shows each option held by our directors and executive
officers as of September 30, 2007, the aggregate exercise
price for all shares subject to an option as of that date, and
the total number of shares for which the options will be
exercisable as a result of the adjustment in connection with the
special distribution, assuming that the offering price is $16.00
per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Subject to
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Options as Adjusted
|
|
|
|
Outstanding as of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
for the Special
|
|
Name of Optionee
|
|
September 30, 2007
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wallace E. Boston,
Jr.(1)
|
|
|
88,000
|
|
|
$
|
125,920
|
|
|
|
121,576
|
|
Jean C. Halle
|
|
|
24,200
|
|
|
$
|
166,220
|
|
|
|
36,473
|
|
J. Christopher Everett
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
265,550
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
F. David Fowler
|
|
|
27,500
|
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
37,993
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harry T. Wilkins
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
|
$
|
900,000
|
|
|
|
227,955
|
|
Peter W. Gibbons
|
|
|
19,800
|
|
|
$
|
27,588
|
|
|
|
27,355
|
|
Carol S. Gilbert
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
31,480
|
|
|
|
30,394
|
|
James H. Herhusky
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
75,985
|
|
Dr. Frank B. McCluskey
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
$
|
376,200
|
|
|
|
151,970
|
|
Mark L. Leuba
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
$
|
92,064
|
|
|
|
36,473
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Boston is our chief executive officer and a member of
our board of directors. |
Class A
Common Stock Offering, Stock Repurchase and Class A Common
Stock Issuance
In August 2005, we sold 3,520,000 shares of our newly
designated Class A common stock at a purchase price of
$4.55 per share, resulting in gross proceeds of
$16 million. Of the Class A common stock sold,
1,760,000 shares in the aggregate were purchased by ABS
Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS
Capital Partners IV Offshore L.P. and ABS Capital
Partners IV Special Offshore L.P., which we
120
refer to collectively as the ABS Entities, and
1,760,000 shares in the aggregate were purchased by Camden
Partners Strategic Fund III, L.P. and Camden Partners
Strategic
Fund III-A,
L.P., which we refer to collectively as the Camden Entities. Two
of our board members, Messrs. Clough and Weglicki, are
managing members of the general partner of the ABS Entities. One
of our board members, Mr. Warnock, is a managing member of
the general partner of the Camden Entities.
We used the proceeds of the sale of the Class A common
stock to fund the repurchase of all of the common stock then
owned, or issuable pursuant to vested options held, by
Mr. James P. Etter, our founder who at the time was one of
our directors, in connection with his departure from involvement
with our company. In the aggregate, we repurchased
3,671,261 shares from Mr. Etter, including shares
issuable pursuant to vested options, at $4.55 per share, or
$16,687,550 in the aggregate. In connection with the sale of our
Class A common stock, we amended and restated our
certificate of incorporation, which provided for the
reclassification of each share of our Series A Preferred
into 22.666952 shares of our Class A common stock. All
236,082 shares of our Series A Preferred outstanding
were held by the ABS Capital Entities, and as a result of the
reclassification the ABS Entities received 5,351,236 shares
of our Class A common stock. We also amended and restated
an existing registration rights agreement and a
stockholders’ agreement that we had previously entered into
with some of our stockholders, both of which are described below.
As a result of the Class A common stock offering,
repurchase of stock and the reclassification of the Series A
Preferred into Class A common stock, the ABS Entities
increased their beneficial ownership from 31% to 62.6%,
obtaining a controlling position in our company.
Amended
and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
We have entered into an amended and restated registration rights
agreement that grants registration rights to a number of our
stockholders, and the ABS Entities and the Camden Entities. As
of June 30, 2007, the ABS Entities and Camden Entities
collectively beneficially owned stock having approximately 72%
of our outstanding voting power, and, after completion of this
offering, the ABS Entities will beneficially own stock having
approximately 41.7% of our outstanding voting power, or
approximately 40.1% if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, and the Camden Entities will
beneficially own stock having approximately 10.3% of our voting
power, or approximately 9.9% if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full. Pursuant to the registration
rights agreement, after this offering, the former holders of our
Class A common stock will have the right to require us to
register for public resale under the Securities Act an aggregate
of 9,413,767 shares of common stock, including shares of
common stock that we will issue upon conversion of the
Class A common stock upon completion of this offering. This
“demand” registration right is exercisable six months
after this offering by holders of at least 30% of the then
outstanding shares of common stock held by the stockholders to
whom these rights were granted. If this demand registration is
exercised, all other holders of registrable shares may join in
the registration statement, provided that if the registration is
an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise in
writing that the number of converted shares of common stock to
be included in the registration exceeds the number that can be
sold in such offering, the number of shares that may be included
in the offering may be limited by a formula set forth in the
agreement. The number of the demand registrations is limited to
two if the registrations cover 75% of the amount of the shares
that holders requested be registered.
If we propose to file a registration statement for the sale of
our common stock by us or by our other security holders, other
than a registration statement in connection with a demand
registration or in connection with employee benefit or
acquisition related matters, then these stockholders are
entitled to require us to include their shares of common stock
in that registration statement. Pursuant to a formula set forth
in the registration rights agreement, we can limit the number of
shares that these holders are entitled to include in this type
of “piggyback” registration if the offering is an
underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise in
writing that the number of shares of common stock to be included
in the registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such
offering.
In addition, in the event that we become eligible to register
securities by means of a registration statement on
Form S-3
under the Securities Act, the holders to whom these registration
rights were granted
121
may require us to register the sale of the shares provided that
the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such
securities is at least $1 million.
We are required to bear all registration fees and expenses
related to the registrations under the registration rights
agreement, excluding any transfer taxes relating to the sale of
the shares held by the stockholders entitled to registration
rights and any underwriting discounts or selling commissions. In
addition, we will indemnify the selling stockholders in such
transactions. See “Shares Eligible for Future
Sale — Common Stock Registration Rights” for a
detailed description of these registration rights that will
continue after the completion of the offering.
Second
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement
We have entered into a second amended and restated
stockholders’ agreement with a number of our stockholders,
including entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners,
entities affiliated with Camden Partners, and certain of our
stockholders who are our executive officers or who are
affiliated with our executive officers, including James H.
Herhusky and Wilkins, Little & Matthews, LLP. The
agreement sets forth agreements to appoint directors to our
board, including a specified number of persons designated by
entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners and entities
affiliated with Camden Partners, restrictions on the transfer of
shares of our stock prior to this offering, rights of first
refusal regarding sales of our stock, drag-along rights and
preemptive rights, among other requirements. The agreement
terminates by its terms upon the completion of this offering.
Arrangements
with Harry T. Wilkins and Wilkins, Little & Matthews,
LLP
On December 1, 2004, we entered into a consulting agreement
with Wilkins, Little & Matthews, LLP, or WLM, a
consulting firm specializing in accounting, tax and other
financial matters, which was co-founded by Harry T. Wilkins. The
agreement was terminated in February 2007 at the time
Mr. Wilkins became our chief financial officer. Pursuant to
the consulting agreement, WLM provided us with consulting
services related to accounting and financial matters on a
non-exclusive basis. Under the agreement, we were required to
pay WLM a base retainer of $6,000 each month for the term of the
consulting agreement, to pay it for hours spent in excess of 15
per week and to also reimburse it for all reasonable and
customary expenses it incurred. The consulting agreement was for
an initial term of four years renewable for additional four-year
terms upon mutual written consent of the parties and superceded
a prior consulting agreement that we had entered into with WLM
in January 2002. Under the 2002 consulting agreement, we paid
WLM $5,000 each month, paid it for hours spent in excess of 15
per week and also reimbursed it for all reasonable and customary
expenses it incurred. In addition, we were required to grant WLM
a nonqualified stock option to acquire 99,000 shares of our
common stock that vested in full in August 2004. In 2006, 2005
and 2004, pursuant to the consulting agreements, we paid WLM
$72,500, $184,568 and $94,425, respectively.
Mr. Wilkins served as a member of our board of directors
from December 2004 until March 2005 and from August 2005 until
his resignation in February 2007, at which time he resigned in
connection with his appointment as our chief financial officer.
He also served as a member of our board of trustees from January
2005 until February 2007.
Upon his appointment as our chief financial officer, we entered
into an employment agreement with Mr. Wilkins, which was
subsequently amended and restated in September of 2007. The
employment agreement provides Mr. Wilkins with severance
payments upon certain terminations, including terminations
without cause, terminations by Mr. Wilkins for good reason
in the event of a change of control, or if his employment
agreement is not assumed by a successor entity in a change of
control. The agreement is substantially similar to the agreement
for Mr. Boston, which is described above under the headings
“Management — Compensation Discussion and
Analysis” and “Management — Potential
Payments on Termination or
Change-in-Control.”
Mr. Wilkins’ agreement differs from
Mr. Boston’s in that his base salary is set at
$225,000, his annual incentive cash compensation incentive is
set at 50%, he is entitled to full acceleration of all stock
option in the event of a change of control and he is entitled to
12 months of payments and benefits in the event of a change
of control, unless the change of control occurs after
February 28, 2009, in which case he is entitled to
24 months of payments and benefits.
122
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following description of our capital stock summarizes
provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as
they will be in effect upon completion of the offering. As of
the date of this prospectus, our authorized capital stock
consists of 59,412,073 shares of common stock,
$0.01 par value per share, of which 50,000,000 are
designated common stock and 9,412,073 are designated as
Class A common stock. Immediately after completion of this
offering, after giving effect to the conversion of our
outstanding Class A common stock into common stock and the
effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of
100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per
share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock,
$0.01 par value per share. Immediately after completion of
the offering (assuming completion had occurred as of
September 30, 2007), 17,048,772 shares of common stock
and no shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock
will be outstanding.
Common
Stock
Holders of common stock are entitled:
|
|
|
|
•
|
to cast one vote for each share held of record on all matters
submitted to a vote of the stockholders;
|
|
|
•
|
to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if
any, that the board of directors may declare out of legally
available funds; and
|
|
|
•
|
upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to share
equally and ratably in any assets remaining after the payment of
all debt and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights, if
any, of holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
|
The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive
dividends as they may be lawfully declared from time to time by
our board of directors, subject to any preferential rights of
holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Any
dividends declared on the common stock will not be cumulative.
The holders of our common stock do not have any preemptive,
cumulative voting, subscription, conversion, redemption or
sinking fund rights. The common stock is not subject to future
calls or assessments by us. Except as otherwise required by law,
holders of our common stock are not entitled to vote on any
amendment or certificate of designation relating to the terms of
any series of preferred stock if the holders of the affected
series are entitled to vote on such amendment or certificate of
designation under the certificate of incorporation.
Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public
market for the common stock. We expect that the shares of our
common stock will be approved for quotation on The NASDAQ Global
Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol
“APEI.”
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company will
serve as the transfer agent and registrar for the common stock.
Preferred
Stock
Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors
has the authority, without further action by our stockholders,
except as described below, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares
of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the voting
powers, designations, preferences and the relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series,
including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights,
terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of
shares constituting any series. Upon completion of the offering,
no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding.
Because the board of directors has the power to establish the
preferences and rights of the shares of any additional series of
preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock
preferences, powers and rights, including voting and dividend
rights, senior to the rights of holders of the common stock,
which could adversely affect the holders of the common stock and
could discourage a takeover of us even if a change of control of
our company would be beneficial to the interests of our
stockholders.
123
Anti-Takeover
Effect of Our Charter and Bylaw Provisions
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions
that could make it more difficult to complete an acquisition of
American Public Education by means of a tender offer, a proxy
contest or otherwise.
Maximum Number of Directors. Our certificate
of incorporation does not limit the maximum size of our board of
directors.
Special Stockholder Meetings. Our bylaws
provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called
only by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of
directors.
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Our
certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the
rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written
consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken
only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and
may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting, unless
the action to be taken by written consent of stockholders and
the taking of this action by written consent has been expressly
approved in advance by the board of directors. Failure to
satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could
delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.
Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure. Our
bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to
make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to
bring other business before an annual meeting of our
stockholders. The bylaws provide that any stockholder wishing to
nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other
business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our secretary
a written notice of the stockholder’s intention to do so.
To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered to
or mailed and received by us not less than 90 days before
the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except
that if the annual meeting is set for a date that is not within
30 days before or 60 days after such anniversary date,
we must receive the notice not later than the close of business
on the tenth day following the day on which we provide the
notice or public disclosure of the date of the meeting. The
notice must include the following information:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the
nomination and the name and address of the person or persons to
be nominated or the nature of the business to be proposed;
|
|
|
•
|
a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of
our capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends
to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the
person or persons or to introduce the business specified in the
notice;
|
|
|
•
|
if applicable, a description of all arrangements or
understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any
other person or persons, naming such person or persons, pursuant
to which the nomination is to be made by the stockholder;
|
|
|
•
|
such other information regarding each nominee or each matter of
business to be proposed by such stockholder as would be required
to be included in a proxy statement filed under the SEC’s
proxy rules if the nominee had been nominated, or intended to be
nominated, or the matter had been proposed, or intended to be
proposed, by the board of directors;
|
|
|
•
|
if applicable, the consent of each nominee to serve as a
director if elected; and
|
|
|
•
|
such other information that the board of directors may request
in its discretion.
|
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. We are subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which, with specified
exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in
any “business combination” with any “interested
stockholder” for a period of three years following the time
that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:
|
|
|
|
•
|
before that time, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the business combination or the transaction
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
•
|
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for
purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those
shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and
by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not
have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange
offer; or
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
at or after that time, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the
affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines “business combination” to
include the following:
|
|
|
|
•
|
any merger or consolidation of the corporation with the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
•
|
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, transfer, pledge or other
disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation
involving the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
•
|
subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
•
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
|
|
•
|
any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an “interested
stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning
15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation
and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or
controlled by that entity or person. Because the ABS Entities
acquired their shares prior to this offering, Section 203
is currently inapplicable to any business combination or
transaction with the ABS Entities or their affiliates.
The application of Section 203 may make it difficult and
expensive for a third party to pursue a takeover attempt we do
not approve even if a change in control would be beneficial to
the interests of our stockholders.
125
SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the offering, we will have outstanding
17,048,772 shares of common stock. Of these shares, the
4,687,500 shares to be sold in the offering, plus any shares
issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment
option, will be freely tradable in the public market without
restriction under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held
by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
12,361,272 shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of
the offering will be “restricted securities,” as that
term is defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be
sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration, such as the
exemption afforded by Rule 144.
Lockup Agreements. For a description of our
lockup agreements with the underwriters that restrict sales of
our shares by us, our executive officers and directors and most
of our other existing stockholders, see “Underwriting.”
Sales Under Rule 144 or Otherwise. The
following shares will be eligible for sale in the public market
at the following times:
|
|
|
|
•
|
At the completion of this offering, approximately 446,997 shares
of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market,
which sales may be eligible under Rule 144(k), as described
below;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
90 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately 22,000
shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the
public market, subject to volume, manner of sale and other
limitations under Rule 144;
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
180 days after the date of this prospectus, approximately
11,724,220 shares of common stock will become eligible for
sale in the public market, of which the sale of approximately
10,229,605 shares held by affiliates will be subject to
volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144
and approximately 1,494,615 will be subject to volume, manner of
sale and other limitations under Rule 144 from time to time
until the expiration of Rule 144’s two-year holding
period; and
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the remaining 155,815 shares of common stock will become
eligible for sale under Rule 144 or otherwise from time to
time.
|
Of the 17,048,772 shares of common stock that will be
outstanding after the offering in addition to the shares being
sold, 11,880,035 shares are subject to the lockup agreements
described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the
expiration or termination of such agreements.
In general, under Rule 144, a person who has beneficially
owned restricted shares of common stock for at least one year
would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a
number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
•
|
1% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, which will
total approximately 170,488 shares immediately after completion
of the offering; or
|
|
|
|
|
•
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice with the
SEC with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public
information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person that has
not been our affiliate at any time during the three months
before a sale and that has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years may sell these shares
without complying with the volume, manner of sale and other
conditions of Rule 144.
Sales Under Rule 701. In general, under
Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each
of our directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisers
who purchased shares from us before the date of this prospectus
in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written
compensatory agreement is eligible to resell such shares
90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on
Rule 144, but without compliance
126
with restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of
September 30, 2007, a total of approximately 430,111 shares
of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2007
and approximately 917,774 shares of our common stock that may be
acquired upon exercise of options outstanding as of
September 30, 2007 will be eligible to be sold under
Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, subject to the vesting provisions that may be
contained in individual option agreements. However, 1,343,485 of
such shares are subject to the lockup agreements described above
and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or
termination of such agreements.
Common Stock Registration Rights. Before this
offering, we granted some of our stockholders, including
entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners and Camden
Partners, registration rights with respect to their shares of
common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person
Transactions — Amended and Restated Registration
Rights Agreement” above. As of September 30, 2007,
9,413,767 shares of our common stock, representing 55.2% of our
outstanding common stock immediately after completion of this
offering, were entitled to the benefits of these registration
rights. We have granted the following types of registration
rights:
|
|
|
|
•
|
demand registration rights, exercisable six months after this
offering by holders of at least 30% of the then outstanding
shares of common stock held by stockholders with registration
rights, in which these stockholders are entitled to require us
to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act on
up to two occasions during the seven years following the
consummation of this offering, subject to certain limitations;
|
|
|
•
|
piggyback registration rights, in which stockholders with
registration rights are entitled to require us to include their
shares in a registration of our securities for sale by us or by
other holders of our securities, subject to certain
limitations; and
|
|
|
•
|
S-3
registration rights, in which stockholders with registration
rights may require us, in the event that we become eligible to
register securities by means of a registration statement on
Form S-3
under the Securities Act, to register the sale of their shares,
provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the
public of such securities is at least $1 million.
|
These registration rights may not be exercised until
180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition,
these registration rights are subject to various conditions,
including notice requirements, timing restrictions and volume
limitations which may be imposed by the underwriters of an
offering. We generally are required to bear the expense of all
these registrations, except for underwriting discounts and
commissions. In addition, we will indemnify the selling
stockholders in such transactions.
Registration Statement on
Form S-8. As
soon as practicable after this offering, we intend to file a
registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act to cover our offering of shares of
common stock under our employee benefit plans. None of the
shares registered on
Form S-8
that are subject to lockup agreements will be eligible for
resale until expiration or termination of the lockup agreements.
127
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
FOR
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of some U.S. federal income and
estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and
disposition of shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to
this offering by a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, is not a “U.S. person,” as we define
that term below. A beneficial owner of our common stock who is
not a U.S. person is referred to below as a
“non-U.S. holder.”
This summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, administrative
pronouncements and published rulings of the U.S. Internal
Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date hereof.
These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively,
resulting in U.S. federal tax consequences different from
those set forth below. We have not sought, and will not seek,
any ruling from the IRS or opinion of counsel with respect to
the statements made in the following summary, and there can be
no complete assurance that the IRS will not take a position
contrary to such statements or that any such contrary position
taken by the IRS would not be sustained.
This summary is limited to
non-U.S. holders
who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this
offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset, which
is generally property held for investment. This summary also
does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws
of any state, local or
non-U.S. jurisdiction,
or under U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, except as
specifically described below. In addition, this summary does not
address tax considerations that may be applicable to an
investor’s particular circumstances nor does it address the
special tax rules applicable to special classes of
non-U.S. holders,
including, without limitation:
|
|
|
|
•
|
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
|
|
|
•
|
partnerships or other entities treated as partnerships for
U.S. federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
•
|
U.S. expatriates;
|
|
|
•
|
tax-exempt organizations;
|
|
|
•
|
tax-qualified retirement plans;
|
|
|
•
|
brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
|
|
|
•
|
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method
of accounting for their securities holdings; or
|
|
|
•
|
persons that will hold common stock as a position in a hedging
transaction, “straddle” or “conversion
transaction” for tax purposes.
|
If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership
for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a holder, the tax
treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend
upon the status of the partner and the activities of the
partnership. A holder that is a partnership, and partners in
such partnership, should consult their own tax advisors
regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of shares of our common stock.
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. person means a
person who is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
•
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
•
|
a corporation, including any entity treated as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized under
the laws of the United States, any state within the United
States, or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
•
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal
income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
•
|
a trust, if its administration is subject to the primary
supervision of a U.S. court and one or more
U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its
substantial decisions, or other trusts considered
U.S. persons for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
128
YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE
APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR
PARTICULAR SITUATION AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING
UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE
LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL,
NON-U.S. OR
OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Dividends
If distributions are paid on shares of our common stock, the
distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal
income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or
accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent a
distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, it will constitute a return of capital that is applied
against and reduces, but not below zero, the adjusted tax basis
of your shares in our common stock. Any remainder will
constitute gain on the common stock. Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal
income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If the dividend is
effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holder’s
conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if a tax
treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment maintained by such
non-U.S. holder,
the dividend will not be subject to any withholding tax,
provided certification requirements are met, as described below,
but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed on
net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons
generally. A corporate holder under certain circumstances also
may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such
lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax
treaty, of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and
profits for the taxable year.
To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from
withholding because the income is effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a
non-U.S. holder
must provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
for treaty benefits or
W-8ECI for
effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS
designates, prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must
be periodically updated.
Non-U.S. holders
may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely
filing an appropriate claim for refund.
Gain on
Disposition
A
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax,
including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or
other disposition of shares of our common stock unless any one
of the following is true:
|
|
|
|
•
|
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holder’s
conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if a tax
treaty applies, attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment or a fixed base maintained by such
non-U.S. holder;
|
|
|
•
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States
for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition
and certain other requirements are met; or
|
|
|
•
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest
by reason of our status as a “United States real property
holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal
income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of
(1) the period during which you hold our common stock or
(2) the five-year period ending on the date you dispose of
our common stock.
|
We believe that we are not currently, and will not become, a
USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a
USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real
property interests relative to the fair market value of our
other business assets, we cannot assure you that we will not
become a USRPHC in the future. As long as our common stock is
regularly traded on an established securities market, however,
it will not be treated as a U.S. real property interest, in
general, with respect to any
non-U.S. holder
that holds no more than 5% of such regularly traded common
stock. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and the foregoing
exception does not apply, a purchaser may be required to
withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a
non-U.S. holder
from a disposition of our common stock, and the
non-U.S. holder
129
generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the
disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates
applicable to U.S. persons.
Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described
in the first bullet point above will be subject to the
U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same
basis that applies to U.S. persons generally but will
generally not be subject to withholding. Corporate holders also
may be subject to a branch profits tax on such gain. Gain
described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a
flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, which may be offset by
U.S. source capital losses.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may
provide for different rules.
U.S.
Federal Estate Taxes
Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an
individual who at the time of death is a
non-U.S. holder
are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in
the individual’s estate for U.S. federal estate tax
purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides
otherwise.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, we must report annually to
the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
the gross amount of distributions on our common stock paid to
such
non-U.S. holder
and the tax withheld with respect to those distributions. These
information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was
not required because the dividends were effectively connected
dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an
applicable tax treaty. Pursuant to an applicable tax treaty,
that information may also be made available to the tax
authorities in the country in which the
non-U.S. holder
resides.
Backup withholding generally will not apply to payments of
dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities
as such, to a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock if the holder has provided the required
certification that it is not a U.S. person, or if other
requirements are met. Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
who fails to certify status as a
non-U.S. person
in accordance with the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations
generally will be subject to backup withholding at the
applicable rate, which is currently 28%. Dividends paid to
non-U.S. holders
subject to the 30% withholding tax described above under
“Dividends,” generally will be exempt from backup
withholding.
Payments of the proceeds from a disposition or a redemption
effected outside the United States by a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock made by or through a foreign office of a
broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or
backup withholding. However, information reporting, but not
backup withholding, generally will apply to such a payment if
the broker has specified types of connections with the
U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its
records that the beneficial owner is a
non-U.S. holder
and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise
established.
Payment of the proceeds from a disposition by a
non-U.S. holder
of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a
broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. holder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a
U.S. person and satisfies other requirements, or otherwise
establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup
withholding.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or
credited against the
non-U.S. holder’s
U.S. federal income tax liability if required information
is furnished to the IRS.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of
backup withholding to them and the availability of, and
procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.
130
The underwriters named below have severally agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
by and between the underwriters and us, to purchase from us the
respective number of shares of common stock set forth opposite
each underwriter’s name in the table below. William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. is acting as Sole Book-Running
Manager, Piper Jaffray & Co. is acting as Co-Lead
Manager and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, ThinkEquity
Partners LLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp., and Signal Hill Capital
Group LLC are acting as Co-Managers for this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
ThinkEquity Partners LLC
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
Signal Hill Capital Group LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
4,687,500
|
|
This offering will be underwritten on a firm commitment basis.
In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to
purchase the shares of common stock being sold pursuant to this
prospectus at a price per share equal to the public offering
price less the underwriting discount specified on the cover page
of this prospectus. According to the terms of the underwriting
agreement, the underwriters either will purchase all of the
shares or none of them. In the event of default by any
underwriter, in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments
of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the
underwriting agreement may be terminated.
The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the
underwriters propose to offer the common stock to the public
initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at such price
less a concession of not more than
$ per share. The underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess
of $ per share to certain other
dealers. The underwriters will offer the shares subject to prior
sale and subject to receipt and acceptance of the shares by the
underwriters. The underwriters may reject any order to purchase
shares in whole or in part. The underwriters expect that we will
deliver the shares to the underwriters through the facilities of
The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York on or
about ,
2007. At that time, the underwriters will pay us for the shares
in immediately available funds. After commencement of the public
offering, the representative may change the public offering
price and other selling terms.
We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within
30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up
to an aggregate of additional shares of common stock from us at
the same price per share to be paid by the underwriters for the
other shares offered hereby solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters purchase any such
additional shares pursuant to this option, each of the
underwriters will be committed to purchase such additional
shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the
table above. The underwriters may exercise the option only for
the purpose of covering excess sales, if any, made in connection
with the distribution of the shares of common stock offered
hereby. The underwriters will offer any additional shares that
they purchase on the terms described in the preceding paragraph.
The underwriters have reserved for sale in a directed share
program, at the initial public offering price, up to
234,375 shares of common stock in this offering for our
employees and other related persons. Purchases of the reserved
shares would reduce the number of shares available for sale to
the general public. The underwriters will offer any reserved
shares which are not so purchased to the general public on the
same terms as the other shares being sold in this offering.
131
The following table summarizes the compensation to be paid by us
to the underwriters. This information assumes either no exercise
or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment
option:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Over-Allotment
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discount paid by us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses to us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that our total expenses for this offering, excluding
the underwriting discount, will be approximately
$1.8 million.
We and each of our directors, executive officers and certain of
our existing stockholders holding in the aggregate approximately
11.7 million shares of our common stock have agreed,
subject to limited exceptions described below, for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to, without
the prior written consent of William Blair &
Company, L.L.C.:
|
|
|
|
•
|
directly or indirectly, offer, sell (including “short”
selling), assign, transfer, encumber, pledge, contract to sell,
grant an option to purchase, establish an open “put
equivalent position” within the meaning of
Rule 16a-1(h)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise dispose
of any shares of common stock or securities convertible or
exchangeable into, or exercisable for, common stock held of
record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); or
|
|
|
•
|
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a
portion of the economic consequences associated with the
ownership of any common stock.
|
The 180-day
lock-up
period will be extended if (1) we release earnings results
or material news or a material event relating to our company
occurs during the last 17 days of the
lock-up
period, or (2) prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
lock-up
period. In either case, the
lock-up
period will be extended for 18 days after the date of the
release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the
material news or material event.
Any shares of common stock purchased in the directed share
program will not be subject to the
lock-up
period described above (although a director or executive officer
could otherwise be subject to a
lock-up
agreement as a director or executive officer).
This agreement does not extend to transfers or dispositions
(i) by gift, (ii) by will or intestate succession to
immediate family members, (iii) to any trust for the direct
or indirect benefit of the transferor or his or her immediate
family, or (iv) with respect to holders that are entities,
to equity holders or other affiliates of such entities, provided
in each case that the recipient of those shares agrees to be
bound by the foregoing restrictions for the duration of the
180 days. In determining whether to consent to a
transaction prohibited by these restrictions, William
Blair & Company, L.L.C. will take into account various
factors, including the number of shares requested to be sold,
the anticipated manner and timing of sale, the potential impact
of the sale on the market for the common stock, the restrictions
on publication of research reports that would be imposed by the
rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
and market conditions generally. We may grant options and issue
common stock under existing stock option plans and issue
unregistered shares in connection with any outstanding
convertible securities or options during the
lock-up
period. For more information, see “Shares Eligible for
Future Sale.”
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their
controlling persons against certain liabilities for
misstatements in the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The representative has informed us that the underwriters will
not confirm, without client authorization, sales to their client
accounts as to which they have discretionary authority. The
representative has also
132
informed us that the underwriters intend to deliver all copies
of this prospectus via electronic means, via hand delivery or
through mail or courier services.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters and other
persons participating in this offering may engage in
transactions which affect the market price of the common stock.
These may include stabilizing and over-allotment transactions
and purchases to cover syndicate short positions. Stabilizing
transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of
pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. An
over-allotment involves selling more shares of common stock in
this offering than are specified on the cover page of this
prospectus, which results in a syndicate short position. The
underwriters may cover this short position by purchasing common
stock in the open market or by exercising all or part of their
over-allotment option. In addition, the representative may
impose a penalty bid. This allows the representative to reclaim
the selling concession allowed to an underwriter or selling
group member if shares of common stock sold by such underwriter
or selling group member in this offering are repurchased by the
representative in stabilizing or syndicate short covering
transactions. These transactions, which may be effected on The
NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise, may stabilize, maintain or
otherwise affect the market price of the common stock and could
cause the price to be higher than it would be without these
transactions. The underwriters and other participants in this
offering are not required to engage in any of these activities
and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without
notice. We and the underwriters make no representation or
prediction as to whether the underwriters will engage in such
transactions or choose to discontinue any transactions engaged
in or as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that these
transactions may have on the price of the common stock.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. Consequently, we and the representative of the
underwriters have negotiated to determine the initial public
offering price. We and they have considered current market
conditions, our operating results in recent periods, the market
capitalization of other companies in our industry and estimates
of our potential.
We will apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on
The NASDAQ Global Market and have reserved the symbol
“APEI.”
In the ordinary course of business, some of the underwriters and
their affiliates may in the future provide investment banking,
commercial banking and other services to us for which they may
receive customary fees or other compensation. Stifel,
Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (as successor to
substantially all of the assets of the Capital Markets
businesses of Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated and for the
benefit of its employees) has an economic interest in
155,815 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which are
held by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as successor in interest
to Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated. In addition, one of the
principals of William Blair & Company, L.L.C. is an
investor in one of the Camden Partners funds that will receive a
portion of the dividend we intend to pay with the proceeds of
this offering.
133
The legal validity of the shares of common stock offered by this
prospectus will be passed upon for us by Hogan &
Hartson L.L.P., Baltimore, Maryland. Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
in the past provided, and may continue to provide, legal
services to ABS Capital Partners and Camden Partners and their
respective affiliates. Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. owns a
limited partnership interest of less than 1% in ABS Capital
Partners IV, L.P. Legal matters in connection with the offering
will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP,
Chicago, Illinois.
The consolidated financial statements of American Public
Education, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005
and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006, have been included herein and in the
registration statement in reliance upon the report of
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, independent registered public
accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
134
WHERE
YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the
registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to
the common stock to be sold in the offering. This prospectus
does not contain all of the information contained in the
registration statement. For further information about us and our
common stock, we refer you to the registration statement. For
additional information, you should refer to the exhibits and
schedules that have been filed with our registration statement
on
Form S-1.
Statements in this prospectus concerning the contents of any
contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If
a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement, we refer you to that exhibit. Each
statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified
by the filed exhibit.
Upon completion of the offering, we will become subject to the
reporting and information requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act and, as a result, will file periodic and current
reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.
You may read and copy, at prescribed rates, all or any portion
of the registration statement or any other information that we
file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at
100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You
may obtain information concerning the operation of the
SEC’s public reference room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, will also
be available to the public on the SEC’s Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov.
135
INDEX
TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
American
Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
F-1
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
American Public Education, Inc.
Charles Town, West Virginia
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company)
as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries as
of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company changed their method
of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment.
As discussed in Note 16 to the accompanying consolidated
financial statements, the Company has restated its consolidated
balance sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
/s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Baltimore, Maryland
March 28, 2007, except for Note 15,
which is as of September 19, 2007
F-2
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro forma(a)
|
|
|
|
(Restated)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Assets
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,511
|
|
|
$
|
11,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $570 in 2005, $263 in
2006 and $566 in 2007
|
|
|
4,151
|
|
|
|
5,448
|
|
|
|
3,948
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
1,269
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
11,734
|
|
|
|
18,993
|
|
|
|
23,451
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
9,532
|
|
|
|
9,363
|
|
|
|
9,810
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
22,444
|
|
|
$
|
28,750
|
|
|
$
|
33,993
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,112
|
|
|
$
|
1,502
|
|
|
$
|
1,176
|
|
|
$
|
1,176
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
1,820
|
|
|
|
3,157
|
|
|
|
3,639
|
|
|
|
78,639
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3,852
|
|
|
|
5,421
|
|
|
|
5,421
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
5,993
|
|
|
|
8,548
|
|
|
|
10,810
|
|
|
|
85,810
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,912
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,944
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
7,905
|
|
|
|
11,929
|
|
|
|
12,368
|
|
|
|
87,368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares — 9,412; Issued and outstanding
shares — 9,256 in 2005, 2006 and 2007
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized shares — 50,000; 2,420 outstanding in 2005;
2,542 in 2006 and 2,778 in 2007
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
13,567
|
|
|
|
14,074
|
|
|
|
15,305
|
|
|
|
15,305
|
|
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
2,629
|
|
|
|
6,199
|
|
|
|
(68,801
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
14,539
|
|
|
|
16,821
|
|
|
|
21,625
|
|
|
|
(53,375
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
22,444
|
|
|
$
|
28,750
|
|
|
$
|
33,993
|
|
|
|
33,993
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
The consolidated pro forma balance sheet as of June 30,
2007 gives effect to a special distribution in the amount of
$75,000 (unaudited) on retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
and accrued liabilities based on the offering price of $16.00
per share.
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-3
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
23,119
|
|
|
$
|
28,178
|
|
|
$
|
40,045
|
|
|
$
|
16,961
|
|
|
$
|
30,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
|
10,944
|
|
|
|
13,247
|
|
|
|
17,959
|
|
|
|
7,923
|
|
|
|
12,990
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
4,043
|
|
|
|
4,895
|
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
|
|
2,888
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,737
|
|
|
|
7,364
|
|
|
|
9,150
|
|
|
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
7,074
|
|
Write-off of software development project
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
19,561
|
|
|
|
25,954
|
|
|
|
37,105
|
|
|
|
15,116
|
|
|
|
24,275
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before interest income and
income taxes
|
|
|
3,558
|
|
|
|
2,224
|
|
|
|
2,940
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
5,987
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
3,614
|
|
|
|
2,449
|
|
|
|
3,229
|
|
|
|
1,971
|
|
|
|
6,325
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
2,755
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
|
2,287
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
(1,085
|
)
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit of
$336, $314 and $74 in 2005, 2006 and for the six months ended
June 30, 2006, respectively
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,202
|
|
|
$
|
404
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
|
$
|
933
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
5,386,392
|
|
|
|
8,055,300
|
|
|
|
11,741,191
|
|
|
|
11,702,042
|
|
|
|
11,931,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
5,407,050
|
|
|
|
8,463,653
|
|
|
|
12,177,693
|
|
|
|
12,152,008
|
|
|
|
12,492,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income attributable to common stockholders per
common share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,316,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,395,376
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-4
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
(Unaudited with respect to the six months ended June 30,
2007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Stockholders’
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except shares)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
5,386,392
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(775
|
)
|
|
$
|
(721
|
)
|
Stock issued for cash
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
209,000
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
5,595,392
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
Acquisition of Rockwell
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
88,011
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Stock issued for cash
|
|
|
3,905,000
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
832,150
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
19,014
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
19,061
|
|
Stock repurchased from stockholders
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(4,095,311
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
(17,377
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(17,418
|
)
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
|
|
(681
|
)
|
Reclassification of preferred stock due to recapitalization
|
|
|
5,351,258
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
12,235
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
9,256,258
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
2,420,242
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
13,591
|
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
14,539
|
|
Stock issued for cash
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
122,100
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,798
|
|
|
|
1,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
9,256,258
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
2,542,342
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
14,074
|
|
|
|
2,629
|
|
|
|
16,821
|
|
Stock issued for cash
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
246,400
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Stock repurchased from stockholder
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(11,000
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2007
|
|
|
9,256,258
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
|
2,777,742
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
15,305
|
|
|
$
|
6,199
|
|
|
$
|
21,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-5
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,202
|
|
|
$
|
404
|
|
|
$
|
1,798
|
|
|
$
|
3,570
|
|
Add: (Loss) from discontinued operations, net
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(303
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations attributable to common
stockholders
|
|
|
1,202
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
|
2,458
|
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts/(decrease) in allowance for doubtful
accounts
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
(467
|
)
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
303
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
|
1,953
|
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
Loss on write-off of software project
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,198
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,221
|
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
|
(599
|
)
|
|
|
101
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,218
|
)
|
|
|
(505
|
)
|
|
|
(989
|
)
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(189
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
(324
|
)
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
(730
|
)
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
(326
|
)
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1,339
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(517
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
1,069
|
|
|
|
1,569
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing
operations
|
|
|
4,546
|
|
|
|
3,971
|
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
|
|
9,928
|
|
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(311
|
)
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
4,546
|
|
|
|
3,660
|
|
|
|
8,929
|
|
|
|
9,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
|
|
(4,613
|
)
|
|
|
(4,475
|
)
|
|
|
(1,770
|
)
|
Capitalized program development costs and other assets
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
(459
|
)
|
|
|
(346
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
|
|
(4,990
|
)
|
|
|
(4,934
|
)
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
Cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(360
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(2,613
|
)
|
|
|
(5,350
|
)
|
|
|
(4,934
|
)
|
|
|
(2,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowing on long-term debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,980
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,973
|
)
|
Cash paid for repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(18,615
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
Cash received from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
19,060
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Cash paid for expenses related to recapitalization
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(465
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Principal payments from capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
2,172
|
|
|
|
(1,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,102
|
|
|
|
(1,739
|
)
|
|
|
6,167
|
|
|
|
6,476
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
5,148
|
|
|
|
7,250
|
|
|
|
5,511
|
|
|
|
11,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
7,250
|
|
|
$
|
5,511
|
|
|
$
|
11,678
|
|
|
$
|
18,154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
882
|
|
|
$
|
592
|
|
|
$
|
384
|
|
|
$
|
1,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash investing/financing transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock accretion
|
|
$
|
1,085
|
|
|
$
|
681
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of preferred stock
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
11,550
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of stock in acquisition
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated statements.
F-6
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and
2007)
|
|
Note 1.
|
Nature of
Business and Significant Accounting Policies
|
Nature of business. American Public Education,
Inc. (“APEI”) together with its subsidiaries (the
“Company”) is a provider of exclusively online
postsecondary education directed at the needs of the military
and public service communities that operates in one reportable
segment. APEI has five subsidiaries, including the American
Public University System, Inc. (the “University
System”), a West Virginia corporation, which operates
through two universities, American Military University and
American Public University.
The Company was incorporated in Delaware in May 2002 in
anticipation of the reorganization of American Military
University, Inc., a Commonwealth of Virginia corporation that
was founded in 1991 and began offering graduate courses in
January 1993. Following initial national accreditation by the
Accrediting Commission of the Distance Education and Training
Council (“DETC”), in 1995, American Military
University, Inc. began offering undergraduate programs primarily
directed to members of the armed forces. Over time, American
Military University, Inc. diversified its educational offerings
into the liberal arts in response to demand by military students
for post-military career preparation. With its expanded program
offerings, American Military University, Inc. extended its
outreach to the greater public service community, primarily
police, fire, emergency management personnel and national
security professionals. Effective July 29, 2002, American
Military University, Inc. reorganized into a holding company
structure, with all of the shares of capital stock of American
Military University, Inc. being converted into equivalent shares
of capital stock of the Company and the operations of American
Military University, Inc. becoming operations of the University
System. Because this transaction was consummated among entities
under common control, it was recorded in a manner similar to
that in pooling-of-interest accounting, which is often referred
to as a reorganization.
The University System achieved regional accreditation in May
2006 with the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools and became eligible for
federal student aid programs under Title IV for classes
beginning in November 2006.
The Company formed Rockwell Education, Inc.
(“Rockwell”) in the Commonwealth of Virginia for the
purpose of acquiring all of the assets of Pinnacle Software
Solutions, Inc. in February 2005. The acquired assets included
Rockwell University, a school that provided various software and
programming training sessions to students and companies. As of
August 31, 2006, the Company discontinued the operations of
Rockwell, and the activities of Rockwell are included in the
accompanying financial statements as discontinued operations.
Information surrounding the acquisition and disposition of
Rockwell is included in Note 13.
A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies
follows:
Basis of accounting. The accompanying
financial statements are presented in accordance with the
accrual basis of accounting, whereby revenue is recognized when
earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.
Principles of consolidation. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include accounts of APEI and
its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material inter-company
transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Unaudited Interim Financial Information. The
accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30,
2007, the consolidated statements of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated
statement of cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the
six months ended June 30, 2007 are unaudited. The unaudited
interim financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the annual consolidated financial statements, and, in
the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which
include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present
fairly the Company’s financial position and results of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007.
The financial data and other information
F-7
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to
the six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six
months ended June 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative
of the results to be expected for the year ending
December 31, 2007 or for any other interim period or for
any other future year.
Cash and cash equivalents. The Company
considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities
of ninety days or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
Accounts receivable. Course registrations are
recorded as deferred revenue and accounts receivable at the time
students begin a class. Students may remit tuition payments
through the online registration process at anytime or they may
elect various payment options, which can delay the receipt of
payment up until the class starts or longer. These other payment
options include payments by sponsors, alternative loans,
financial aid, or a tuition assistance program that remits
payments directly to the Company. When a student remits payment
after a class has begun, accounts receivable is reduced. If
payment is made prior to the start of class, the payment is
recorded as a student deposit, and the student is provided
access to the classroom when classes start. If one of the
various other payment options are confirmed as secured, the
student is provided access to the classroom. If no receipt is
confirmed or payment option secured, the student will be dropped
from the class. Therefore, billed amounts represent invoices
that have been prepared and sent to students or their sponsor,
lender, financial aid, or tuition assistance program according
to the billing terms agreed upon in advance. The Department of
Defense (“DoD”) tuition assistance program is billed
by branch of service on a
course-by-course
basis when a student starts class, whereas federal financial aid
programs are billed based on the classes included in a
student’s semester. Billed accounts receivable are
considered past due if the invoice has been outstanding more
than 30 days. The provision for doubtful accounts is based
on management’s evaluation of the status of existing
accounts receivable. Recoveries of receivables previously
written off are recorded when received.
Property and equipment. Property and equipment
is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Assets
acquired under capital leases are recorded at the lesser of the
present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair market
value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease.
Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. In 2004,
the Company placed in operation its Partnership At a Distance,
or PAD, system, which is a customized student information and
services system, that manages admissions, online orientation,
course registrations, tuition payments, grade reporting,
progress toward degrees, and various other functions. Costs
associated with the project have been capitalized in accordance
with Statement of Position (SOP)
98-1,
Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or
Obtained for Internal Use, and classified as property and
equipment. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful
life of five years. In 2005, the Company began capitalizing the
costs for program development. Costs are transferred to property
and equipment upon completion of each program and amortized over
an estimated life not to exceed three years.
Valuation of long-lived assets. The Company
accounts for the valuation of long-lived assets under Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.
SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets and
certain identifiable intangible assets be reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future
undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair
value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reportable at
the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to
sell.
Revenue recognition. The Company records all
tuition as deferred revenue when students begin a class. In
previously issued consolidated balance sheets, the Company
recognized accounts receivable and deferred
F-8
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
revenue at the time the student registered for a course. The
Company restated the December 31, 2006 and 2005
consolidated balance sheets to give effect to this new method of
recording accounts receivable and deferred revenue. At the
beginning of each class, revenue is recognized on a pro rata
basis over the period of the class, which is either eight or
sixteen weeks. This results in the Company’s balance sheet
including future revenues that have not yet been earned as
deferred revenue for classes that are in progress. Students who
request to be placed on program hold are required to complete or
withdraw from the courses prior to being placed on hold. Other
revenue includes miscellaneous fees and merchandise revenue.
Included in miscellaneous fees are transfer credit evaluation
fees that are one-time fees charged to students to process and
obtain transcripts to evaluate the transferability of credit.
Tuition revenues vary from period to period based on the number
of net course registrations. Students may remit tuition payments
through the online registration process at any time or they may
elect various payment options, including payments by sponsors,
alternative loans, financial aid, or the DoD tuition assistance
program that remits payments directly to the Company. These
other payment options can delay the receipt of payment up until
the class starts or longer, resulting in the recording of a
receivable from the student and deferred revenue at the
beginning of each session. Tuition revenue for sessions in
progress that has not been yet earned by the Company, is
presented as deferred revenue in the accompanying balance sheet.
Deferred revenue and student deposits at December 31, 2005
and 2006 and as of June 30, 2007 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
1,725
|
|
|
$
|
2,107
|
|
|
$
|
3,212
|
|
Student deposits
|
|
|
1,058
|
|
|
|
1,745
|
|
|
|
2,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
$
|
2,783
|
|
|
$
|
3,852
|
|
|
$
|
5,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company provides scholarships to certain students to assist
them financially and promote their registration. Scholarship
assistance of $397,009, $363,271 and $711,835 was provided for
the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively, and $267,103 and $185,951 for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively, are
included as a reduction to tuition revenue in the accompanying
statements of operations.
Advertising costs. Advertising costs are
expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 of $1,815,936, $1,756,251
and $716,644, respectively, and $1,110,826 and $884,091 for the
six months ended June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006,
respectively, are included in selling and promotion costs in the
accompanying statements of operations.
Income taxes. Deferred taxes are determined
using the liability method, whereby, deferred tax assets are
recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax
liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. As those
differences reverse, they will enter into the determination of
future taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is
more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws
and rates on the date of enactment.
Stock-based compensation. Effective
January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123(R)-Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS 123R, which requires companies to expense
F-9
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
share-based compensation based on fair value. Prior to
January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based
payment in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25-Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, and provided the disclosure
required in
SFAS 123-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by
SFAS No. 148-Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure-An
Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123.
The following amounts of stock-based compensation have been
included in the operating expense line-items indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
Instructional costs and services
|
|
$
|
77,063
|
|
|
$
|
47,471
|
|
Selling and promotional
|
|
|
15,338
|
|
|
|
30,154
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
191,460
|
|
|
|
540,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
283,861
|
|
|
$
|
618,417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Per Common Share. Basic income per
common share is based on the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during the period and, because our
preferred stock was convertible into common shares any dilutive
effects of outstanding preferred shares would have been included
in diluted net income per common share. Diluted net income per
common share also increases the shares used in the per share
calculation by the dilutive effects of options and warrants.
Options to purchase 275,000, 188,815, 450,989 and 106,700 common
shares, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the
computation of diluted net income per common share in 2004,
2005, and the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007,
respectively, because their effect would be antidilutive. In
addition, 2,596,902 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock that was convertible into common shares were
excluded from net income per common share in 2004 because their
effect would have been antidilutive.
Pro forma earnings per share was calculated giving effect to the
number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to pay the
special distribution based on the assumed offering price of
$16.00 per share.
Fair value of financial instruments. The
methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair
values of financial instruments are as follows: the carrying
amounts including cash and cash equivalents, tuition receivable,
accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, and current
maturities of long-term borrowings approximate fair value
because of the short maturity of these instruments. The carrying
amount of long-term debt approximates fair value because
inherent interest rates on these instruments fluctuate with
market interest rates offered to the Company for debt of similar
terms and maturities.
Financial risk. The Company maintains its cash
and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, which at times
may exceed Federally insured limits. The Company has not
experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it
is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash
equivalents.
Estimates. The preparation of financial
statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Goodwill. The Company records as goodwill
excess of purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable
net assets acquired. Statements of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, prescribes a two-step process for the impairment testing
of goodwill, which is performed annually, as well as when an
event triggering impairment may have occurred. The first step
tests
F-10
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
for impairment, while the second step, if necessary, measures
the impairment. As of August 31, 2006, goodwill was fully
impaired and written off in the amount of $735,025 upon the
decision to discontinue operations of the Company’s
subsidiary Rockwell.
Recent accounting pronouncements. In May 2005,
the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
(“SFAS 154”). This statement replaces APB Opinion
No. 20, Accounting Changes, and FASB Statement No. 3,
Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.
SFAS 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for
and reporting of a change in accounting principle. For the
Company, SFAS 154 was effective at the beginning of fiscal
year 2007. The adoption of SFAS 154 did not have a material
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board Issued
Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. This interpretation applies to
all tax positions accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 109 by defining the criteria that an
individual tax position must meet in order for the position to
be recognized within the financial statements and provides
guidance on measurement, de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods,
disclosure and transition for tax positions. This interpretation
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006, with earlier adoption permitted. The Company has adopted
FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. There was no
material financial impact to the Company as a result of adopting
this standard.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements
(“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines and
establishes a framework for measuring fair value. In addition,
SFAS 157 expands disclosures about fair value measurements.
For the Company, SFAS 157 is effective beginning in fiscal
year 2009. The Company does not expect that the adoption of
SFAS 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated
financial statements.
Reclassifications. Certain 2005 and 2004
amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2006
presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on
previously reported net income.
|
|
Note 2.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment at December 31, 2006 and 2005
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
Useful
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
Life
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
117,332
|
|
|
$
|
217,332
|
|
|
$
|
217,332
|
|
Building
|
|
|
27.5 years
|
|
|
|
2,920,074
|
|
|
|
2,770,701
|
|
|
|
2,770,701
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
256,701
|
|
|
|
256,701
|
|
Office equipment
|
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
|
|
|
122,580
|
|
|
|
317,429
|
|
|
|
488,324
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
|
|
|
1,723,667
|
|
|
|
2,643,010
|
|
|
|
2,991,949
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
299,749
|
|
|
|
610,912
|
|
|
|
720,518
|
|
Software development
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
6,564,178
|
|
|
|
6,258,617
|
|
|
|
7,201,539
|
|
Program development
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
456,716
|
|
|
|
454,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,747,580
|
|
|
|
13,531,418
|
|
|
|
15,101,234
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,216,077
|
|
|
|
4,168,810
|
|
|
|
5,291,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,531,503
|
|
|
$
|
9,362,608
|
|
|
$
|
9,809,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
the Company recorded $1,952,733, $1,299,814 and $673,043,
respectively, and $1,322,853 and $793,024 for the six months
ended June 30, 2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively,
in depreciation and amortization expense.
F-11
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
The Company has available a line of credit with a maximum
borrowing amount of up to $5,000,000. The line bears interest at
LIBOR plus 200 basis points (7.3% at December 31, 2006
and 7.5% at June 30, 2007). The line is secured by
substantially all of the assets of the University System. There
were no amounts outstanding as of June 30, 2007,
December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
On September 22, 2006, two of the Company’s
subsidiaries formed to hold real property obtained mortgage
notes payable. The terms and amounts outstanding on these notes
as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
$892,500 mortgage note bearing interest at LIBOR plus 225 basis
points (7.6% at December 31, 2006), secured by the assets
of the subsidiary formed to hold the related real property, due
in full on September 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
889,290
|
|
$1,087,500 mortgage note bearing interest at LIBOR plus
225 basis points (7.6% at December 31, 2006), secured
by the assets of the subsidiary formed to hold the related real
property, due in full on September 1, 2011
|
|
|
1,083,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,972,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In April 2007, the notes were paid off.
Effective September 2006, the Company entered into a
5-year
interest rate swap agreement for a notional amount equal to the
obligation under the mortgage notes payable whereby the Company
receives a variable interest rate based on LIBOR and pays a
fixed rate of 5.05%. This mechanism is intended to allow the
Company to realize the potential benefit of a lower fixed rate.
As of December 31, 2006, the unrealized gain on the
interest rate swap agreement was nominal.
In April 2007, the notes along with the related swap agreements
were paid off.
The Company leases office space in Virginia and West Virginia
under operating leases that expire between July 2006 and January
2011. Rent expense related to these operating leases amounted to
$683,320, $484,960, $265,450 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Rent
expense related to operating leases amounted to $247,715 and
$327,091 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007,
respectively. The minimum rental commitment under the operating
leases is due as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
516,837
|
|
2008
|
|
|
511,510
|
|
2009
|
|
|
370,723
|
|
2010
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
2011
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,529,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
The components of the income tax expense (benefit) for the years
ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the six months
ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
(113,556
|
)
|
|
$
|
(198,609
|
)
|
|
$
|
938,247
|
|
|
|
1,149,134
|
|
|
$
|
2,151,856
|
|
State
|
|
|
220,046
|
|
|
|
60,576
|
|
|
|
117,400
|
|
|
|
143,733
|
|
|
|
502,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106,490
|
|
|
|
(138,033
|
)
|
|
|
1,055,647
|
|
|
|
1,292,867
|
|
|
|
2,654,476
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
1,075,360
|
|
|
|
760,537
|
|
|
|
(585,195
|
)
|
|
|
(413,988
|
)
|
|
|
86,440
|
|
State
|
|
|
145,328
|
|
|
|
103,345
|
|
|
|
(13,505
|
)
|
|
|
(9,572
|
)
|
|
|
14,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,220,688
|
|
|
|
863,882
|
|
|
|
(598,700
|
)
|
|
|
(423,560
|
)
|
|
|
100,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,327,178
|
|
|
$
|
725,849
|
|
|
$
|
456,947
|
|
|
$
|
869,307
|
|
|
$
|
2,754,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax effects of principal temporary differences are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
976,785
|
|
|
$
|
1,420,695
|
|
Stock option compensation expense
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
129,355
|
|
|
|
172,870
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
65,736
|
|
|
|
98,882
|
|
|
|
230,480
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
30,879
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
68,210
|
|
|
|
112,659
|
|
|
|
77,380
|
|
Net operating loss carry forwards
|
|
|
10,588
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Charitable contribution carryover
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
26,209
|
|
|
|
13,408
|
|
State book to tax differences
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
93,660
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175,413
|
|
|
|
1,437,550
|
|
|
|
1,914,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax deductible capitalized software development costs
|
|
|
1,622,303
|
|
|
|
2,543,238
|
|
|
|
2,978,938
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
289,885
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
32,387
|
|
|
|
141,170
|
|
Accrued Severance
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
33,566
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,912,188
|
|
|
|
2,575,625
|
|
|
|
3,153,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,736,775
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,138,075
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,238,841
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
The deferred tax amounts above have been classified on the
accompanying balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and
2006 and as of June 30, 2007, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
175,413
|
|
|
$
|
299,023
|
|
|
$
|
319,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,912,188
|
|
|
$
|
1,437,098
|
|
|
$
|
1,558,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax expense differs from the amount of tax benefit
determined by applying the United States Federal income tax
rates to pretax income and loss due to permanent tax
differences, research and development tax credits related to
capitalized software development costs, and the use of
historical tax credits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
Tax expense at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
859,372
|
|
|
|
34.00
|
|
|
$
|
414,516
|
|
|
|
34.00
|
|
|
$
|
750,762
|
|
|
|
34.00
|
|
|
$
|
612,680
|
|
|
|
34.00
|
|
|
$
|
2,214,591
|
|
|
|
35.00
|
|
State taxes, net
|
|
|
116,773
|
|
|
|
4.62
|
|
|
|
56,325
|
|
|
|
4.62
|
|
|
|
111,616
|
|
|
|
5.05
|
|
|
|
91,001
|
|
|
|
5.05
|
|
|
|
335,831
|
|
|
|
5.31
|
|
Permanent differences
|
|
|
425,362
|
|
|
|
16.83
|
|
|
|
274,038
|
|
|
|
22.48
|
|
|
|
19,922
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
1,622
|
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
125,943
|
|
|
|
1.99
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(74,329
|
)
|
|
|
(2.94
|
)
|
|
|
(19,030
|
)
|
|
|
(1.56
|
)
|
|
|
(425,354
|
)
|
|
|
(19.26
|
)
|
|
|
164,004
|
|
|
|
9.11
|
|
|
|
78,595
|
|
|
|
1.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,327,178
|
|
|
|
52.51
|
|
|
$
|
725,849
|
|
|
|
59.54
|
|
|
$
|
456,946
|
|
|
|
19.88
|
|
|
$
|
869,307
|
|
|
|
48.25
|
|
|
$
|
2,754,960
|
|
|
|
43.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent differences in the table above are mainly attributable
to preferred stock accretion for the years ended 2004 and 2005.
Other is primarily historic rehabilitation credits associated
with real estate acquired in 2006.
The Company has established a tax deferred 401(k) retirement
plan that provides retirement benefits to all of its eligible
employees. The participants may elect to contribute up to 60% of
their gross annual earnings not to exceed ERISA and IRS limits.
The plan provides for Company discretionary profit sharing
contributions at matching percentages. Employees immediately
vest 100% in all salary reduction contributions and employer
contributions. The Company made discretionary contributions to
the plan of $399,740, $339,033 and $307,841 for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, and
$293,154 and $196,132 for the six months ended June 30,
2007 and June 30, 2006, respectively.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Stockholders’
Equity
|
Common
stock
In connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement described in
Note 10, the Company authorized and issued a new class of
capital stock designated as Class A Common Stock.
In connection with the 2005 Stock Purchase Agreement described
in Note 10, the Company repurchased 3,671,261 shares
of Common Stock of the Company from its then majority
stockholder, representing the remaining holdings of that
stockholder. The shares were repurchased for the estimated fair
market value price of $4.55 per share. In September of 2005, the
Company offered to repurchase all of the shares held by
stockholders holding less than 220,000 shares of Common
Stock. As a result of the offer, the Company
F-14
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
repurchased 424,050 shares of Common Stock from various
stockholders at $4.55 per share for a total of $1,927,500.
Stock
Incentive Plan
In February 2002, the Company adopted the 2002 Stock Incentive
Plan (“the 2002 Stock Plan”). The 2002 Stock Plan
initially allowed the Company to grant up to 990,000 shares
of stock options and restricted stock at fair value to
employees, officers, directors, and service providers of the
Company and its affiliates, at the discretion of the Board of
Directors. Options granted to date and currently outstanding
vest ratably over periods of three to five years and expire in
10 years from the date of grant. The options are granted to
employees at a purchase price that approximates the fair value
of the Company’s stock. In August 2002, the 2002 Stock
Plan was amended to increase the shares of common stock reserved
for grant under the plan to 1,815,000. In August 2005, the
2002 Stock Plan was amended to increase the shares of common
stock reserved for grant under the plan to 2,200,000.
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of
FASB Statement No. 123 — Share-Based Payment, a
revision of FASB Statement No. 123 — Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123R”). This
standard requires companies to recognize the expense related to
the fair value of their stock-based compensation awards. The
Company elected to use the modified prospective approach to
transition to SFAS 123R, as allowed under the statement;
therefore, the Company has not restated financial results for
prior periods. Under this transition method, stock-based
compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006
includes compensation expense for all stock-based compensation
awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of
December 31, 2006, based on the fair value on the grant
date estimated in accordance with the original provisions of
SFAS 123. Stock-based compensation expense for all
stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1,
2006 was based on the fair value on the grant date, estimated in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R using the
Black-Scholes model. The Company recognizes compensation expense
for stock option awards on a ratable basis over the requisite
service period of the award. For the year ended
December 31, 2006, the Company recognized $284,000 in
stock-based compensation expense as required under
SFAS 123R and a total income tax benefit of $57,000 for
2006. Stock-based compensation expense for the six months ended
June 30, 2007 and 2006 was $618,000 and $192,000,
respectively, with a total tax benefit of $125,000 and $47,000,
respectively. Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, the Company
applied the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25 — Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation and provided the pro forma disclosures
previously required by SFAS 123. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123R, the Company did not include compensation expense
for employee stock options in net income, since all stock
options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to
the market value of the common stock on the date of the grant.
F-15
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
The following table illustrates the effects on income as if the
Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of
SFAS 123 to stock-based compensation during the years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income attributable to common stockholders:
|
|
$
|
1,201,886
|
|
|
$
|
403,536
|
|
Deduct total stock-based compensation expense, determined under
fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
|
|
|
(141,893
|
)
|
|
|
(63,493
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, pro forma
|
|
$
|
1,059,993
|
|
|
$
|
340,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income attributable to common stockholders per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each option award is estimated at the date of
grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses the
assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities
are based on the best estimate of the historical volatility of
the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical data to
estimate option exercise and employee and director terminations
within the model, as well as the expected term of options
granted, which represents the period of time that options
granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for
periods within the contractual life of the option is based on
the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of
grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
18.90%
|
|
18.90%
|
|
45.60%
|
|
27.75%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.00%
|
Expected term, in years
|
|
5.0
|
|
5.0
|
|
6.5
|
|
6.5
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
3.00%-4.61%
|
|
3.71%-4.13%
|
|
4.61%-5.01%
|
|
4.58%-4.76%
|
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
|
|
$0.34
|
|
$0.59
|
|
$2.38
|
|
$3.89
|
F-16
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
A summary of the status of the Company’s Stock Incentive
Plan as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and as of
June 30, 2007 and the changes during the periods then ended
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average Exercise
|
|
|
|
of Options
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
1,282,600
|
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
418,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.39
|
|
Awards exercised
|
|
|
(209,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
1,491,600
|
|
|
$
|
1.34
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
181,500
|
|
|
$
|
2.26
|
|
Awards exercised
|
|
|
(704,275
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
Awards forfeited
|
|
|
(202,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
766,700
|
|
|
$
|
1.58
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
295,174
|
|
|
$
|
4.55
|
|
Awards exercised
|
|
|
(122,100
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
939,774
|
|
|
$
|
2.51
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
363,000
|
|
|
$
|
6.79
|
|
Awards exercised
|
|
|
(246,400
|
)
|
|
$
|
2.68
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
(42,900
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2007
|
|
|
1,013,474
|
|
|
$
|
4.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the status of options outstanding at
December 31, 2006, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$1.32
|
|
|
225,500
|
|
|
|
5.50 years
|
|
|
|
135,300
|
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
$1.43
|
|
|
342,100
|
|
|
|
7.95 years
|
|
|
|
102,300
|
|
|
$
|
1.43
|
|
$2.29
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
8.28 years
|
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.29
|
|
$4.55
|
|
|
317,174
|
|
|
|
9.18 years
|
|
|
|
61,600
|
|
|
$
|
4.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
939,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
310,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate intrinsic value at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
2,264,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
894,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, there was $611,552 of total
unrecognized compensation cost associated with non-vested
share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plan.
That remaining cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted
average period of approximately 3.32 years.
F-17
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
A summary of the status of fixed options outstanding at
June 30, 2007, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding
|
|
|
Options Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$1.32
|
|
|
117,700
|
|
|
|
5.90 years
|
|
|
|
69,300
|
|
|
$
|
1.32
|
|
$1.43
|
|
|
234,300
|
|
|
|
7.46 years
|
|
|
|
68,200
|
|
|
$
|
1.43
|
|
$2.29
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
|
|
7.78 years
|
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.29
|
|
$4.55
|
|
|
307,274
|
|
|
|
8.51 years
|
|
|
|
97,526
|
|
|
$
|
4.55
|
|
$5.45
|
|
|
192,500
|
|
|
|
9.62 years
|
|
|
|
66,000
|
|
|
$
|
5.45
|
|
$9.66
|
|
|
106,700
|
|
|
|
9.85 years
|
|
|
|
22,000
|
|
|
$
|
9.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,474
|
|
|
|
8.06 years
|
|
|
|
345,026
|
|
|
$
|
3.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate intrinsic value at June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
7,257,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,609,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2007, there was $1.3 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost associated with non-vested
share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plan.
That remaining cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted
average period of approximately 4.3 years.
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
option exercises:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
928
|
|
|
$
|
199
|
|
|
$
|
86
|
|
|
$
|
659
|
|
Intrinsic value of stock options exercised
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
2,003
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
842
|
|
|
|
Note 10.
|
Conditionally
Redeemable Preferred Stock, Warrants and
Recapitalization
|
Conditionally
Redeemable Preferred Stock
On August 30, 2002, the Company entered into a Stock
Purchase Agreement with third party investors. Under the Stock
Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 236,082 shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A
Preferred”), $0.01 par value, at $42.36 per share. The
Series A Preferred was convertible to the Company’s
common stock at the holders’ option at an original
conversion ratio of 11:1. The Series A Preferred was also
redeemable at the option of the holders of at least a majority
of the Series A Preferred on or after August 30, 2007
at a value of the greater of the fair market value of shares at
the time of redemption or the Liquidation Preference, which is
defined as the sum of the original purchase price, any declared
but unpaid dividends and an additional amount of 8% per annum of
the original purchase price, compounded annually. If the Company
and the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred
could not agree on the fair market value of the Series A
Preferred, the fair market value was to be determined by an
appraisal process using nationally recognized investment banking
firms. In the event of a liquidation, which was defined to
include a sale of the Company, the holders of the Series A
Preferred were entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference
and the holders were also entitled to participate on a pro rata
basis with the holders of the common stock in any remaining
amounts unless the Company met certain performance criteria by
April 2004, which were not met. The liquidation preference as of
December 31, 2004 was $11,976,411. Holders of the
Series A Preferred were entitled to the number of votes
equaling the common shares issuable upon conversion. As long
F-18
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
as the investors of Series A Preferred maintained
118,041 shares, they were also entitled to elect two
members of the Board of Directors.
Because the Series A Preferred could have been redeemed on
or after August 30, 2007 at the holders’ option,
proceeds from Series A Preferred, less related issuance
costs of $1,064,421, were initially recorded as outside of
permanent equity. Upon receipt of a redemption request, the
Company would have been required to redeem the outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred in full within one year of the
redemption request. If the Company did not have legally
available funds from which it could make the redemption, the
holders of the Series A Preferred would have become
entitled to elect a majority of the Company’s board of
directors. The difference between the initial carrying value of
the Series A Preferred and the highest redemption value on
August 30, 2007, which was estimated to be $14,693,918,
(the original purchase price plus 8% per annum, compounded
annually), was initially accreted using the effective interest
method over a five-year period.
Warrants
In connection with the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company
issued a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase
155,815 shares of its
Series A-1
Convertible Preferred Stock
(“Series A-1
Preferred”) to a third party placement agent for its
service in arranging and negotiating the Series A Preferred
placement. The Warrant had an initial exercise price of $4.62
per share and was to expire on August 30, 2007. The
Series A-1
Preferred had identical rights and privilege as Series A
Preferred, except the holder of
Series A-1
Preferred were not entitled to participate with the Common Stock
in a liquidation as a result of a failure to meet performance
criteria. The fair value of the Warrant on the date of issuance
and as of December 31, 2004 was determined to be de minimis.
Recapitalization
In August 2005, the Company sold 3,520,000 shares of its
Class A Common Stock for the fair market value price of
$4.55 per share for gross proceeds of $16,000,000 to funds
associated with two venture capital firms.
With the proceeds received from the sale of the
3,520,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, the Company
purchased 3,300,000 shares of Common Stock held by the
Company’s majority stockholder and 371,261 shares held
as a result of options exercised by that stockholder in 2005,
which represented all of the shares held by that stockholder.
The Company purchased these shares for the estimated fair market
value price of $4.55 per share for a total amount of $16,687,550.
In August 2005, the Company also exchanged all
236,082 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock
for Class A Common Stock at a rate of 22.666952 shares
of Class A Common Stock for each 1 share of
Series A Preferred. The exchange of the Series A
Preferred Stock occurred in connection with the amendment and
restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation
to authorize the Class A common stock necessary for the
issuance described above. The total value of the shares of
Class A common stock issued in the exchange was determined
to be equivalent to the fair market value of the Series A
Preferred, which determination, because the Series A
Preferred was a participating preferred security, took into
account the Liquidation Preference and the conversion value of
the Series A Preferred. The voting, dividend, and
liquidation rights of holders of Class A Common Stock and
Common Stock are identical and at an equal rate with one another
except no dividend will be declared and paid on the Common Stock
unless and until an equal dividend has been declared and paid on
the Class A Common Stock and the consent of the holders of
Class A Common Stock is required to, among other things,
consent to certain fundamental transactions, the incurrence of
indebtedness in excess of $2,000,000 in the aggregate, and
acquiring other entities.
F-19
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
In connection with the exchange of the Series A Preferred,
the Company entered into an agreement to exchange the Warrant
into a warrant to purchase 155,815 shares of Class A
Common Stock. The exercise price for the new warrant is priced
at $4.62 per share and it is exercisable until August 30,
2009.
From time to time the Company may be involved in litigation in
the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management,
the Company is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation
matters that will have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s business, operations, financial condition or cash
flows.
Approximately 67% of the Company’s 2006 revenues were
derived from students who receive tuition assistance from
tuition assistance programs sponsored by the United States
Department of Defense. A reduction in this assistance could have
a significant impact on the Company’s operations. In
October of 2006, APUS was approved for participation in
Title IV programs, allowing the Company to participate in
federal student aid programs.
|
|
Note 13.
|
Acquisition
and Disposition of Rockwell Education, Inc.
|
On February 1, 2005, the Company and Rockwell, which had
been formed for this purposes, entered into an asset purchase
agreement with Pinnacle Software Solutions, Inc.
(“Pinnacle”) that provided for Rockwell to purchase
the fixed assets of Pinnacle including, the fixed assets, entire
right, title and interest in the business intellectual property,
assumed contracts, deferred revenue and goodwill of the
business, which included Rockwell University. The purchase price
consisted of cash paid by the Company of $360,000 and issuance
of 88,011 shares of Common Stock of the Company, which were
subject to certain restrictions.
Included in the asset purchase agreement were two additional
payments that could become due and payable if certain conditions
were met. One payment was based on the purchased business unit
maintaining earnings before interest and taxes, or EBIT, equal
to or greater than zero during the 12 months ending
January 31, 2006. No payment would be due if the EBIT was
less than $122,367. The second payout was based on revenue
realized during the same period. No payment would be due if
revenue was less than $1,295,398. The aggregate amount of both
payments could not exceed $200,000. Neither threshold for bonus
payments were met, and no bonus payouts were made.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
735,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
800,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(240,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(240,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
560,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2006 the Company determined to
discontinue the operations of Rockwell after completing a
teach-out of existing students in August 2006. Assets of
Rockwell that were of use to the University System were
transferred to it. All remaining Rockwell assets were disposed
of, and goodwill acquired was determined to be impaired and was
written off. Prior year presentation was reclassified in the
F-20
AMERICAN
PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —
(Continued)
(Unaudited with respect to June 30, 2006 and 2007)
current year financial statements to present the discontinued
operations assets, liabilities and net loss from discontinued
operations.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Segment
Information
|
The Company is organized and operates as one operating segment.
In accordance with FASB Statement No. 131,
“Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information” (“SFAS No. 131”), the
chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Chief
Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews operating
results to make decisions about allocating resources and
assessing performance for the entire company. Since the Company
operates in one segment and provides one group of similar
services, all financial segment and product line information
required by SFAS No. 131 can be found in the
consolidated financial statements.
|
|
Note 15.
|
Subsequent
Events
|
Purchase
Agreement
On
August 13th,
2007, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase office
space for $1,200,000. The Company used cash to purchase the
property and closed the transaction in October 2007.
Initial
Public Offering
The Company has filed a registration statement on
Form S-1
with the Securities and Exchange Commission related to the
proposed initial public offering of its common stock.
In connection with the Company’s initial public offering,
the Company effected an 11-for-1 stock split of its common stock
and its Class A common stock on September 19, 2007, and
increased its authorized capital. All share and per share
amounts related to common stock, Class A common stock,
options and the warrant included in the consolidated financial
statements have been restated to reflect the stock split.
Note 16. Restatement
As discussed in Note 1, revenue recognition, the Company
has restated certain balances in previously issued consolidated
balance sheets to give effect to a new method of recording
accounts receivable and deferred revenue. The effect of this
restatement is as follows:
For the year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Originally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
7,516
|
|
|
$
|
4,151
|
|
|
$
|
(3,365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
$
|
6,148
|
|
|
$
|
2,783
|
|
|
$
|
(3,365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Originally
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
As Restated
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
13,813
|
|
|
$
|
5,448
|
|
|
$
|
(8,365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue and student deposits
|
|
$
|
12,217
|
|
|
$
|
3,852
|
|
|
$
|
(8,365
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
4,687,500 Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Public Education,
Inc.
|
|
|
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
, 2007
|
|
William
Blair & Company |
Piper
Jaffray |
Stifel
Nicolaus
Until ,
2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the various fees and expenses,
other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable
by American Public Education, Inc. (the “Registrant”)
in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered
hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC
registration fee, the NASD filing fee and listing fee for The
NASDAQ Stock Market.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
2,824
|
|
NASD filing fee
|
|
|
9,700
|
|
The NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
950,000
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,762,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
|
Delaware General Corporation
Law. Section 145(a) of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Delaware
General Corporation Law”), provides that a corporation may
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s
conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a
plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of
itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good
faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had
reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was
unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the
person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless
and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon
II-1
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly
and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the
Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides that to the extent that a present or former director or
officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred
to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or
in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person
shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection therewith.
Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that any indemnification under subsections (a) and
(b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court) shall
be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific
case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or
former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of
Section 145. Such determination shall be made with respect
to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such
determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who
are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though
less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors
designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less
than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if
such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion or (4) by the stockholders.
Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of
Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of
expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
action in such person’s official capacity and as to action
in another capacity while holding such office.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability
asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any
such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as
such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify such person against such liability under the
provisions of Section 145.
Section 145(j) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
states that the indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall,
unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
Certificate of Incorporation. The
Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation filed as
Exhibit 3.1 hereto provides that the Registrant’s
directors will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its
stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of
their fiduciary duties as directors. However, nothing contained
in such provision will eliminate or limit the liability of
directors (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of
loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders, (2) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (3) under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or
(4) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.
Bylaws. The Registrant’s amended and
restated bylaws provide for the indemnification of the officers
and directors of the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted
by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The bylaws provide that
each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to
be made a party to, any civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director or officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified and
held harmless by the Registrant to the fullest extent authorized
by the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expense,
liability and loss, including, without limitation,
attorneys’ fees, incurred by such person in connection
therewith, if such person acted in good faith and in a
II-2
manner such person reasonably believed to be or not opposed to
the best interests of the Registrant and had no reasonable cause
to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
Insurance. The Registrant maintains directors
and officers liability insurance, which covers directors and
officers of the Registrant against certain claims or liabilities
arising out of the performance of their duties.
Underwriting Agreement. The Registrant’s
purchase agreement with the underwriters will provide for the
indemnification of the directors and officers of the Registrant
and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
|
The information presented below describes the sales and
issuances of securities by the Registrant since January 1,
2004. The information shown reflects the 11-for-1 stock split
implemented by the Registrant on September 19, 2007. Unless
otherwise indicated, the consideration for all such sales and
issuances, other than issuances of stock options, was cash. The
information presented below regarding the aggregate
consideration received by the Registrant is provided before
deduction of offering and other related expenses.
In August 2005, the Registrant issued 3,520,000 shares of
the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock, at a purchase
price of $4.55 per share, or $16,000,000 in the aggregate to six
accredited investors. In connection with that issuance, the
Registrant also (i) reclassified 236,082 outstanding shares
of the Registrant’s Series A Preferred Stock held by
four accredited investors as shares of the Registrant’s
Class A Common Stock at a ratio of 22.666952-to-1 and
(ii) exchanged a warrant to purchase 155,815 shares of
the Registrant’s Series A Preferred Stock held by an
institutional investor for a warrant to purchase the same number
of shares of the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock, at
an initial exercise price of $4.62 per share, which warrant had
been initially issued as partial payment for services provided
by the institutional investor, as placement agent, in a prior
offering.
In October 2005, the Registrant issued 385,000 shares of
the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock, at a purchase
price of $4.55 per share, or $1,750,000 in the aggregate, to
four accredited investors.
In November 2005, the Registrant issued 66,000 shares of
the Registrant’s common stock, at a purchase price of $4.55
per share, or $300,000 in the aggregate, to an executive officer
of the Registrant.
Option
Issuances
In 2004, the Registrant issued an aggregate of
209,000 shares of the Registrant’s common stock upon
the exercise of (i) employee benefit options to one of the
Registrant’s employees and (ii) an option by a service
provider of the Registrant, at a weighted average exercise price
of $1.23 per share, for aggregate consideration of $257,500. In
2005, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 704,275 shares
of the Registrant’s common stock upon the exercise of
employee benefit options to six of the Registrant’s
employees at an exercise price of $1.32 per share, for aggregate
consideration of $928,362.50. In 2006, the Registrant issued an
aggregate of 122,100 shares of the Registrant’s common
stock upon the exercise of employee benefit options to six of
the Registrant’s employees at a weighted average exercise
price of $1.63 per share, for aggregate consideration of
$199,436. As of July 31, 2007, the Registrant has issued an
aggregate of 323,400 shares of the Registrant’s common
stock upon the exercise of stock options to 15 of the
Registrant’s employees and service providers at a weighted
average exercise price of $2.44 per share, for aggregate
consideration of $788,376.
Since January 1, 2004, the Registrant has issued to
directors, officers, employees and service providers options to
purchase approximately 1,290,674 shares of the
Registrant’s common stock under the Registrant’s 2002
Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, at exercise prices from $1.32
to $9.66 per share.
* * * *
The issuances of securities in the foregoing transactions were
effected without registration under the Securities Act in
reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D
thereunder or Rule 701 thereunder as transactions pursuant
to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to
compensation. None of such transactions was effected using any
form of general advertising or general solicitation as such
terms are used
II-3
in Regulation D under the Securities Act. The recipients of
securities in each such transaction represented their intention
to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a
view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof
and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates
or other instruments issued in such transactions. All such
recipients either received adequate information about the
Registrant or had access, through employment or other
relationships, to such information.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Statement Schedules
|
The following exhibits are filed herewith:
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1.1
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement between American Public
Education, Inc., or the Company, and the underwriters
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (to
become effective upon completion of the offering)
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (to become
effective upon completion of the offering)
|
|
*3.3
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
|
*3.4
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
*3.5
|
|
|
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
Form of certificate representing the Common Stock,
$0.01 par value per share, of the Company
|
|
**5.1
|
|
|
Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. regarding the
validity of the Common Stock
|
|
*10.1
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.1
|
A+
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant to the
American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.1
|
B+
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant
to the American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
A+
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant
to the American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
B+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for grants pursuant to the
American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
C+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for grants to Directors
pursuant to the American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
*10.4
|
+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
and Wallace E. Boston, Jr. dated October 10, 2007
|
|
*10.5
|
+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
and Harry T. Wilkins dated October 10, 2007
|
|
*10.6
|
+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Frank B. McCluskey
dated April 10, 2005
|
|
*10.7
|
+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and James H. Herhusky
dated October 31, 2003
|
|
**10.8
|
+
|
|
Annual Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.9
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
August 2, 2005, among the Company and the Investors named
therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”)
|
|
*10.9
|
A
|
|
Amendment and Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005
|
|
10.10
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
*21.1
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
*23.2
|
|
Consent of Baker-Meekins Company, Inc.
|
|
**23.3
|
|
Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
*24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed |
|
** |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
+ |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
|
(b)
|
Financial
Statement Schedules
|
The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are
inapplicable or the requested information is shown in our
financial statements or related notes thereto.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the purchase agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names
as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective Amendment
No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
city of Charles Town, State of West Virginia, on
October 25, 2007.
American Public Education, Inc.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Wallace
E. Boston, Jr.
|
Name: Wallace E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form
S-1 has been signed as of October 25, 2007 by the following
persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Wallace
E. Boston, Jr.
Wallace
E. Boston, Jr.
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harry
T. Wilkins
Harry
T. Wilkins
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
*
Phillip
A. Clough
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
*
Jean
C. Halle
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
David
L. Warnock
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
Timothy
W. Weglicki
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
J.
Christopher Everett
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
*
F.
David Fowler
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harry
T. Wilkins
*
Harry
T. Wilkins
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
II-6
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1.1
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement between American Public
Education, Inc., or the Company, and the underwriters
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (to
become effective upon completion of the offering)
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (to become
effective upon completion of the offering)
|
|
*3.3
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
|
|
*3.4
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws
|
|
*3.5
|
|
|
Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
Form of certificate representing the Common Stock,
$0.01 par value per share, of the Company
|
|
**5.1
|
|
|
Opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. regarding the
validity of the Common Stock
|
|
*10.1
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.1
|
A+
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant to the
American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.1
|
B+
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant
to the American Public Education, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
A+
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for grants pursuant
to the American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive
Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
B+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for grants pursuant to the
American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.2
|
C+
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for grants to Directors
pursuant to the American Public Education, Inc. 2007 Omnibus
Incentive Plan.
|
|
10.3
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
*10.4
|
+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
and Wallace E. Boston, Jr. dated October 10, 2007
|
|
*10.5
|
+
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company
and Harry T. Wilkins dated October 10, 2007
|
|
*10.6
|
+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and Frank B. McCluskey
dated April 10, 2005
|
|
*10.7
|
+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Company and James H. Herhusky
dated October 31, 2003
|
|
**10.8
|
+
|
|
Annual Incentive Plan
|
|
*10.9
|
|
|
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
August 2, 2005, among the Company and the Investors named
therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”)
|
|
*10.9
|
A
|
|
Amendment and Joinder Agreement to the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of October 31, 2005
|
|
10.10
|
+
|
|
American Public Education, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
|
|
*21.1
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
|
|
*23.2
|
|
|
Consent of The Baker-Meekins Company, Inc.
|
|
**23.3
|
|
|
Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
*24.1
|
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed |
** |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
+ |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement |
II-7